8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 318
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-1 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 011100 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contract Documents describe the Work to be performed under this Contract which includes, but is not limited to, providing all plant, tools, equipment, materials, supplies, and manufactured articles for the Project. It shall also include the providing of all transportation and services, including fuel, power, water, and essential communications, necessary and for the performance of all labor, work, or other operations required for the performance of the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall sufficiently obligate himself/herself and take the necessary precautions so as to perform and complete the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents and specifications and/or as shown on the plans and within the time limit specified herein.
C. Related Sections
1. Section 013000 – Special Project Constraints
2. Section 013300 – Contractor Submittals
3. Section 015100 – Temporary Utilities and Facilities
4. Section 015550 – Temporary Traffic Control Systems
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The work is described generally as the following work items:
1. Pavement rehabilitation, including AC grind & inlay
2. PC Concrete, including ADA curb ramps, sidewalk, driveway, curb & gutter construction
3. New pavement striping and markings
4. Adjusting utilities to grade
5. Miscellaneous including removal and installation of retaining wall, pillar, push button relocation, irrigation system, storm drain inlet relocation, and incidental items of work
6. New bioretention, inlet and pipe installation, flow through planter installation
B. All risk of loss, damage or diminution to the Work shall rest with Contractor until final acceptance of the Work by the City.
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. The Project corridor includes gas mains, high voltage underground power lines, and other potentially hazardous facilities. Contractor shall make himself/herself
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 319
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-2 Project No. C9416-22
fully aware of all potential hazards and utilize experienced and qualified personnel when working adjacent to such facilities. Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate with the utility owners as required for compliance when working adjacent to such facilities.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for making himself/herself familiar with the site conditions.
1.4 BEGINNING AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK
A. In accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall begin the Work on the date specified in the written Notice to Proceed from the City, and shall complete all of the Work included in the Contract within the time specified in said Notice. Time stated for completion shall include final cleanup of the premises.
1.5 CONTRACT METHOD
A. The Work of this Contract is a combination unit price and lump sum contract. The basis for measurement and payment shall be as indicated in the General Provisions and these Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall include the requirements of the General Provisions, Special Provisions, and Engineer’s Supplementary Conditions, as a part of all of its subcontract agreements.
1.6 ORDER OF THE WORK
A. Contractor’s order and time to complete shall conform to the requirements of the approved Contractor's schedule as submitted under the provisions for "Contractor's Schedules" in Section 013300, “Contractor Submittals.”
B. Order of work shall include, but not be limited to, consideration of constraints as described in Section 013000, “Special Project Constraints.”
1.7 WORK BY OTHERS
A. Multiple projects (City, other agency, and private) are planned in or adjacent to the City right of way during the time of the contract in the immediate vicinity. The Contractor is responsible for full cooperation with adjacent project operations, coordination of work and work area, and provision of requisite temporary traffic control measures as required within these special provisions.
B. Interference With Work on Utilities: The Contractor shall cooperate fully with all utility forces of the City or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, installation or otherwise rearranging of any facilities which interfere with the progress of the Work, and shall schedule the Work so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 320
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-3 Project No. C9416-22
C. Contractor shall cooperate fully with all other City contractors or forces of other public or private entities engaged in the installation, relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities which interfere with the progress of the Work, and shall schedule the Work so as to minimize interference with said installation, relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities.
1.8 WORK SEQUENCE/NOTIFICATIONS
A. No sustained interruption in access to any adjacent businesses, institutions, or residences along the alignment can be accommodated. Interruption of access to any adjacent businesses or residences shall not exceed 30 minutes without approval from the City and shall not continue beyond project work hours as specified in Section 013000, “Special Project Constraints.” Prior to beginning work in the vicinity of any businesses, institutions, or residences, the Contractor shall contact the businesses, institution, or residences, provide the business, institution, or home owner a written preliminary notification of the intended schedule, and if necessary, determine and prepare an alternate schedule for the Engineer’s approval that provides minimal disruption. Additional notification requirements are specified in Section 015550, “Temporary Traffic Control Systems.”
1.9 CONTRACTOR USE OF PROJECT SITE
A. The Contractor's use of the project site shall be limited to its construction operations, including on-site storage of materials, and on-site fabrication facilities.
B. The Contractor shall remove all equipment and materials from the City of San Carlos rights-of-way outside of normal work hours.
1. The Contractor shall identify potential staging site(s) for the Contractor’s use for construction staging and storage of equipment/materials directly related to this Project. The Contractor shall make all arrangements with property owner, City, and/or any other party(ies) of interest for staging areas. the Contractor shall provide a signed letter from the property owner authorizing the use of the property as a staging area.
1.10 CITY USE OF THE PROJECT SITE
A. The City and the Engineer and their authorized representatives shall be allowed access to the project site at all times during the period of construction.
B. Private utility companies and other entities performing construction on the site shall have access to the project site.
C. Any land-locked parcels adjacent to the project site shall be provided access/egress by the Contractor.
1.11 PARTIAL UTILIZATION OF THE WORK BY CITY
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 321
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-4 Project No. C9416-22
A. The City may allow partial utilization of the Work upon completion of the various stages. Utilization of the work does not indicate acceptance of any portion of the work.
1.12 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. Preconstruction Meeting: Prior to the commencement of Work at the site, a Preconstruction meeting will be held at a mutually agreed time and place which shall be attended by the Contractor, its Superintendent, and its subcontractors as appropriate. Other attendees may include:
1. Engineer and the Construction Inspector.
2. Representatives of City.
3. Representatives of Permittees as appropriate.
4. Others as requested by Contractor, or Engineer.
B. Unless previously submitted to the Engineer, the Contractor shall bring to the meeting six copies of each of the following:
1. Draft Construction Schedule.
2. Procurement schedule of major equipment and materials and items requiring long lead time.
3. Preliminary Schedule of Shop Drawings, Samples, and Product Data Submittals.
4. Schedule of Values (unit price and lump sum price breakdown) for progress payment purposes.
5. Substitution Requests per Section 013300.
6. Letter of Responsibility designating emergency contacts for the Contractor after business hours (3 copies).
C. The purpose of the meeting is to designate responsible personnel and establish a working relationship. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters established. The agenda may include the following:
1. Contractor's tentative schedules.
2. Update on public outreach.
3. Transmittal, review, and distribution of Contractor's submittals.
4. Processing applications for payment.
5. Maintaining of record documents.
6. Critical work sequencing.
7. Field decisions and Change Orders.
8. Use of project site, office and storage areas, security, housekeeping, and City's needs.
9. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
10. Contractor's assignments for safety and first aid.
11. Contact information for Contractor, Superintendent.
D. The Engineer will preside at the Preconstruction meeting and will arrange for keeping the minutes and distributing the minutes to all persons in attendance.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 322
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-5 Project No. C9416-22
1.13 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Prior to commencement of any construction activity, the City Inspector will take photographs and/or video of all work areas.
B. The Contractor shall conduct a photographic and/or video survey prior to commencement of any construction activity. The purpose for preconstruction documentation is to establish baseline conditions for evaluation of any change in existing conditions in the vicinity of the work zone during construction (i.e. damage to existing hardscape, structures, etc.).
1.14 WEEKLY PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Weekly progress meetings will be scheduled and held at the City office, or another mutually agreed location near the site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 323
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-6 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 013000 – SPECIAL PROJECT CONSTRAINTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCHEDULING
A. Pedestrian access shall be maintained throughout the project site for the duration of the construction. Vehicle access to the adjacent businesses, institutions, and residences shall also be maintained for the duration of the closure.
B. The Contractor shall locate and make himself/herself familiar with existing underground utilities. The proposed roadway and improvements may be within close proximity to existing facilities. The Contractor shall maintain a minimum cover of 18-inches from subgrade to all existing utilities. Any locations that do not meet this requirement shall immediat ely be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
Adherence with this clause and protection of existing facilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
C. The Contractor shall submit a construction staging area plan for City approval for all staging areas proposed for use with the project.
D. The construction constraints described herein shall be incorporated into the Contractor's schedule.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the allocation of space for temporary field offices and structures (if necessary) furnished by itself or its subcontractors; monitoring the use of temporary utilities; verification that adequate services are available to comply with requirements for Work and climatic conditions; and the administration of traffic and parking controls. All such work shall be in strict conformance with the applicable requirements specified in Sections 015100, “Temporary Utilities”, and elsewhere in this Division 1.
F. Night work will not be permitted, with the exception of temporary traffic control measures necessary to perform the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 324
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-7 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 013100 – COORDINATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all work and the coordination of the work of all subcontractors. The Contractor shall not delegate coordination to any subcontractor. Coordination, as referred to herein, shall include the establishment of on-site lines of authority and communication and assistance in scheduling of and attendance of progress meetings between the Engineer or the City and the Contractor and its subcontractors. The Contractor's onsite supervisory person shall be present and represent the General Contractor whenever a meeting is held that involves any interface between the City or Engineer and any subcontractors or suppliers.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 011000 – Summary of Work
2. Section 013000 – Special Project Constraints
3. Section 013300 – Contractor Submittals
4. Section 015100 – Temporary Utilities and Facilities
5. Section 015550 – Temporary Traffic Control Systems
6. Section 015600 – Protection of Existing Facilities
1.2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Submit initial progress schedule for review by Engineer in duplicate within ten (10) working days after date of Contract. After review, submit detailed schedules within ten (10) working days, modified to accommodate revisions recommended by the Engineer and/or the City.
B. Submit revised schedules with each application for payment, identifying changes since previous version. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of work at each submission.
C. Submit a comprehensive 3-week look ahead schedule for discussion with City at each weekly construction progress meeting.
D. Distribute copies of reviewed schedules to project site file, subcontractors, suppliers and other concerned parties.
E. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in schedules.
F. Submit computer generated horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major portion of work or operation, identifying first workday of each week.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 325
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-8 Project No. C9416-22
G. Submit revised Schedule of Values within ten (10) working days after preconstruction meeting, modified to accommodate revisions recommended by the Engineer and/or the City.
1.3 GENERAL COORDINATION
A. All Work covered in the Contract Documents shall be coordinated as a part of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract. The Contractor shall coordinate his/her operations with the City and others working in the immediate area.
B. The Contractor shall assure timely fabrication of work, erection of work, and completion of closeout items and the timely preparation of shop drawings and other submittals in conformance with the approved construction schedule.
C. The Contractor shall coordinate the efforts of all individuals and subcontractors in the execution of the Work, including work by others as specified in Section 01110, "Summary of Work."
D. The Contractor shall resolve differences or disputes between subcontractors concerning coordination, interferences, or extent of work between Sections. The Contractor's decisions, if consistent with the Contract Document requirements, shall be final.
E. The Contractor shall conduct his/her operations so that existing utilities are kept in continuous operation throughout the execution of this contract. The Contractor, therefore, shall schedule and conduct their work so as to minimize interference with the operation and maintenance of these facilities. Methods, schedules and sequences of construction which prevent or jeopardize the City’s compliance with Clean Water Standards or the NPDES Permit are not acceptable.
F. When modification, addition or connection to existing pipelines, structures, systems, circuits or equipment is required, the Contractor shall schedule such activities with the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, one (1) week in advance of the time when construction operations will require connection to, or modification of, in -service portions of the existing facility. No pipeline system, structure, circuit or individual unit shall be cut, modified, dewatered or removed from the facility unless authorized by the Engineer.
G. In the event that the Contractor accidentally damages operating pipes or utilities, they shall immediately affect the necessary repairs. The Contractor shall maintain an inventory of repair clamps and materials for small pipelines, including temporary pumps, bypass pipelines, electrical conductors or other facilities necessary to maintain operation of sewerage facilities while the repairs are being made. The Contractor shall provide telephone numbers of standby personnel who will respond during non-working hours to repair facilities which interrupt normal operations.
H. If the Contractor fails to respond to a request by the Engineer, the City reserves
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 326
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-9 Project No. C9416-22
the right to affect the repair with its own forces or by another contractor. The cost for repairs performed by others will be deducted from the payment due the Contractor.
I. In addition to notifying the Engineer (Section 1.03 F), Contractor shall notify affected property owners and residents in writing minimum of 48-hours in advance prior to any planned temporary shutdown of utility services.
J. In City and Contractor shall utilize a web -based document management system for submission of all data and documents, including public outreach documents where applicable throughout the duration of the Contract.
1.4 SPECIAL COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall provide advance notification to the Engineer of specific tasks, tests and inspections specified. Failure to provide such advance notification may be cause for rejection of the Work.
1.5 COORDINATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of the work of each of its subcontractors and suppliers. Special attention is directed to the following obligations of the Contractor:
1. Verify that subcontractors have obtained permits for inspections.
2. Review all subcontractor shop drawings, product data, and sample submittals for compliance with Contract Documents prior to submittal to Engineer for general review for compliance with design intent.
3. Maintain onsite documentation and keep current record drawing set at Project site.
4. Verify that specified cleaning is done during progress of Work and at completion of each subcontract.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 327
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-10 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 013300 – CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section describes general requirements for submittals for the Work.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 011100 – Summary of Work
2. Section 013100 – Coordination
3. Section 015550 – Temporary Traffic Control Systems
4. Section 321216 – Paving Systems
5. Section 321723 – Traffic Striping, Pavement Markers, Pavement Markings & Signage
1.2 PROCEDURES
A. Submit at Contractor’s expense, Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals, Safety Plans, Progress Schedules, Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples, Substitution Requests, Traffic Control Plans, Construction Staging Area Plan, Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), and Project Record Documents, and all other submittals required by the Contract Documents. Submit these submittals to Engineer for review and approval.
B. Use a submittal transmittal form, in duplicate, containing:
1. Date, and revision date and submittal log number.
2. Project title.
3. Contractor’s name and address and job number.
4. Specification Section clearly identified.
5. The quantity of each Shop Drawing, Product Data, and Samples submitted.
6. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents.
7. Materials safety data sheet (MSDS) for each item complying with OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard 29 CFR 1910.1200.
8. Other pertinent data.
C. Where manufacturer’s standard drawings or data sheets are used, they shall be marked clearly to show those portions of the data that are applicable to this project.
Submittals shall be submitted based on each technical specification section.
Submittals containing information about more than one specification section will be returned for resubmittal. Submittals shall include all information requested by each specification section. (No partial submittals.) Incomplete submittals will be returned not reviewed by Engineer. Provide a log number and reference to Specifications Section and/or Plan sheets and details, for each submittal for ease of identification of submittal. Submittal shall include:
1. Date and revision dates.
2. Revisions, if any, identified.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 328
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-11 Project No. C9416-22
3. Project Title and number.
4. The names of: Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, Manufacturer, and separate detailer, when pertinent.
5. Identification of product material by location within the Project.
6. Relation to adjacent structure or materials.
7. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
8. Specification Section number and applicable detail reference numbers on the drawings.
9. Applicable standards, such as ASTM, ANSI, FS, NEMA, SMACNA or ACI.
10. A blank space, on each Drawing or data sheet, 5” x 4” for the Engineer’s stamp.
11. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents.
12. Contractor’s stamp, initialed or signed, with language certifying the review of submittals, verification of field measurements, construction criteria and technical standards in compliance with Contract Documents.
D. The data shown on the Shop Drawings shall be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes specified below. Samples shall be identified clearly as to material, supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which it is intended and otherwise as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal. The number of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications.
E. Substitutions:
1. Substitution for those equipment, procedures, materials and/or products specified shall only be permitted when the proposed unnamed “equal” product or material to be furnished is both equal in quality and utility and after the Contractor has complied with the following provisions:
a. All substitutions shall be reviewed by the City;
b. The City must approve such substitution in writing prior to its incorporation into the work;
c. Unless otherwise authorized in writing by the City, the Contractor shall, prior to award and placing any purchase orders, and at least thirty (30) calendar days before it requires approval of any such alternative item, submit to the City sufficient data, drawings, samples, literature or other detailed information as will demonstrate to the City that the proposed substitute is equal in quality and utility to the equipment, materials, procedures and/or products specified.
2. Within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of all requested information from the Contractor, the City will determine whether the proposed alternative is equal in quality and utility and meets the requirements of the Contract and will inform the Contractor in writing of such determination. The burden of substantiating the quality and utility of alternatives shall be upon the Contractor, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary information requested and required by the City. The City will be the sole judge as to the quality and utility of alternative equipment, materials and/or products, and
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 329
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-12 Project No. C9416-22
the City’s decision shall be final. An acceptance by the City of a substitution shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with the requirements of the Project Drawings and Specifications. Acceptance by the City shall not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for the efficiency, sufficiency and quality and performance of the substitute equipment, materials, procedures and/or products, in the same manner and degree as the equipment, materials, procedures and/or products specified by name.
3. Failure of the Contractor to submit proposed substitutions for review in the manner described above and within the time prescribed shall be sufficient cause for rejection by the City of any other proposed substitutions.
4. In determining whether a proposed product is equal in quality and utility, the City is not restricted to such basic issues as performance and durability, but may consider any other issues that the City, in the discretion of the City, deems appropriate. Said issues may, but are not required to include, nor are they limited to, such additional factors as comparable performance, reliability, efficiency or operation, ease of operation, adaptability, ease of maintenance, capital costs, life -cycle costs, operational characteristics, costs of training personnel, maintenance history, warran ties, problems created by the resulting overall warranty system, availability of qualified service, availability of parts, the history of any supplier, and compatibility with existing facilities.
5. No one factor or group of factors, including such issues as savings on capital costs, shall be determinative of whether the proposed product or material is equal in quality and utility. The decision of the City shall be based on those factors deemed by the City to be relevant and any data, drawings, samples, literature or other detailed information furnished by the Contractor with respect to the proposed substitution.
6. Each decision as to whether a product or material is equal in quality and utility shall be made by the City on a case-by-case basis.
7. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all costs, including consultant costs, incurred by the City with respect to the proposed substitution that exceed the costs inherent in the normal and reasonable review of drawings and other standard data, information and documents concerning any proposed substitution. The Contractor shall be responsible for this cost, regardless of whether or not the substitution is approved by the City.
F. Submittal coordination and verification is the responsibility of Contractor; this responsibility shall not be delegated in whole or in part to subcontractors or suppliers. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents, and shall have determined and verified:
1. All field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto;
2. All materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 330
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-13 Project No. C9416-22
Work; and
3. All information relative to Contractor’s sole responsibilities and of means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.
G. Contractor’s submission to City or to Engineer of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal will constitute Contractor’s representation that it has satisfied its obligations under the Contract Documents, and as set forth immediately above, with respect to Contractor’s review and approval of that submittal.
H. Designation of work “by others”, if shown in submittals, shall mean that work will be responsibility of Contractor rather than subcontractor or supplier who has prepared submittals.
I. The Contractor shall sign a statement with each submittal, certifying that the submittal has been checked by the Contractor and is in conformance with the Specifications. Any submittal received without this certification shall be returned AMEND AND RESUBMIT and count as one submittal under R.5.a of this specification section.
J. After review by City or Engineer of each of Contractor’s submittals, two (2) sets of material will be returned to Contractor with actions defined as follows:
1. NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN – A formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required. Accepted subject to its compatibility with future submittals and additional partial submittals for portions of the work not covered in this submittal does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required items not shown on the submittal.
2. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED (NO RESUBMISSIONS REQUIRED) Same as 1 above, except that minor corrections as noted shall be made by Contractor.
3. AMEND AND RESUBMIT - Rejected because of major inconsistencies or errors that shall be resolved or corrected by Contractor prior to subsequent review by Engineer.
4. REJECTED - The submittal is illegible or the submittal is so far out of compliance with the contract documents that the Contractor needs to try again, from scratch.
K. Contractor shall make a complete and acceptable submittal at least by second submission. City reserves the right to deduct monies from payments due Contractor to cover additional costs of review beyond the second submission.
Illegible submittals will be rejected and returned to Contractor for resubmission.
Contractor shall be in breach of the Contract if it, following a submittal which City determines falls within category 3 above, Contractor’s first resubmittal does not fall within categories 1 or 2 above.
L. Favorable review will not constitute acceptance by City or Engineer of any responsibility for the accuracy, coordination and completeness of the submittals.
Accuracy, coordination, and completeness of Submittals shall be the sole
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 331
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-14 Project No. C9416-22
responsibility of Contractor, including responsibility to back -check comments, corrections, and modifications from City or Engineer’s review before fabrication.
Contractor, subcontractors, or suppliers may prepare submittals, but Contractor shall ascertain that submittals meet requirements of Contract Documents, while conforming to structural space and access conditions at point of installation.
Engineer’s review will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as indicated by the Contract Documents. Favorable review of submittal, method of work, or information regarding materials and equipment Contractor proposes to furnish shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as assumption of risks or liability by City or Engineer, or any officer or employee thereof, and Contractor shall have no claim under Contract on account of failure or partial failure or inefficiency or insufficiency of any plan or method of work or material and equipment so accepted. Favorable review shall be considered to mean merely that City and/or Engineer has no objection to Contractor using, upon his/her own full responsibility, plan or method of work proposed, or furnishing materials and equipment proposed.
M. City and/or Engineer’s review will not extend the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.
N. Submit complete initial submittal for those items where required by individual specification Sections. Complete submittal shall contain sufficient data to demonstrate that items comply with Specifications, shall meet minimum requirements for submissions cited in technical specifications, shall include certifications, where required, and shall include necessary revisions required for equipment other than first named. If Contractor submits incomplete initial submittal, when complete submittal is required, submittal may be returned to Contractor without review.
O. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to copy, conform and distribute reviewed submittals in sufficient numbers for Contractor’s files, subcontractors and vendors.
P. After City and/or Engineer’s review of submittal, revise as noted and resubmit as required.
Identify changes made since previous submittal.
1. Begin no fabrication or work that requires submittals until return of submittals not requiring resubmittal.
2. Normally, submittals will be processed and returned to Contractor within ten (10) working days of receipt.
Q. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned persons. Instruct recipients to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions.
R. All shop drawings and submittals shall be number identified by Contractor, prior to
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 332
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-15 Project No. C9416-22
submission to Engineer, in accordance with the following:
1. Contractor shall sequentially number each submittal (i.e., “1”, “2”, “3”, etc.) as the basis for number identification of all shop drawings and submittals.
2. Affix the submittal number under which each submittal is made on every copy of each shop drawing, product data, sample, certification, O & M manual, etc.
3. If the submittal is a resubmittal (including without limitation after an initial submittal is rejected, returned not reviewed or marked revise as noted and resubmit), add the suffix designation “A” (i.e., a resubmittal of submittal 1 would be numbered 1A). Subsequent resubmittals would be identified by the submittal number and sequential letters (i.e., “B”, “C”, “D”, etc.).
4. All submittals shall include all information requested by each specification section. No partial submittals will be accepted unless previously authorized by Engineer. In the event a partial submittal is authorized, each subsequent different submittal (as opposed to resubmittal) is given a new number.
5. Number of resubmissions:
a. One reexamination of Contractor’s submittals that have been returned for correction or replacement will be included in Engineer’s scope. Any additional reexamination of Contractor’s submittals will be considered additional scope services to be paid by Contractor through City. Engineer shall be paid hourly at 3.0 times direct payroll expenses and charge consultant’s time at 1.25 times the amount billed Engineer.
1.3 SCHEDULE OF SHOP DRAWING AND SAMPLE SUBMITTALS
A. Submit preliminary Schedule of Shop Drawing, Samples, and Product Data Submittals as required, no later than five (5) working days following receipt of Notice to Proceed from City.
B. Schedule of Shop Drawing, Samples, and Product Data Submittals will be used by City and Engineer to schedule their activities relating to review of submittals.
Schedule of submittals shall indicate a spreading out of submittals and early submittals of long lead-time items and of items that require extensive review.
C. Schedule of Shop Drawing, Samples, and Product Data Submittals shall be reviewed by City and shall be revised and resubmitted until accepted by City.
D. Unless otherwise specified, make submittals in groups containing all associated items to assure that information is available for checking each item when it is received. Identify on the submittal which submittals should be reviewed together.
E. The Contractor agrees that shop drawing submittals processed by the City are not Change Orders; that the purpose of shop drawing submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the City that they understand the design concept, that the Contractor demonstrates their understanding by indicating which equipment, procedure and material they intend to furnish and install and by detailing the proposed fabrication and installation methods. The Contractor further agrees that if
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 333
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-16 Project No. C9416-22
deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between shop drawing submittals and the Contract Documents in the form of design drawings and specifications are discovered either prior to or after shop drawing submittals are processed by the City, the design drawings and specifications shall control and shall be followed.
1.4 DELAY OF SUBMITTALS
A. Delay of submittals by Contractor is considered avoidable delay. Liquidated damages incurred because of late submittals will be assessed to Contractor.
B. The City may periodically inspect the record drawings at the site. The proper and current maintenance of the information required on these drawings shall be a condition precedent to approval of requisitions for periodic payment.
1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. General: The Contractor shall keep and maintain, at the job site, one record set of Contract Drawings. On these, it shall mark all project conditions, locations, configurations, and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Drawings, including buried or concealed construction and utility features which are revealed during the course of construction.
B. Special attention shall be given to recording the horizontal and vertical location of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated, or which were not indicated on the Contract Drawings. Said record drawings shall be supplemented by any detailed sketches as necessary or directed to indicate, fully, the Work as actually constructed.
C. These master record drawings of the Contractor’s representation of “as-built” conditions, including all revisions made necessary by addenda, change orders, and the like shall be maintained up-to-date during the progress of the Work.
D. In the case of those drawings which depict the detail requirement for equipment to be assembled in the factory, the record drawings shall be updated by indicating those portions which are superseded by change order drawings or final shop drawings, and by including appropriate reference information describing the change orders by number and the shop drawings by manufacturer, drawing, and revision numbers.
E. Record drawings prepared by the Contractor shall be accessible to the Engineer at all times during the construction period and shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work.
F. Effect on Progress Payments: Requests for partial payments will not be approved if the record drawings are not kept current. All such Record Drawings will be inspected by the City each month, showing all variations between the Work as actually
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 334
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-17 Project No. C9416-22
constructed and as originally shown on the Contract Drawings or other Contract Documents, and the City will not process monthly payment requests until such drawings are made current each month.
G. Final Record Drawings: Upon substantial completion of the Work and prior to final acceptance by the City, the Contractor shall complete and deliver one bond copy set and an electronic scanned set in PFD format with legible red -line changes dated and signed by the Contractor to the City for approval. The redline changes shall conform to the construction records of the Contractor. This information will be assumed to be reliable, and the Engineering will not be responsible for the accuracy of such information, nor for any errors or omissions which may appear on the Record Drawings as a result.
H. Effect on Final Payment: Final payment will not be approved until the Contractor- prepared bond copy set and an electronic scanned set in PFD format of the Record Drawings have been delivered to the City.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 335
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-18 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 014516 – QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field and shall check all field conditions continuously during construction. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any inaccuracies built into the Work.
B. The Contractor shall inspect related and appurtenant work and shall report in writing to the Engineer, any conditions which will prevent proper completion of the Work. Any required removal, repair, or replacement caused by the Contractor shall be done by the Contractor’s work at its sole cost and expense.
1.2 INSPECTION OF THE WORK
A. General: The Work shall be conducted under the general observation of the Engineer and shall be subject to inspection by representatives of the City to verify strict compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. The authorized representative of the Engineer on the project site shall be the Project Engineer acting directly and through various inspectors at the site. The presence of the Inspectors, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the proper execution of the Work in accordance with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Compliance is distinctly a duty of the Contractor, and said duty shall not be avoided by any act or omission on the part of the inspector(s).
C. All materials and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or articles shall be used in the Work until it has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer or the City.
D. Inspection at Place of Manufacture: Unless otherwise specified, all products, materials, and equipment shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer at the place of manufacture if deemed necessary by the Engineer.
E. The presence of the Engineer at the place of manufacture however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for furnishing products, materials, procedures and equipment which comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.3 SAMPLING AND TESTING
A. Unless otherwise specified, all sampling and testing shall be in accordance with the methods prescribed in the current standards of the ASTM or other specified published standards, as applicable to the class and nature of the article or materials considered; however, the City reserves the right to use any generally-
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 336
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-19 Project No. C9416-22
accepted system of sampling and testing which, in the opinion of the Engineer will indicate to the City that the quality of the workmanship is in full accord with the Contract Documents.
B. Any waiver by the City of any specific testing or other quality assurance measures, whether or not such waiver is accompanied by a guarantee of substantial performance as a relief from the specified testing or other quality assurance requirements as origin ally specified, and whether or not such guarantee is accompanied by a "performance bond" to assure execution of any necessary corrective or remedial Work, shall not be construed as a waiver of any prescriptive or performance requirements of the Contract Documents. "Performance Bond" as used herein is a separate bond in addition to the Contract Performance Bond required in the General Conditions.
C. Notwithstanding the existence of such waiver, and in addition to any testing and inspection performed by any other inspector on behalf of the City or any other public agency having jurisdiction, the Engineer shall have the right to make independent investigations and tests, and failure of any portion of the Work to meet any of the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be reasonable cause for the Engineer to require the removal or correction and reconstruction of any such work in accordance with the General Conditions.
1.4 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
A. Employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency or laboratory acceptable to City to perform specified testing.
1. Prior to start of Work, submit testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and names of full-time specialist and responsible officer.
2. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent inspection, with memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported by inspection.
B. The independent firm will perform tests, inspections and other services specified in individual specification sections and as required by the Engineer.
1. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the State of California.
2. Laboratory Staff: Maintain full time specialist on staff to review services.
3. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy traceable to National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants.
C. Testing, inspections and source quality control may occur on or off project site.
Perform off-site testing as required by the Engineer or City.
D. Reports will be submitted by an independent firm to the Engineer and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non - compliance with Contract Documents.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 337
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-20 Project No. C9416-22
E. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested.
1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services.
2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use.
F. Testing and employment of testing agency or laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
G. Re-testing or re -inspection required because of non -conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. Payment for re -testing or re-inspection is the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
H. Testing Agency Responsibilities:
1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor.
2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of services.
3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards.
4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.
5. Promptly notify the Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non- conformance of Work or products.
6. Perform additional tests required by the City or Engineer.
7. Attend preconstruction meetings and progress meetings on request.
I. Testing Agency Reports: After each test, promptly submit one copy of the report to the Engineer and to the Contractor. When requested by the Engineer, provide interpretation of test results. Include the following:
1. Date issued.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name of inspector.
4. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
5. Identification of product and specifications section.
6. Location in Project.
7. Type of inspection or test.
8. Date of test.
9. Results of tests.
10. Conformance with Contract Documents.
J. Limits On Testing Authority:
1. Agency or laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 338
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-21 Project No. C9416-22
2. Agency or laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Agency or laboratory may not assume duties of Contractor.
4. Agency or laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
1.5 TESTING
A. All materials, equipment and work included in this contract shall be tested and inspected to prove compliance with the contract requirements. Unless otherwise specified, all costs of testing, including temporary facilities and connections, shall be borne by the Contractor. No tests specified herein shall be applied until the item to be tested has been inspected and approval given for the application of such test.
Tests and inspections shall include:
1. The delivery acceptance test and inspections.
2. The installed tests and inspections of items as installed.
3. Tests and inspections, unless otherwise specified or accepted, shall be in accordance with the recognized standards of the industry.
The form of evidence of satisfactory fulfillment of delivery acceptance test and of installed test and inspection requirements shall be, at the discretion of the City, either by tests and inspections carried out in the City’s presence or by certificates or reports of tests and inspections carried out by approved persons or organizations. The Contractor shall provide and use forms which include all test information, including specified operational parameters, and shall be acceptable in content to the City.
B. Delivery Acceptance Tests and Inspections. The delivery acceptance tests and inspections shall be at the Contractor’s expense for any materials or equipment specified herein and shall include the following:
1. Test of items at the place of manufacture during and/or on completion of manufacture, comprising material tests, hydraulic pressure tests, electrical and instrumentation subsystem tests; electric and operating tests, and inspections in accordance with the relevant standards of the industry and more particularly as detailed in individual clauses of these specifications to satisfy the City that the items tested and inspected comply with the requirements of this contract.
2. Inspection of all items delivered at the site or to any authorized place of storage in order that the City may be satisfied that such items are of the specified quality and are in good order and condition at the tie of delivery.
To that end, the Contractor shall be prepared to remove all coverings, containers or crates to permit the City to conduct the inspection. Should the City find, in his/her opinion, indication of damage or deficient quality, the Contractor shall provide the necessary documentation or conduct tests deemed necessary by the City to demonstrate compliance.
C. Tests and Inspection. All materials and equipment shall be tested by the Contractor
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 339
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-22 Project No. C9416-22
to the satisfaction of the City before any facility is put into operation. Tests shall be as specified in these specifications and shall be made to determine whether the materials and equipment have been properly assembled, aligned, adjusted and connected. Any changes, adjustments or replacements required to make the equipment operate as speci fied shall be carried out by the Contractor as part of the work.
D. All gauges, meters, recorders and monitors shall be provided by the Contractor as required by the City to supplement or augment the instrumentation system provided under this contract to properly demonstrate that all materials and equipment fully satisfy the requirements of these specifications. All devices employed for the purpose of measuring the performance of the facility’s equipment and systems shall be specifically selected to provide a level of uncertainty consistent with the variables to be monitored. All instruments shall be recently calibrated, and the Contractor shall be prepared at all times to demonstrate, through recalibration, the uncertainty of all instruments employed for testing purposes. Calibration procedures shall be in accordance with applicable standards of ASTM, ISA and IEEE. The adequacy of all gauges, meters, recorders and monitors shall be subject to review of the City.
1.6 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, and test, adj ust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.
B. Submit qualifications of observer to the Engineer thirty (30) days in advance of required observations. Observer subject to approval of Engineer.
C. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.
1.7 DEFECTIVE MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED
A. All materials not conforming to the requirements of these Specifications shall be considered as defective; and all such materials, whether in place or not, shall be rejected and shall be removed immediately from the site of the work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 340
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-23 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 015050 – MOBILIZATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all bonds, insurance, permits, and licenses; furnishing equipment, temporary buildings, leasing of temporary equipment and material storage area, and other construction facilities; all as required for the proper performance and completion of the Work. In addition to this specification, Section 11 “Mobilization”, paragraph 9 -1.16D Mobilization of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall also apply to this Contract. Mobilization shall include but not be limited to the following principal items:
1. Moving on to the site and furnishing equipment required for the operations.
2. Developing construction water supply.
3. Providing on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified in Section 015100, “Temporary Utilities and Facilities.”
4. Arrangement for and erection of Contractor’s work and storage yard, including
site security.
5. Contractor is advised that there may be insufficient area within the construction zone to provide parking, staging for material and storage of equipment.
6. Providing a meeting room at the Contractor’s work and storage yard, 8.
Posting all EPA and OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs.
7. Have the Contractor’s superintendent at the job site full time.
8. Submittal and City acceptance of the Construction Schedule.
9. Establishing site security, lighting, fencing, and signing.
10. Obtaining all bonds, insurance, permits, and licenses.
11. Providing public outreach for the duration of the project, including, but not limited to, pre-construction notices, construction area signage, community outreach, etc. Outreach to be coordinated with the various submittals required by the Contractor for co ordination, traffic and pedestrian control, and general site controls for the project.
B. Mobilization does not include costs associated with temporary traffic control.
1.2 NOTIFICATION OF RESIDENTS AND BUSINESSES
A. This work shall include furnishing and distributing advance notice flyers to residents and businesses on all streets and including side/cross streets adjacent, and all emergency, public transportation, and garbage/recycle collection services where contract work is to be performed. Notices shall be consistent with dates provided and posted on “No Parking Tow Away” signs.
B. Notifications shall include at least the following information:
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 341
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-24 Project No. C9416-22
1. Identification of Contractor(s) including emergency contact name(s) and phone number(s),
2. Description of work,
3. Dates and times of construction, and
4. Information regarding street closures and/or detouring.
C. The contractor shall submit to the City an advance notice flyer in the form of a letter or door hanger for review and approval.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ADVANCE NOTICE FLYERS
A. Flyer shall contain a general description of the work to be done, a schedule identifying the street segment and date that work is to be performed, and any restrictions that will be imposed as a result of the work.
2.2 NO PARKING SIGNS
A. City will provide “No Parking” signs for the Contractor’s use on this project.
Contractor shall arrange for the pickup of signs not less than seven days prior to being needed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 DISTRIBUTION OF FLYERS
A. Advance notice flyers shall be hand delivered by the Contractor to residents, schools, or businesses along the impacted streets , including side/cross streets adjacent at least seven to ten (7-10) calendar days in advance of the street closure.
Notices shall also be placed on the front window of all vehicles parked against the curb. If different notices are used for different areas, the Contractor shall take care to deliver the appropriate notice to the correct location. In the vicinity of school areas, Contractor shall coordinate with City Staff and school principals to notify the parents of any changes in traffic patterns, detours, or parking restrictions. The notification shall include a copy of the approved Traffic Control Plan or detours around the school area.
B. Notification shall consist of a procedure of written one-week notices (handouts and/or mailings), and door-to-door notifications 24 hours prior to starting work for every phase of construction (Pavement repairs, concrete work, grinding, AC installation, striping, etc.).
3.2 NO PARKING SIGNS
A. If necessary, “No Parking Tow Away” signs shall be posted on the front and back of Type II barricades, spaced no greater than 100 -feet apart, a minimum of 48
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 342
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-25 Project No. C9416-22
hours in advance of all work requiring parking restrictions. Only the date in which the parking restriction is needed shall be printed (in 2-inch letters) on the sign. All signs must be removed immediately after the work requiring the parking restriction has been completed.
B. The first barricade of each block, on both sides of the street, in both directions of travel (4 totals) shall contain, in addition to the “No Parking – Tow Away” sign, the advance notice flyer to provide property owners with a general description of the work to be done. The Contractor shall notify the inspector 48 hour in advance of the operation. City inspector will verify the posting and notify the police department.
3.3 PUBLIC OUTREACH
A. Public Outreach
1. The Contractor shall apply a proactive public outreach approach to construction operations throughout the duration of the project, including noticing the public prior to the beginning of construction activities. Outreach shall be coordinated with the proje ct schedule and project components such as: traffic and pedestrian controls; noticing for residents; businesses; schools; etc. Ensure that the building/property manager or owner receives notifications for managed properties (i.e., apartment s, businesses). Public outreach activities need to match updates to the project schedule, and also be timed appropriately for work items.
2. Multiple public notifications shall be provided for various work items as described elsewhere in the specifications.
3. Public outreach shall include daily and weekly activities to notify the public of construction impacts and progress. The Contractor shall designate a construction crew member for public outreach (outreach lead), who will be responsible for handling public outreach tasks and coordination, including coordination with the City. The outreach lead shall attend construction progress meetings.
4. Contractor shall utilize the project’s web -based document management system for the transmittal of outreach materials for City and public.
5. Providing public outreach for the duration of the project, including, but not limited to, pre -construction notices, construction area signage, weekly electronic- based communication, community outreach, etc. Outreach to be coordinated with the various subm ittals required by the Contract for coordination, traffic and pedestrian control, and general site controls for the project.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 343
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-26 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 015100 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide labor and equipment that is adequate for the performance of the Work under this Contract within the time specified. All equipment shall be kept in satisfactory operating condition, shall be capable of safely and efficiently performing the required Work.
1.2 POWER AND LIGHTING
A. Power: The Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary power, including fuel, required for its operations under the Contract, including operation of traffic control devices, lighting, etc., and shall provide and maintain all temporary power lines required to perform the Work in a safe and satisfactory manner.
B. Construction Lighting: All Work conducted at night or under conditions of deficient daylight shall be suitably lighted to ensure proper Work and to afford adequate facilities for inspection and safe working conditions. All construction lighting shall be shielded to reduce light from affecting non-work areas.
C. Approval of Electrical Connections: All temporary connections for electricity shall be subject to approval of the City, the Engineer and the power company representative, and shall be removed in like manner at the Contractor's expense prior to final acceptance of the Work by the City.
D. Separation of Circuits: Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, circuits separate from lighting circuits shall be used for all other power purposes.
E. Construction Wiring: All wiring for temporary electric light and power shall be properly installed and maintained and shall be securely fastened in place. All electrical facilities shall conform to the requirements of Title 8, Industrial Relations, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety Orders, California Administrative Code; and Subpart K of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction.
1.3 WATER SUPPLY
A. General: The Contractor shall be responsible for making necessary arrangements for obtaining construction water, and shall include the cost of obtaining and use of water in the various bid prices for the project.
1.4 SANITATION
A. Toilet Facilities: Fixed or portable chemical toilets shall be provided wherever needed for the use of employees and shall be regularly maintained to provide
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 344
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-27 Project No. C9416-22
clean, sanitary conditions.
B. Sanitary and Other Organic Wastes: The Contractor shall establish a regular twice weekly collection of all sanitary and organic wastes. All wastes and refuse from sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor or organic material wastes from any other source related to the Contractor's operations shall be disposed of away from the site in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and in accordance with all laws and regulations pertaining thereto.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 345
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-28 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 015550 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
A. Contractor is responsible for comprehensive site -wide temporary traffic control provisions. Under this item of work, Contractor is also responsible for providing regional temporary traffic control signs and Changeable Message Signs.
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Administrative Submittals: Copies of permits and approvals for construction as required by Laws and Regulations and governing agencies.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Traffic Control, Detour & Routing Plans, Pedestrian Control, and School Zone Access & Pedestrian Control Plans: As specified herein, and proposed revisions thereto. Submittals shall consider both the standard work day and nighttime operations.
C. Traffic Control Engineer: Qualifications of proposed traffic control engineer.
1.2 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC
A. Traffic Control Plan: Detailed traffic control plans shall show the locations of traffic cones, k-rail, construction zones, flaggers, stored pipe and materials, construction truck access, barricades, detours, signs, changeable message boards, and other traffic control facilities. Submit traffic control plans five (5) working days prior to start of construction and throughout all construction stages as t he Work progresses.
B. Regional Traffic Management: Regional traffic control plans shall show the locations of access routes, closures, detours, temporary traffic signs, construction signage, changeable message boards, and other regional traffic control facilities.
Plan shall show and accommodate adjacent projects. Submit traffic control plans five (5) working days prior to start of construction and throughout all construction stages as the Work progresses.
C. Traffic Routing Plan: Show sequences of construction affecting the use of roadways, time required for each phase of the Work, provisions for decking over excavations and phasing of operations to provide necessary access, and plans for signing, signaling, b arricading, and striping to provide passages for pedestrians and vehicles. Include schedule for covering traffic control signs (including detour signs) when not in use and uncovering just prior to use. Show applicable signs for each individual construction stage.
D. Each afternoon at 3 p.m., meet with City or its designated representative to describe the following day's construction operations and the traffic control provisions. At each meeting, submit a detailed update of traffic control provisions
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 346
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-29 Project No. C9416-22
and construction crew locations. This shall be submitted in hardcopy and electronic form using a Word file. The update shall contain a list of signs and the time and location for covering and uncovering signs.
1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL ENGINEER
A. The Traffic Control Plans and updates shall be prepared and presented by a registered civil engineer with expertise in traffic control (hereinafter designated as the Traffic Control Engineer). The Traffic Control Engineer shall develop and update Traffic C ontrol Plans, oversee the field implementation of Traffic Control Plans, and provide quality assurance for compliance with traffic control procedures.
B. Each evening and morning, signs shall be covered and uncovered as needed to inform the public of roadway closures, detours, work zones, and other traffic information. Each evening just before crews leave, all signs not required shall be covered and all sig ns required shall be uncovered. Each morning before start of construction, all signs not required shall be covered and all signs required shall be uncovered. The Traffic Control Engineer shall oversee the covering and uncovering of signs each evening and morning.
C. Traffic Control Engineer shall be responsible for verifying that property owner/occupant notifications are made in accordance with Contract requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CIP PROJECT SIGN
A. Material: Aluminum 0.080”
B. Size: 24”x36”
C. Round all corners
D. Colors:
a. Border – white,
b. Background – Green,
c. City of San Carlos Logo – Black, Green, and Yellow,
d. Text – white.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. Traffic control shall be done in accordance with the Traffic Constraints Drawings, Caltrans Standard Plans & Specifications, and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD, Caltrans, January 21, 2010), and the City of San Carlos’ Standards and Specifications.
B. Non-closure traffic control: Work that interferes with public traffic, either one -lane or two-lane traffic, shall not cause any traffic delays to public traffic between 7 a.m.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 347
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-30 Project No. C9416-22
to 8:30 a.m., nor more than 5-minute delays to public traffic between the hours of 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Local traffic shall not be delayed at any time for more than 5 minutes. School buses shall not be delayed for more than 1 minute. During non- working hours, Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, the full width of the traveled way in both directions shall be open for use by the public, unless approved for closure.
Where road is closed to through traffic, full width of the roadway shall be open for local traff ic during non -working hours. During working hours, one lane of the roadway shall be open for local traffic in both directions except as permitted in advance by the Engineer. Holidays shall be those designated by the City of San Carlos.
1. Emergency Response Vehicles shall not be impeded at any time.
C. Work hours shall be as stated in Special Provisions. Work hours shall be further limited to daylight hours. Daylight hours are defined as 1/2 hour after sunrise and 1/2 hour before Sunset.
D. Contractor shall fill or plate the trench at the end of each working day. Trench plates shall be textured to inhibit skidding. Use cold -patch or other means to feather transition at 3.3 percent (30:1) to plates. Where pit operations remain unfilled, steel plating shall be provided during non-working hours.
E. Traffic Control Engineer shall provide routine surveillance of project during non - working hours. Contractor shall provide the name and phone number for the Contractor’s contact person for nighttime project operations. Replacement of non- working or stolen controls is required prior to commencing with construction.
F. Minimum lane width during construction shall be 11 feet, unless noted otherwise.
1. Nearest travel lane edge (tubular marker delineators) shall be no less than 8 feet from the edge of open trench. Contractor shall use K -Rail if 8 foot cannot be maintained
2. Where cones are used to separate traffic lane from construction zone, do not use traffic lane for accessing construction zone and do not store materials or equipment on or near shoulder of traffic lane side of roadway.
G. Whenever it is necessary to cross, close, or obstruct driveways and walks, whether public or private, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for accommodation of public and private travel.
H. Driveway and Private Road Closures: Maintain satisfactory means of exit for persons residing or having occasion to transact business along the route of the Work. If it is necessary to close off vehicular access to property for periods greater than 2 hours, provide written notice to each owner/occupant so affected, 3 days prior to such closure. Steel traffic plates shall be readily accessible in case of emergency.
I. Maintain top of backfilled trenches before they are paved to allow normal vehicular traffic to pass over. Provide temporary access driveways where required. Cleanup operations shall follow immediately behind backfilling.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 348
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-31 Project No. C9416-22
J. Notify the fire department, police/sheriff department, highway patrol, ambulance service, local school district, post office, refuse companies and transit agencies five (5) working days before closing roadway or portion thereof. Notify said departments or agencies when streets are again passable for vehicles. Conduct operations with the least interference to fire equipment access, and at no time prevent such access. Furnish Contractor’s night emergency telephone numbers to the police or sheriff's department.
K. Move mailboxes to temporary locations accessible to postal service and on completion of Work in each area, replace them in their original location and in a condition equal to or better than original.
L. Contractor shall move property owners’ (residents’) garbage and recycle cans to areas accessible for garbage and recycle pick up. Garbage and recycle cans shall be returned to owners’ driveway after pick up.
M. Pedestrian and bicycle access along sidewalks and streets will be kept open and safe from construction activities, however necessary closures shall be detour and signed appropriately, per a Pedestrian Control Plan, where applicable.
N. Coordination: Coordinate traffic routing with that of others working in the same or adjacent areas. Coordinate access for garbage pick up, mail delivery, and school buses.
O. Barricades and Lights:
1. Provide as shown on the Traffic Control Plans and in sufficient quantity to safeguard public and Work.
2. Provide as necessary to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and affected roads, streets, and alleyways, inside and outside of fenced area, and as required to ensure public safety and the safety of Contractor’s employees, other employer's employees, and others who may be affected by the Work.
3. Provide to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from potential damage.
4. Locate to enable access by facility operators and property owners.
5. Protect streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares that are closed to traffic by effective barricades with acceptable warning signs.
6. Locate barricades at the nearest intersecting public thoroughfare on each side of the blocked section and at any additional locations indicated on the Traffic Control Plan.
P. Temporary Pavement Markings:
1. Temporary Pavement Delineation: Whenever Contractor’s operations reduce visibility of pavement delineation (lane lines, either pavement markers or painted lines or both, or temporary delineation) and pavement marking, such pavement delineation and pavement marking shall be replaced by either permanent or temporary delineation and marking before opening the traveled way to public traffic. Temporary delineation and marking shall consist of reflective traffic tape or reflective pavement
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 349
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-32 Project No. C9416-22
markers, as determined by Engineer. Reflective tape for temporary delineation shall be applied in pieces not less than 24 inches long, or less than 4 inches wide, spaced no more than 24 feet apart. Reflective tape for pavement markings shall be placed to a pproximate the obliterated pavement markings, as determined by Engineer. Reflective traffic tape or reflective pavement markers shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. In areas where construction activity removes the pavement, Contractor shall use portable delineators (18 inches high by 2 inches wide) to designated travel lanes. Portable delineators shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications. Once asphalt "plugging" of trench and damaged areas is comple te, pavement markings and striping shall be replaced. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained by Contractor, at his/her own expense, until it is replaced with permanent delineation. Final pavement markings and striping shall be done after completion of overlay.
Q. Signs and Equipment:
1. Traffic control signs and equipment shall be placed as shown on Traffic Constraint Drawings and as directed by the City.
2. Contractor shall maintain existing traffic control signs during construction.
Roadway facilities and signs shall be protected in accordance with Section 15-1.02 and 7-1.11 of the Standard Specifications.
3. Portable TOW -AWAY-NO STOPPING Signs: Place where approved by police or California Highway Patrol.
4. TOW-AWAY-NO STOPPING signs shall be posted seventy-two (72) hours prior to construction activity requiring removal.
5. Portable BUSINESSES ARE OPEN Signs: Place at accesses to businesses in the vicinity of construction activities.
6. Tubular Markers or Traffic Safety Drums: Provide to delineate traffic lanes to guide and separate traffic movements.
7. Provide at obstructions, such as material piles and equipment, as directed by Engineer.
8. Illuminate barricades and obstructions with warning lights from sunset to sunrise, or as directed by Engineer.
9. Use to alert general public of construction hazards, which would include surface irregularities, unramped walkways, grade changes, and trenches or excavations in roadways and in other public access areas.
10. Post-mount informational signs (all ends of detour and throughout detour vicinity) of detour 5 working days before detouring any traffic as to the date, time, and duration of the detour. Sign shall be stenciled with 6 -inch black letters on a retro-reflective orange background. Signs shall meet Caltrans specifications.
11. Place solar powered barricade -type lights on DETOUR signs and construction speed limit signs.
12. All portable and night use signs shall use "diamond" grade reflective lettering.
13. Detour signs shall be covered when not in use and uncovered just prior to use. Detour signs shall be covered with wood or metal. The use of easily displaced material such as plastic bags, burlap sacks, duct tape, etc. is not
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 350
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-33 Project No. C9416-22
acceptable. All signs that are not applicable to the current construction stage shall be removed or covered.
R. At each road closure barricade, a flagger shall be provided. For each single -lane closure, flaggers shall be provided for each crew. Flaggers shall have radios for communication with other flaggers and with crew foremen. Flaggers shall not leave their posts unattended for any length of time. Provide replacement flaggers as required for continuous coverage.
S. Payment Reductions:
1. Owner reserves the right to retain amounts for non -compliance with the requirements of Section 015550, “Traffic Control”, and Section 015600, “Protection of Existing Facilities”, as follows:
a. Non-compliance related to safety for workers or the traveling public:
1) First non-compliance: $1,000.
2) Second non-compliance: $5,000.
3) Third non-compliance: $10,000.
4) Fourth and subsequent non-compliances, each: $25,000. b. Safety related non -compliance relates to lack of k -rail, cones, barricades, light towers, reflective vests, delineators, flaggers, temporary or permanent striping, crash cushions, emergency access, warning signage, non -skid plates, sufficient clearance of stored pipe, dirt and mud free roads, or to other conditions such as uneven roads that endanger workers or the traveling public. c. Non-compliance related to work hours in City right-of-way:
1) $100 for each minute beyond the work hour limits.
d. Non-compliance related to disruption of the traveling public other than work hour non-compliance:
1) First non-compliance: $0.
2) Second non-compliance: $500.
3) Third non-compliance: $1,000.
4) Fourth and subsequent non-compliances, each: $5,000. e. Non-compliance related to disruption of the traveling public relates to lack of informational or detour signage, failure to cover or uncover signs, failure to meet sequencing and completion. requirements of pipeline segments and locations, or to other conditions that give rise to disruption of the public such as blocked driveways, any delay to a school bus greater than 1 minute or delays related to lack of flaggers or radios.
f. If non -complying work items are not corrected in the timeframe designated by Engineer, the City may perform the Work. For such Work, the cost, plus 100 percent for administration and overhead, will be retained from payments. This amount is in addition to t he amounts indicated above.
g. Amounts retained shall be credited to the Owner through a Change Order to the Contract.
3.2 CIP PROJECT SIGN
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 351
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-34 Project No. C9416-22
A. The Vector files for the sign and logos shall be supplied to the sign manufacturer upon request. The Contractor shall provide the Company name and a 24-hour toll- free contact phone number on the sign. The Contractor shall check with the Project Manager to obtain the project name and telephone number before fabricating the sign.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 352
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-35 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 015600 – PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities and all other improvements not designated for removal and shall restore damaged or temporarily relocated utilities and improvements to a condition equal to or better than they were prior to such damage or tem porary relocation, all in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall verify the exact locations and depths of all utilities shown and the Contractor shall make exploratory excavations of all utilities that may interfere with the Work. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as soon as practical after award of contract and, in any event, a sufficient time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays to the Contractor's work. When such exploratory excavations show the utility location as shown to be in error, the Contractor shall so noti fy the Engineer, and shall incorporate updated utility locations into the project record drawings.
C. In the event it is necessary to respond with City crew in lieu of the Contractor to repair damages done to any City facilities caused by the Contractor’s operations or as a consequences thereof, there shall be a minimum mobilization cost fee of $500 for administrative overhead, billing and equipment use in addition to the actual hourly overhead rate (including benefits) billed for City employees and any materials costs. The Contractor shall be obligated to pay this amount separately to the City prior to the completion of the project and retention payment. The use of City crews will be at the discretion of the City.
D. If a hazardous condition is observed and the City notifies the Contractor either directly or by telephone, the Contractor shall correct the condition immediately. If the Contractor fails to correct the condition immediately, the City reserves the right to call a local supplier(s) or Contractor to install the necessary measures such as lights, barricades, etc. The cost involved shall be deducted from any money due (or to become due) to the Contractor.
E. Contractor shall perform a preconstruction photo survey to document the condition of existing improvements. The Contractor shall be responsible to adequately document the condition for size, kind, quantity and the extent of existing improvements. Photograp hs shall be for the purpose of documenting the pre - existing condition at the site of work. All surveys shall be delivered to the City prior to commencing work. In the absence of adequate preconstruction documentation, the Engineer’s judgment shall be final.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 353
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-36 Project No. C9416-22
1.2 RIGHTS-OF-WAY
A. The Contractor shall not do any work that would affect any gas, sewer, storm drain, waterline, recycled waterline, telephone, railroad, or electric line, any fence, or any other structure, nor shall the Contractor enter upon the rights-of-way involved until notified by the Engineer that the City has secured authority therefore from the proper party. After authority has been obtained, the Contractor shall give said party due notice of its intention to begin work, and shall give said party convenient access during the Contractor’s work. When two or more contracts are being executed at one time on the same or adjacent land in such manner that work on one contract may interfere with that on another, the City shall determine the sequence and order of the Work. W hen the territory of one contract is the necessary or convenient means of access for the execution of another contract, such privilege of access or any other reasonable privilege may be granted by the City to the Contractor so desiring, to the extent, amount, in the manner, and at the times permitted. No such decisions as to the method or time of conducting the Work or the use of territory shall be made the basis of any claim for delay or damage, except as provided for temporary suspension of the Work.
1.3 PROTECTION OF SURVEY MONUMENTS OR ROADWAY MARKERS
A. Monuments placed by Surveyors must be preserved, in accordance with State Business & Professions Code section 8771. The Contractor shall not destroy, remove, or otherwise disturb any existing survey monuments, markers or other existing street or roadway markers without proper authorization. No pavement grinding, breaking or excavation shall be started until all survey or other permanent marker points that will be disturbed by the construction operations have been properly referenced for easy and accurate restoration. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the proper representatives of the City of the time and location that work will be done. Such notification shall be sufficiently in advance of construction so that there will be no delay due to waiting for survey points to be satisfactorily referenced for restoration.
B. If monuments are disturbed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall hire a licensed surveyor to prepare and process a corner record or record of survey as appropriate through the City to reset the monuments. Surveyor records shall show the position of replacement monuments and post construction position of other monuments within the work area post-construction. The cost of preparing the necessary survey documents, processing the survey documents, and resetting the monuments shall be paid for by the Contracto r. This work shall be completed prior to project acceptance and additional monies will be withheld for this work prior to the release of retention.
1.4 RESTORATION OF PAVEMENT
A. General: All paved areas including asphaltic concrete berms cut or damaged during construction shall be replaced with similar materials and of equal thickness
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 354
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-37 Project No. C9416-22
to match the existing adjacent undisturbed areas, except where specific resurfacing requirements have been called for in the Contract Documents or in the requirements of the agency issuing the permit. All temporary and permanent pavement shall conform to t he requirements of the affected pavement owner. All pavements which are subject to partial removal shall be neatly saw cut in straight lines.
B. Temporary Trench Restoration: Wherever required by the public authorities having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall place temporary surfacing promptly after backfilling and shall maintain such surfacing for the period of time fixed by said authorities before proceeding with the final restoration of improvements. The typical trench detail on the plans provides further information for temporary asphalt surfacing.
C. Permanent Trench Restoration: In order to obtain a satisfactory junction with adjacent surfaces, the Contractor shall saw cut back and trim the edge so as to provide a clean, sound, vertical joint before permanent replacement of an excavated or damaged portion of pavement. Damaged edges of pavement along excavations and elsewhere shall be trimmed back by saw cutting in straight lines.
All pavement restoration and other facilities restoration shall be constructed to finish grades compatible with adjacent und isturbed pavement. The typical trench detail on the plans provides further information for permanent trench restoration.
D. After all infrastructure has been installed and tested, and final approval of all testing has been provided by the City or its representative, the Contractor shall overlay all roadways affected by the Work per the drawings and Specification 321216, “Paving Systems.”
E. Restoration of Sidewalks or Private Driveways: Wherever sidewalks or private roads have been removed or damaged during construction, the Contractor shall place suitable temporary sidewalks or roadways promptly after backfilling and shall maintain them in satisfactory condition for the period of time fixed by the authorities having jurisdiction over the affected portions before proceeding with the final restoration or, if no such period of times is so fixed, the Contractor shall maintain said temporary sidewalks or roadways until the final restoration thereof has been made.
1.5 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS
A. General: The Contractor shall protect all Underground Utilities and other improvements which may be impaired during construction operations. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain the actual location of all existing utilities and other im provements that will be encountered in its construction operations, and to see that such utilities or other improvements are adequately protected from damage due to such operations. The Contractor shall take all possible precautions for the protection of utility lines to provide for uninterrupted service and to provide such special protection as may be necessary. Protection of existing utilities may include soil stabilization.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 355
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-38 Project No. C9416-22
B. Culverts: Existing culverts in and adjacent to the work area shall be protected from disturbance by the Contractor’s activities relating to the Work. The Engineer shall be notified immediately if an existing culvert is disturbed as a result of construction activities. All costs associated with disturbing existing culverts shall be borne by the Contractor.
C. Utilities to be Moved: In case it shall be necessary to move the property of any public utility or franchise holder, such utility company or franchise holder will, upon request of the Contractor, be notified by the City to move such property within a specified reasonable time. When utility lines that are to be removed are encountered within the area of operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer a sufficient time in advance for the necessary measures to be taken to prevent interruption of service.
D. Where the proper completion of the Work requires the temporary or permanent removal and/or relocation of an existing utility or other improvement which is shown the Contractor shall remove and, without unnecessary delay, temporarily replace or relocate such utility or the facility. In all cases of such temporary removal or relocation, restoration to former location shall be accomplished by the Contractor in a manner t hat will restore or replace the utility or improvement to its former location and in new condition.
E. City's Right of Access: The right is reserved to the City and to the owners of public utilities and franchises to enter at any time upon any public street, alley, right -of- way, or easement for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the Work of this Contract.
F. Underground Utilities Shown or Indicated: Existing utility lines that are shown or the locations of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are to be retained, and all utility lines that are constructed during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling and, if damaged, shall be immediately repaired by the Contractor.
G. Underground Utilities Not Shown or Indicated: Contractor is responsible to verify location of all utilities, whether shown in the plans or not. All costs for locating, replacement and/or repair of existing utilities shall be borne by the Contractor.
H. In the event that the Contractor damages any existing utility lines, a written report thereof shall be made immediately to the Engineer.
I. All water services that are damaged during construction of trenching operations shall be reconstructed from the corporation stop to the meter (for small diameter services or reconstructed from the gate valve to the meter (for larger diameter services), and all services shall be sleeved with PVC pipe prior to backfilling.
J. Approval of Repairs: All repairs to a damaged improvement are subject to inspection and approval by an authorized representative of the improvement owner before being concealed by backfill or other work.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 356
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-39 Project No. C9416-22
K. Maintaining in Service: All oil and gasoline pipelines, power, and telephone or other communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, sewer lines, storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the Work shall remain continuously in service during all the operations under the Contract, unless other arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer are made with the owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, pole, or wire or cable. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair all damage due to the Contractor’s operations, and the provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling.
L. Pipeline Connections. The Contractor shall make all necessary connections to the existing pipelines. No connections to the existing system shall be made unless authorized in writing by the City or Engineer.
M. Repair couplings on sanitary sewer laterals and water services are not allowed. All repairs shall be completed to the nearest existing pipe joint, asbestos cement (ACP) sanitary sewer laterals shall be taken back to the nearest existing joint and shall not be cut ACP. All removed pipe material shall be disposed of by the Contractor per State and local requirements. All costs for disposal of existing materials shall be borne by the Contractor.
1.6 TREES WITHIN STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND PROJECT LIMITS
A. General: The Contractor shall exercise all necessary precautions so as not to damage or destroy any trees or shrubs, including those lying within street rights - of-way and project limits, and shall not trim or remove any trees unless such trees have been approved for trimming or removal by the City or other jurisdictional agency. All existing trees and shrubs which are damaged during construction shall be trimmed or replaced by the Contractor under the directions of an arborist certified by the Western Chapter of the International Society of Arboriculture hired by the Contractor or a certified tree company hired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the City and/or agency. Tree trimming and replacement shall be accomplished in accordance with the following paragraphs.
B. Trimming: The natural shape and form of the tree shall be preserved and enhanced; no stubs or splits or torn branches left; no topping or drop crotching; and clean cuts shall be made close to the trunk or large branches.
C. Replacement: The Contractor shall immediately notify the City and/ or other jurisdictional agency if any tree is damaged by the Contractor's operations. If, in the opinion of the City or said other agency, the damage is such that replacement is necessary, the Contractor shall replace the tree at its own expense. The size of the trees shall be not less than 1-inch diameter nor less than 6 feet in height. Fines will be assessed against the Contractor for trees removed without the City's prior written approval. The minimum amount of fine or restitution to the City will be the replacement of the tree removed, with one of equal or greater size and maturity
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 357
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-40 Project No. C9416-22
and as approved by the City. Larger fines may be assessed against the Contractor depending upon the circumstances and type of tree removed, especially in the case of oak trees, and/or those trees listed on the City of San Carlos' and/or County of San Mateo’s Historical Tree Lists.
D. Any roots encountered greater than 2-inches in diameter shall be performed under the direct supervision of and in conformance with the recommendations of an arborist certified by the Western Chapter of the International Society of Arboriculture.
E. The Contractor shall furnish all tools and equipment and employ sufficient trained personnel to operate all equipment and perform all handwork efficiently and skillfully.
F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage to trees, vegetation, or private property caused by its construction operations.
1.7 NOTIFICATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
A. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products, or other pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; all traffic signal and street lighting facilities; and all roadway and state highway rights-of-way the Contractor shall notify the Underground Service Alert agency and the respective authorities representing the owners or agencies responsible for such underground facilities not less than 48 hours prior to excavation so that a representative of said owners or agencies can be present during such work if they so desire.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 358
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-41 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 020010 – SITE CONDITIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS
A. Information obtained by the City regarding site conditions, subsurface information, existing construction of site facilities and similar data will be available to prospective Bidders upon request at the office of the Engineer, prior to bid opening. This geotechnical investigation is not a part of this Contract. The investigation was performed for design purposes.
B. Investigations conducted by Geotechnical Engineer of subsurface conditions were made for the purpose of study and design, and neither the Engineer nor the City assume any responsibility in respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of the soil borings, or of other investigations that have been made, or of the interpretations made thereof, and there is no warranty or guarantee, either expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated by such investigations are representative of those existing throughout such area, or any part thereof, or that unforeseen for developments may not occur.
C. Any logs of test borings, pits, geotechnical reports, or topographic maps showing a record of the data obtained by the Engineer's investigations of surface and subsurface conditions that are made available, shown on the plans, or bound herewith shall not be considered a part of the Contract Documents, said logs representing only the opinion of the Engineer as to the character of the materials encountered by him/her in his/her investigations and are provided only for the convenience of the Bidders.
D. Information derived from inspection of logs of test borings, pits, topographic maps, geotechnical reports, or from Plans showing locations of utilities and structures will not in any way relieve the Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site and making such additional investigations as he or she may elect, or from properly fulfilling all the terms of the Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Contractor shall satisfy himself/herself as to the nature and location of the Work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of transportation, disposal, limited access to site, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electric power, roads, and uncertainties of weather, river stages, or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work or the cost thereof under this Contract.
B. The Contractor shall further satisfy himself/herself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered during the course of
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 359
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-42 Project No. C9416-22
execution of the work by inspecting the site as well as, any exploratory work performed by the Engineer, and information presented by the Plans and Specifications made a part of this Contract. Any failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself/herself with all available information will not relieve him/her from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Work. The Contractor shall use their own judgment in determining methods for safe construction, with awareness of the specific site conditions for this project.
C. The Contractor shall anticipate underground obstructions such as utility lines, concrete, water table, soil conditions and debris. No extra payment will be allowed for the removal, replacement, repair or possible increased cost associated with existing utilities, trench instability or groundwater. Any utility lines or obstructions indicated on the map show only the approximate location and must be verified in the field by the Contractor. Even excavations that do not daylight into the limits of existing trench backfill can become unstable due to the effects of ground disturbance and reduced strength caused by past nearby excavations and backfills. The Contractor is responsible for locating all underground obstructions.
D. The Contractor shall note that heavy truck and equipment operations may cause roadway damage in excess of normal usage. Damage caused to the streets, curbs, gutters, sidewalks or bike path by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired to a condition equal or better than the original condition at the Contractor's expense.
1.3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A. Prior to bidding, Bidders may make their own subsurface investigations subject to time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by the City. Before any subsurface test holes are excavated, obtain necessary permits to perform such work.
B. Record drawings of existing utilities are available for examination at City offices.
1.4 SURFACE FACILITIES
A. The Contractor is advised that the Plans were prepared based on available information and, therefore, all existing surface facilities may not be shown on the Plans. It is the Contractor's responsibility to acquaint himself/herself with existing site conditions per this Section and anticipate those surface facilities which are typically encountered (fences, signs, mailboxes, sidewalks, driveways, ditches, AC pavement, AC berms, curbing, power poles, overhead lines, landscaping, irrigation, etc.) and will affect the Work. The Contractor shall provide adequate security to protect the public and Work. No extra payment will be made to the Contractor for the repair, removal and replacement of such facilities. Full payment for this work shall be as included in the various bid items.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 360
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-43 Project No. C9416-22
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 361
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-44 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 020030 – EXISTING UTILITIES AND UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Refer to plans for the locations of utilities and underground structures.
B. Contractor’s responsibilities .
1.2 CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE
A. Section 1540(a)1 of Construction Safety Orders (Title 8) California Administrative Code, section 1540 states:
(1) “Prior to opening and excavation, effort shall be made to determine whether underground installations; i.e., sewer, water, gas, electric lines, storm drain, cable TV, telephone, and fiber optics, will be encountered and, if so, where such underground installations are located. When an excavation approaches the approximate location of such an installation, the exact location shall be determined by careful probing or hand digging; and, when it is uncovered, adequate protection shall be provided for the existing installation. All known owners of underground facilities in the area concerned shall be advised of proposed work at least 48 hours prior to the start of actual excavation.”
B. The approximate location of public utilities and underground structures was based on information provided by the utility owners. However, in accordance with California's Administrative Code, Section 1540, Contractor shall make the effort to determine the exact location of underground installations.
1.3 PUBLIC UTILITIES AFFECTED
A. Electrical: Pacific Gas & Electric Company. It should be noted that where overhead service to a structure known to receive service does not exist, then underground service shall be assumed to exist. For underground utility location call Underground Service Alert (USA) at (800) 227-2600 or 811 at least two working days in advance.
B. Natural Gas: Pacific Gas & Electric Company has jurisdiction over natural gas lines. For underground utility location call Underground Service Alert (USA) at (800) 227-2600 or 811 at least two working days in advance.
C. Water Service: California Water Service Company and Mid-Peninsula Water District have jurisdiction over water mains and services within the specific limits of the project corridor.
D. Drainage: The City of San Carlos has jurisdiction over drainage within the corporate limits of San Carlos.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 362
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-45 Project No. C9416-22
E. Roads: The City of San Carlos has jurisdiction over roads inside the corporate limits of San Carlos and the County of San Mateo for roads outside the corporate limits of San Carlos.
F. Cable Television: Comcast. It should be noted that where overhead service to a structure known to receive service does not exist, then underground service shall be assumed to exist. For underground utility location, call USA at (800) 227 -2600 or 811 at least two working days in advance.
G. Telephone: AT&T. It should be noted that where overhead service to a structure known to receive service does not exist, then underground service shall be assumed to exist. For assistance with location of underground telephone facilities, call USA at (800) 227-2600 or 811 at least two working days in advance.
H. Sanitary Sewer: The City of San Carlos has jurisdiction over the sewer mains and laterals within the specific limits of the project corridor.
I. Recycled Water: The City of San Carlos has jurisdiction over the recycled water mains and laterals within the specific limits of the project corridor.
1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall anticipate water, reclaimed water, sewer, storm drain, electrical, gas, cable TV, and telephone services. It may be expected that there will be variation in location from that as shown on the Plans to the actual location. Actual location shall be determined in the field after pre-marking by the various utilities affected.
B. It should be understood that the various utilities are indicated on the Plans to show only the approximate location and must be verified in the field by the Contractor. The various utility agencies will cooperate with the Contractor to endeavor to familiarize him/her with all known underground utility obstructions, but this will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility in anticipating and locating their actual existence.
No extra payment will be allowed for the removal, replacement, repair, or possible increased cost caused by inadvertent or planned interception and breaking of underground obstructions which may exist.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 363
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-46 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 021100 – SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Remove and dispose of surface debris.
B. Prior to any excavation, obtain permission from the City, PG&E and/or any other affected utility providers to penetrate or excavate surfaces along the project route.
Remove and dispose of paving, curbs, gutters, fences, posts, or structures indicated on the drawings.
C. Soil stabilization.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 013100 – Coordination
B. Section 015600 – Protection of Existing Facilities
1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes and all local, state and federal regulations for disposal of debris and use of herbicides. Burning of debris, lumber or scrap will not be permitted.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Sawcut paving, curbs gutters and other structures between portion to remain and portion to be removed.
3.2 OTHER IMPROVEMENTS
A. Protect trees, plant growth, and features designated to remain, as final landscaping.
B. Protect bench marks and existing structures which are to remain from damage or displacement.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 364
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-47 Project No. C9416-22
3.3 REMOVAL
A. Remove debris, rock, soil and extracted plant life from site. Dispose of materials at approved facilities.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 365
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-48 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 022113 – SURVEY MONUMENTS
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes furnish and install Cast -in-place Portland Cement Survey Monuments and all appurtenant work.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 015600 – Protection of Existing Utilities
2. Section 310513 – Clearing & Grubbing, Excavation and Earthwork
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A48 – Specifications for Gray Iron Castings
B. Caltrans Standard Specifications
1. Section 55 – Steel Structures
2. Section 78 – Survey Monuments
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate placement of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 – Contractor Submittals: Requirements for submittals.
B. Product Data: Submit data on bronze survey markers, frame and covers.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 FRAME AND COVER
A. Monument frame and cover shall be gray iron castings conforming to ASTM A48, Class 30B, designed for a 15,000 lb. wheel load. Monument cover shall be marked “Monument”.
Cover shall be non-rocking and will fit in its frame.
B. Monument Frame and Cover shall be Chrisp Company Casting Part No.9279 or 9277M, Phoenix Iron Works 2501or approved equal.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 366
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-49 Project No. C9416-22
2.2 BRONZE SURVEY MARKER
A. Bronze survey marker shall be 2 ½-inch domes disk with stem and appropriate survey information as specified by the County Surveyor.
B. Brass Survey markers are not acceptable unless they are lead-free.
2.3 FORMING TUBE
A. Tubes for forming Portland cement concrete collar and monument shall be non -metallic type of the size and dimensions shown on the Drawings.
2.4 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
A. Portland Cement Concrete for collars and footings shall be per City of San Carlos Detail No.30 “Standard Monument”.
2.5 HOT MIX ASPHALT
A. Hot Mix Asphalt concrete around monuments shall be in conformance with Section 321216 – Asphalt Paving
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Monuments shall not be installed until the asphalt paving has been completed.
B. Concrete, form tube, bronze survey marker, frame and cover, and asphalt paving shall be installed as shown on the Drawings.
C. Cast the monuments in place in neat holes using forming tubes.
D. Thoroughly consolidate the concrete and cure it by the water method per Section 90-1.03B (2) Water Method of State Standard Specifications.
E. Locate the monument such that the point being referenced falls within 1/2 -inch from the center of the disk when the disk is placed in the center of the monument.
F. Place the survey marker disk before the concrete reaches its initial set. Firmly embed the disk in the concrete.
G. If base and surfacing are not shown around a monument, fill any space around it with earth. Water and tamp the earth into place.
H. Surplus excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor and the Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of excess excavated material.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 367
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-50 Project No. C9416-22
I. The Concrete collar shall be circular – 8 inches in diameter around the frame and cover and shall be covered with a minimum of two (2) inches of asphalt concrete paving to level with the adjacent surfacing.
3.2 EXISTING MONUMENT PROTECTION
A. All existing survey monuments and benchmarks shall be protected, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Upon discovery of a survey monument not identified and located by the City, immediately:
1. Stop work near the monument
2. Notify the Project Manager
B. Do not resume work near the monument until authorized by the Project Manager.
C. Monuments placed by Surveyors must be preserved, in accordance with State Business & Professions Code section 8771.
D. The Contractor shall exercise caution when working around monuments so as not to disturb them. During milling, grinding, excavation or other operations, the Contractor shall work around survey monuments unless specifically otherwise indicated on the Plans. If a monument is disturbed or damaged during adjusting, milling or other operations, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the reestablishment of the monument including but not limited to surveying performed by a Licensed Surv eyor and filing documents with County and constructing the new monument.
E. The existing monument consisting of a concrete core and brass tack, nail or other marking device located inside of a survey monument cover with frame, shall not be disturbed until the contractor’s Licensed Land Surveyor has established of reference points to preserve the location of the monument, in accordance with State Business & Professions Code section 8771.
F. Contractor shall prepare corner record, submit corner record to the County Surveyors and submit acceptance of monument to the Project Manager.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 368
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-51 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 024100 - DEMOLITION
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
Demolition & Permits
Removal and Disposal
Recycling & Salvaging
1.2 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Demolition:
1. Basis of Measurement: Not a measured item, unless specified otherwise on the Drawings.
2. Basis of Payment: The cost of any works that relevant to demolition shall be considered as included in the contract prices for the various contract items of work involved, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
1.3 REFERENCES & RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSWHERE
A. Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD) – http://www.baaqmd.gov/
1. Regulation 11 (Hazardous Pollutants) and Rule 2 (Asbestos Demolition, Renovation, and Manufacturing).
B. CALGreen Construction Waste Management Requirements
1. http://www.calrecycle.ca.gov/LGCentral/Library/CandDModel/Instruction/CALGreen Tbl.pdf
C. California Occupational Safety and Health (Cal/OSHA)
1. General Requirements
D. Commercial
1. USA Underground Service Alert
E. Division 1
1. General Requirements
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 369
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-52 Project No. C9416-22
B. The Contractor shall submit to the City a haul route for approval, prior to commencing any work. Truck traffic movement is limited between the hours of 9am to 3pm, unless approved by the Project Manager.
C. Before disposing of any demolished material prior to any work
1. Submit a written agreement from the property owner
a. For the use of the property
b. absolving the City from responsibility in connection with the property.
2. Obtain authorization to start
D. Before Contract acceptance, submit a document signed by the owner of the material disposal site stating that the Contractor has complied with the Contractor -Owner agreement.
E. Demolition Schedule: The Contractor shall submit a complete coordination schedule for demolition work including shut -off and continuation of utility services prior to start of the work. The schedule shall indicate proposed methods and operations of facility demolition, and provide a detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted operation of occupied areas.
F. All affected private properties will receive door hanger notices as specified in Section 015050 “Mobilization” prior to any utility shutoffs or frontage demolition and improvements.
1.5 JOB SITE CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall visit the site and inspect the existing facilities. The City assumes no responsibility for actual condition of facilities to be demolished.
B. Contractor shall use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust during performance of the work. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent the generation of dust.
No washing of streets is permitted.
C. All liquid, and slurry generated during pavement sawcutting shall be collected and removed from the site. These liquids shall not be washed into the area storm drainage system.
D. Contractor shall remove hazardous materials as described per the Project Asbestos and Lead Inspection Report.
E. The Contractor prior to the commencement of the demolition or renovation, thoroughly inspect the affected facility or part of the facility where the demolition or renovation operation will occur for the presence of asbestos, including Category I and Catego ry II nonfriable Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM).
F. The Contractor must also provide the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) with a 10 working day advance notice for any disturbance of Regulated Asbestos -Containing Material (RACM) greater than 160 square feet or 260 lineal feet, and as specified in Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 40, Chapter I, Subchapter C, Part 61, Subpart M, Section 61.145.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 370
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-53 Project No. C9416-22
PART 2. PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Notify anyone to be affected by demolition and construction activities including but not limited to: all schools, residences, businesses, garbage collection, utility companies (PG&E-Gas Distribution, PG&E Gas Transmission, PG&E-Electric, AT&T, Comcast, etc.), the Owner, etc. at least ten (10) working days prior to commencing the work of this section.
B. Site Inspection:
1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the site and all objects designated to be removed and to be preserved.
2. Locate all existing active utility lines traversing the site and determine the requirements for their removal and/or protection.
C. Clarification:
1. The Drawings do not purport to show all objects existing on the site.
2. Before commencing the work of this section, verify with the Owner all objects to be removed and all objects to be preserved
D. Scheduling:
1. Schedule all work in a careful manner with all necessary consideration for neighbors, operation of the existing facilities, and the public.
2. Avoid interference with the use of, and passage to and from, residences and adjacent facilities.
E. Protection of Utilities: Preserve in operating condition all active utilities traversing the site and designated to remain.
3.2 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, chutes and other suitable methods shall be used to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air. The Contractor shall comply with all government regulations pertaining to environmental protection.
B. The Contractor shall use equipment that will generate the least amount of dust. The Contractor shall provide dust control at all times including Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays unless directed otherwise by the Project Manager.
C. Whenever the Contractor, in the opinion of the Project Manager, is negligent in controlling dust, the Project Manager may direct attention to the existence of a dust hazard and instruct the Contractor to immediately alleviate the dust hazard. The Contract or shall be responsible for any damage cause by dust generated as a result of the Contractor’s operations.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 371
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-54 Project No. C9416-22
D. The Contractor shall have a commercial standard street vacuum/sweeper operational and in operation during each working day. The street vacuum/sweeper shall be able to pick up sand, gravel, dust, and debris, and other things, shall minimize dust generation, and shall also be available during the day and shall sweep as outlined below and as directed by the Project Manager.
E. If the Contractor is performing work that generates dust and debris then during the day (including weekends and holidays) the sweeper shall sweep the project area (full length, width, and all lanes) twice a day sometime between 9:00a.m. and 11:00a.m. and a lso between 2:00p.m. and 4:00p.m. Hardscape surfaces (including pavers, sidewalks, and areas inaccessible by a mechanical sweeper) shall have dirt, dust, and debris removed by hand sweeping. If the Contractor fails to fulfill the responsibilities of this section, the City will perform or contract with others to perform the work and all costs incurred to the City shall be withheld from future payments to the Contractor.
F. The Contractor shall clean the sidewalk and gutter as many times as needed to make sure the sidewalk and gutter are out of dirt, debris and small rocks at all times. The Contractor shall be prepared to sweep surfaces immediately at the request of the Proj ect Manager, should the Project Manager deem it necessary for public safety and to avoid damage to properties. If streets are not satisfactorily cleaned within 12 hours from verbal or written notice by City personnel, the City will hire an independent sweeping company and deduct the cost for such work from payments due to the Contractor.
G. Water shall not be used in a manner that creates hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, or pollution.
H. The site shall be kept neat and orderly during the demolition to the maximum extent practical.
I. Public right-of-way and private property shall be kept free of debris at all times.
J. Stockpiles of demolished items or materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis or stored in waste containers which shall be emptied on a weekly basis or as conditions require in order to manage the accumulation of waste.
K. Accumulations of flammable materials shall not be permitted.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Safe passage of persons around area of demolition shall be provided in accordance with all safety and regulatory requirements. Operations shall be conducted to prevent damage to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities, people and property. Safe p assage provided by Contractor will be ADA complaint.
B. Interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or supports shall be provided to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished and to adjacent facilities to remain.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 372
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-55 Project No. C9416-22
C. Existing landscaping materials, structures, and appurtenances which are not to be demolished shall be protected and maintained as necessary.
D. The Contractor shall repair any landscaping and irrigation system removed or damaged as a result of the Contractor's operation or where proposed improvements are a conflict.
Active irrigation lines necessary for landscaping shall be relocated and made ope rational within 48 hours of their removal.
E. The Contractor shall protect and maintain conduits, drains, sewers, pipes and wires that are not to be demolished.
F. Use all means necessary to protect existing objects designated to remain or to be preserved must remain operational during installation of the replacement pipeline. In the event of damage, immediately notify the Owner and make all repairs and replacements necessary for approval by the Owner at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.4 SURFACE DEMOLITION
A. All asphalt concrete and all Portland cement concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks, access ramps and driveways shall be saw-cut at the nearest scoreline or deep joint and removed entirely to the saw-cut limits.
B. Where adjacent pavement or concrete is broken or damaged sufficiently to prohibit a sound replacement the entire damaged section shall be removed to the limits determined by the Project Manager.
C. Asphalt concrete, sidewalk, concrete curb, and gutter materials to be demolished shall be broken up and removed from the site by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City.
D. Where shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall remove required pavement section including base material. Subsoil removal is also included where required to achieve design subgrade.
3.5 DEMOLITION BELOW THE SURFACE
A. Existing structures, pavement slabs and structural sections to be abandoned shall be demolished to an elevation three feet below finished grade. Their bottoms (if any remain) shall be broken thoroughly to prevent entrapment of water and all voids backfill ed with suitable backfill
B. Demolition areas and voids resulting from demolition of structures below the surface shall be completely filled.
C. All fill, compaction, and holes created by demolition work shall be backfilled with imported clean fill. Lay fill down in layers not exceeding 6” thickness and compact per the earthwork specifications. Grade the site to drain to the nearest storm drainage system without any low points.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 373
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-56 Project No. C9416-22
D. All fill and compaction surfaces shall be graded to meet adjacent contours and to provide flow to surface drainage structures, or as shown on the Drawings.
E. Pipes to be demolished that require no future connection shall be removed to the extent required, sealed and capped. Pipe sections shall be removed by removing a complete pipe section to an existing joint, or other adequate means which results in a clean joint.
F. The Contractor shall demolish or dismantle and remove all items that are noted for demolition and removal in the Contract Documents and that will interfere with the planned construction, or as otherwise directed by the Project Manager.
G. The Contractor shall demolish or dismantle and remove all abandoned conduits or structures that are encountered during the prosecution of the work and which interfere with the construction of the work upon the approval of the Project Manager.
3.6 REMOVAL OF EXISTING WATER AND SEWER SERVICES
A. GENERAL ABANDONMENT:
1. When salvage materials are shown on the Drawings; salvage and arrange the existing facilities (i.e., meters, manhole covers, manhole frames, etc.) to be dropped off at the City's Corporation Yard by prior arrangement.
2. Properly remove or abandon in place unused existing City utility service lines discovered that were left in place by others.
3. Contact utility companies for removal, abandonment, adjustment or relocation of their facilities.
4. Contractor is responsible for verifying the location of any existing utilities.
5. Abandonment of pipes will include filling pipe with slurry as specified in Section 19 -
3.02G – Controlled Low-Strength Material of the State Standard Specification and capping the pipes at the ends.
3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Demolition and removal of debris shall be conducted to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks and other adjacent occupied or used facilities which shall not be closed or obstructed without permission from the City. Alternate routes shall b e provided to circumvent closed or obstructed traffic ways.
B. The Contractor shall comply with all pertinent regulations of Cal/OSHA and local codes and practices.
C. All existing materials that are designated to be salvaged shall be removed, cleaned and hauled to the City Corporation Yard, unloaded and stockpiled unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager.
D. Site debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The proper and legal disposal of demolished materials shall be the responsibility
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 374
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-57 Project No. C9416-22
of the Contractor. All disposal sites and recycling facilities shall be approved by the City prior to initiation of the Work.
1. Concrete debris shall be transported to a recycler of such materials.
2. Hazardous materials shall be handled and disposed of in accordance with all applicable laws, codes, and regulations.
3.8 PATCHING AND REPAIRING
A. The Contractor shall provide patching, replacing, repairing and refinishing of damaged areas or damaged adjacent facilities involved in the demolition.
B. New concrete shall match the existing adjacent surfaces, in kind, or of better quality, to the satisfaction of the Project Manager, at no cost to the City or to the owners of the facilities.
3.9 CLEAN UP
A. During and upon completion of work the Contractor shall promptly remove unused tools and equipment, surplus materials, rubbish, debris and dust and shall leave areas affected by work in a clean, approved condition.
B. The Contractor shall clean adjacent structures and facilities of dust, dirt and debris caused by demolition, as directed by the Project Manager, and return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of work.
C. The Contractor shall clean and sweep daily all street and roads affected by its operation.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 375
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-58 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 310513 – CLEARING & GRUBBING, EXCAVATION, AND EARTHWORK
PART 1. GENERAL
3.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Clearing and Grubbing
2. Excavation
3. Earthwork
4. Grading and Compaction
5. Subsoil materials – Import Fill and Select Fill
6. Topsoil materials.
B. Related Sections:
1. Project Geotechnical report; bore hole locations and findings of subsurface materials if applicable.
3.2 REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3).
2. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3).
3. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System).
C. California Building Code – Appendix J - Grading
D. State Standard Specifications:
1. Section 14 – Environmental Stewardship
2. Section 17 - General
3. Section 19 – Earthwork
3.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 376
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-59 Project No. C9416-22
B. Samples: Submit results of the soil samples by a certified testing laboratory prior to importing onto the site for approval by the Project Manager.
C. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials source.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.
3.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Furnish each subsoil material from single source throughout the Work.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY CHARACTERISTICS
A. Materials and Resources Characteristics:
1. Regional Materials: Furnish materials extracted, processed, and manufactured within 250 miles of jobsite.
2.2 SUBSOIL MATERIALS
A. Select Fill Material:
1. Subsoil material is on-site excavated material.
2. Graded
3. Non-hazardous
4. Free of lumps larger than three (3) inches, rocks larger than two (2) inches, organic matter, frozen or other deleterious materials and debris.
5. Selected material encountered in excavation within the right of way shall be used for finishing the top portion of the roadbed, constructing shoulders, structure backfill; as shown on the Drawings; as specified in the Special Provisions, or as directed by the Project Manager.
B. Import Fill Material:
1. Subsoil material imported from sources outside the project site meeting.
2. Graded
3. Non-hazardous
4. Free of lumps larger than three (3) inches, rocks larger than two (2) inches, organic matter, frozen or other deleterious materials and debris.
5. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall obtain from the owners the right to procure material, pay all royalties and other charges involved, and bear all expense of developing the sources, including rights of way for hauling.
6. No import fill material shall be delivered to the site until approved by the Project Manager. Approval of import fill material shall be based on the testing of representative samples submitted by the contractor meeting the appurtenant
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 377
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-60 Project No. C9416-22
Geotechnical Report and approved by the Project Manager. Such representative samples shall be submitted to the Project Manager not less than 15 days prior to commencing the work.
7. Imported fill, delivered to the site, that significantly differs from the submitted samples shall be subject to rejection. Rejected materials shall be removed from the site at the Contractor's expense
8. Approval of a particular import fill material shall constitute approval of only that portion of the proposed borrow source represented by the submitted sample.
9. Except as otherwise permitted, borrow pits and other excavation areas shall be excavated in such manner as will afford adequate drainage. Overburden and other spoil material shall be transported to designated spoil areas or otherwise disposed of as directed, local borrow pits shall be neatly trimmed and left in such shape as will facilitate accurate measurement after the excavation is completed.
2.3 FILL MATERIALS:
A. Fill material shall conform to the following as determined by ASTM C 117 and ASTM C 136:
1. Maximum particle size 3 inches
2. Percent passing 1-inch sieve 90-100 percent
3. Percent passing No. 200 sieve less than 20 percent
B. Imported non -expansive fill shall consist of a well -graded, slightly cohesive soil with relatively impervious characteristics when compacted.
C. Plasticity Index for acceptable import fill materials shall be a maximum of 15 when determined by the procedure set forth in ASTM D 4318.
D. The liquid limit shall not exceed 40 percent as determined by the procedures set forth in ASTM D 4318.
E. Import fill material shall have an R-value of 25 or greater as determined by ASTM D 2844.
2.4 TOPSOIL MATERIALS
A. Topsoil shall be imported top soil.
B. Topsoil excavated within the limits of the project , as approved by the Engineer, will be considered as a material only for the purpose of backfilling areas to be planted.
2.5 OTHER BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Cement slurry, drain rock and other special earth-rock backfill materials shall be provided as specified in the Special Provisions, or directed and authorized.
B. Bioretention material backfill shall conform to section 332315 – Excavation and Backfill specifications and these special provisions
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 378
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-61 Project No. C9416-22
2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and Analysis of Subsoil and Topsoil Materials: Perform in accordance with ASTM D698, ASTM D1557, and AASHTO T180.
B. When tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, provide alternate materials and retest.
C. Furnish materials of each type from same source throughout the Work.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Call USA not less than two (2) working days before performing Work that can be marked by USA in a timely manner.
B. Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and surrounding construction areas.
C. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum.
D. Notify utility companies to remove and relocate utilities where shown on the Drawings.
E. Protect utilities indicated to remain from damage.
F. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping.
G. Protect benchmarks or monuments, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic.
H. The ground shall be prepared to received select fill by removing vegetation, topsoil and other unsuitable materials, scarifying the ground to provide a bond with the fill material, and compacting the fill at optimum moisture content.
3.2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Clearing and grubbing shall be per Section 17 -2 Clearing and Grubbing of the State Standard Specifications.
B. Clear and grub before performing earthwork in an area.
C. Do not injure standing trees, plants, and improvements shown to be protected.
D. Clear and grub the entire length of the job site to the following widths:
1. 5 feet outside of excavation and embankment slope lines where slopes are not rounded
2. Outside limits of slopes where slopes are rounded
3. 5 feet outside of structures
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 379
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-62 Project No. C9416-22
4. 2 feet outside of slope lines for ditches and channels with a bottom width of less than 12 feet
5. 5 feet outside of slope lines for ditches and channels with a bottom width of 12 feet or more
E. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of removing all objectionable material from within the limits of the project. The limits of clearing and grubbing shall be of sufficient area and depth to complete the work shown on the Drawings or as described herein in.
F. Clear all construction areas above original ground of the following to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches below subgrade or eight (8) inches below original ground, or as required by the appurtenant geotechnical report, whichever is lower:
1. all vegetation such as trees, logs, upturned stumps, roots of downed trees, brush, grass, and weeds and
2. other objectionable material including concrete, masonry, and debris.
G. No burning of materials is allowed.
H. The site shall be stripped and cleared of all vegetation, debris, and organic -laden top soil as required by the Engineer.
I. Trees within the limits of work including any traffic control work beyond the limits of work and within the area of influence shall be evaluated by the City or; a City approved certified Arborist to assess protection measures. No trees will be removed unt il they have been tagged, numbered and a written release for the tree has been issued by the City.
J. Tree stumps which are designated to be removed, shall be excavated and removed 30” down to remove the tree trunk, roots, and backfill with fill material and compact as required in this section, unless specified otherwise on the Drawings. For tree removal located at Rockridge site, tree removal permit provided for reference in Appendix B.
K. Grub all construction areas to a depth of at least 0.50 feet, necessary to remove all existing tree stumps, roots, buried logs and other objectionable material, unless noted otherwise on the Plans. In embankment areas where the grading plane is 2 feet or m ore above original ground, cut off trees, stumps, and roots not more than 1 foot above original ground, except, remove trees, stumps, and roots completely where work includes any of the following:
1. Structure construction
2. Pile construction
3. Subdrainage trench excavation
4. Removal of unsuitable material
5. Cutting into slopes of original hillsides, old or new fill
6. Utility line construction
3.3 EXCAVATION
A. Work under this section shall consist of performing all operations necessary to excavate earth and rock, regardless of character and subsurface conditions, from the roadway prism or adjacent thereto, to excavate all materials, of whatever nature, necessary for the
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 380
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-63 Project No. C9416-22
construction of foundations for structures and other facilities: to excavate drainage and irrigation ditches; to excavate drainage channels; to excavate selected material and import material for use as specified; to construct embankments including the plac ing of selected fill or import fill material in connection therewith as specified; to place backfill for structures, and other facilities; to backfill trenches and depressions resulting from the removal of obstructions; to backfill holes, pits and other d epressions; to remove and replace unsuitable material; to excavate and grade road approaches, driveways, sidewalks, curb ramps, curb and gutters, plazas, parking lots, and connections; to construct protection dikes; to remove unstable material, slide mat erial which has come into the graded area, and material which has slipped from embankments; all as shown on the plans and as specified in these Specifications and the Special Provisions and as directed by the Project Manager; and furnishing all labor, mate rials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work that may be required to construct and maintain the project facilities, except excavation, trenching and backfilling for pipe, culverts, utility systems, and other subsurface pipes.
B. Excavate subsoil and topsoil from areas designated. Strip topsoil to full depth of topsoil in designated areas.
C. Stockpile excavated material meeting requirements for subsoil fill materials and topsoil materials approved by the Project Manager.
D. If practicable and unless processing of material is required, haul selected material directly from the excavation to its final position in the roadway prism and compact it in place.
E. Excavate to the described or authorized grade. If the Contractor over excavates, backfill with an authorized material and compact it at the Contractor’s own expense.
F. Do not excavate wet subsoil unless directed by the Project Manager.
G. The temporary slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than is safe for the intended use, and shall not be more than one -unit vertical in two units horizontal (50 -percent slope) unless approved by the Project Manager or appurtenant geotechnical report.
H. Archaeological Resources: Contractor shall conform to Section 14 – Environmental Stewardship of the State Standard Specifications. If archaeological resources are discovered within or near construction limits, do not disturb the resources and immediately:
1. Stop all work within a 60-foot radius of the discovery
2. Secure the area
3. Notify the Project Manager.
I. City will investigate the discovery. Do not move archaeological resources or take them from the job site. Do not resume work within the radius of discovery until authorized.
J. Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESA): If an ESA is shown on the Drawings, the boundaries are approximate. Do not enter an ESA unless authorized. If an ESA is breached, immediately:
1. Stop all the work within 60 feet of the ESA boundary
2. Secure the area
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 381
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-64 Project No. C9416-22
3. Notify the Project Manager
If an ESA is damaged, the Project Manager determines the necessary remediation and the party to perform the work. The City deducts the cost for this work from the Contractor bid price.
K. Notify the Project Manager when buried man -made objects are encountered in an excavation as part of the excavation work and wait for direction from Project Manager unless shown on the plans for removal. All surplus material shall be disposed offsite.
L. Remove excess excavated materials, subsoil and topsoil not intended for reuse, from site.
M. Remove excavated materials not meeting requirements for subsoil materials and topsoil materials from site.
N. When hauling is done over highways or City streets, and when directed by the Project Manager the loads shall be trimmed and all material removed from shelf areas of vehicles in order to eliminate spilling of material. If directed by the Project Manager, the loads shall be watered down or covered after trimming to eliminate dust.
O. Excavation shall include the satisfactory removal and disposition of all materials not classified as rock excavation.
P. Earth and rock, regardless of character and subsurface conditions, shall be excavated to the lines and grades as established by the plans.
Q. All existing materials that are designated to be salvaged shall be removed, cleaned and hauled to the City Corporation Yard, unloaded and stockpiled, by the Contractor unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager.
R. Existing pipes to be abandoned shall be filled with slurry, minimum of thirty (30) feet from either ends of the pipe and capped with concrete at the ends.
S. Existing structures, pavement slabs, and structural sections to be abandoned shall be demolished to an elevation three (3) feet below finished grade, unless specified otherwise on the Drawings. The bottom (if any remains) shall be broken thoroughly to prev ent entrapment of water and all voids backfilled with suitable backfill.
T. Operations shall be conducted in such a manner that existing street, facilities, utilities, railroad tracks and other non -street facilities which are to remain in place will not be damaged.
U. The Contractor, at his/her expense, shall furnish and install -sheet piling, cribbing, bulkheads, shores or whatever means may be necessary to adequately support material carrying such facilities, or to support the facilities themselves, and shall maintain such supports until they a re no longer needed. Temporary pavements, facilities, utilities and installations shall also be protected until they are no longer required. When temporary supports and other protective means are no longer required, they shall be come the property of the Contractor and shall be removed and disposed of from the job site
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 382
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-65 Project No. C9416-22
V. Prior to placing import fill material, all areas to receive fill shall be scarified and compacted.
Unless otherwise stated in the appurtenant Geotechnical report, the area shall be scarified to a minimum of eight (8) inches, material shall be moisture conditioned by wetting or drying to optimum moisture content, and compacted.
3.4 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Rock excavation shall include excavating, grading, and disposing of materials classified as rock and shall include the satisfactory removal and disposition of rock 1/2 cubic yard or more in volume.
B. No blasting is allowed.
3.5 GRADING
A. Grading shall consist of placing fill materials on site to contours and elevations with select fill or import fill materials.
B. Place fill material in continuous layers of maximum lifts of 8 inches (0.67 feet) and compact in accordance with schedule shown in this section, unless otherwise shown on the appurtenant Geotechnical Report.
C. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density.
D. Construct slopes to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings.
E. Slope grade away from the building minimum 2% slope for a minimum distance of 10 feet, unless noted otherwise.
F. Make grade changes gradual. Blend slopes into level areas.
G. Round the tops of excavation slopes and ends of excavation.
H. Maintain completed slopes. Repair any slopes damaged by erosion.
I. Repair or replace items indicated to remain that are damaged by excavation or filling.
J. Identify any site low points which need positive drainage and make adjustments with approval from Project Manager prior to pouring concrete.
K. Protection of existing slopes using erosion control measures as required in Section 015723 – Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.
3.6 TOLERANCES
A. Section 01 45 16 – Quality Control: Tolerances.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 383
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-66 Project No. C9416-22
B. Immediately before placing subsequent layers of material, prepare the grading plane such that the grading plane:
1. Does not vary more than 0.05 foot above or below the grade established by the Engineer where Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) or aggregate base are to be placed.
2. Does not extend above the grade established by the Engineer where concrete base or pavement is to be placed.
3. Beneath structural approach slabs or the thickened portion of sleeper slabs do not extend above the grade established by the Engineer.
4. At any point is within 0.05 foot above the grade established by the Engineer if the material to be placed on the grading plane is paid by the cubic yard.
3.7 COMPACTION
A. Relative compaction specifications apply to material whether in an excavation or an embankment.
B. The moisture content of material to be compacted to at least 95 percent must be such that the specified relative compaction is attained.
C. Compact earthwork to a relative compaction of at least 95 percent for at least a depth of:
1. 0.5 foot below the grading plane for the width between the outer edges of shoulders
2. 2.5 feet below the finished grade for the width of the traveled way including any parking lots or other vehicular areas; to extend plus two (2) feet on each side.
D. All fill material shall be compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557, Modified Proctor, beyond the depth specified above in 3.7.C.
3.8 STOCKPILING
A. Stockpile materials on site will not be permitted unless authorized by Project Manager.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Prevent displacement or loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability.
B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation from freezing.
C. Protect structures, utilities, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth operations.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 384
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-67 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 320120 – ASPHALT CONCRETE GRINDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work covered by this section includes grinding of the existing pavement with various thicknesses. Work shall be in conformance with Section 39-3.04, “Cold Planing Asphalt Concrete,” of the 2015 Caltrans Specifications.
B. Work may include, but is not limited to, wedge grinding, conform grinding, mill and fill, removal of asphalt concrete on top of the gutter pan, and grinding sections of AC at humps causing drainage issues, as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer to accommodate actual field conditions.
PART 2 MATERIALS
A. The asphalt concrete grinding machine shall have a cutter head at least 6 feet in width and have automatic controls that accurately establish or maintain existing profile grades at each edge of the cutter by referencing from the existing pavement or an independent grade reference. The planing machine shall be operated in such a way so as not to produce smoke or fumes.
B. The cold planing machine shall be capable of planing the pavement without requiring the use of a heating device to soften the pavement during or prior to the planing operation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Pavement to be cold planed or removed may contain pavement fabric.
Pavement borings are not representative of entire street work limits. The assumption that fabric is present or not shall be at the sole risk of the Contractor.
There shall be no adjustment in compensation to the Contractor for cold planning, removing, and disposing asphalt concrete pavement that contains pavement fabric.
B. Cold plane existing asphalt paving to a minimum depth that results in a new HMA pavement section which is minimum thickness as shown on the Drawings.
Contractor shall make a sawcut after cold planing at the conform edges to allow for a minimum 2-inch vertical surface at the conforms.
C. Standard wedge grinding for the various conditions shall be as shown on the plans.
For standard wedge grinding adjacent to the lip of gutter, the cut shall taper from zero inches (0”) to the depth of overlay below the gutter lip. Conform grinding at intersections or at transverse street conform limits shall be a minimum twenty feet (20’) wide unless noted otherwise, tapering from zero inches (0”) to the depth of
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 385
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-68 Project No. C9416-22
overlay. All keys shall be formed to a true vertical surface.
3.2 COLD MILLING AND AREA GRINDING ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
A. The outside lines of the planed area shall be neat and uniform. The roadway surface to remain in place shall not be damaged in any way. The Contractor shall replace the teeth on the planing machine when necessary in order to provide a final cut with uniform grooves and ridges. The final cut shall result in a uniform surface and meet the approval of the Engineer.
B. Contractor shall place and maintain warning signs and temporary AC “ramps” at all pedestrian and vehicular crossings over the entire length of grinding. HMA for temporary tapers must be of the same quality that is used for the HMA overlay.
C. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the location of, and avoid damage to, all manholes, water valves, gas valves, survey monument covers and adjacent concrete improvements. Traffic loop detectors and home runs shall be protected unless called for replacement on the plans or otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of one (1) week prior to beginning work near the loops. All improvements damaged by the grinding operation shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
D. The material ground from the roadway surface, including material deposited in existing gutters or on the adjacent travel way, shall be immediately removed from the work site and disposed of in a legal and proper manner. The planer shall pick up the material as it progresses, or a removal crew shall follow within 50 feet of the grinding operations to pick up the material.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the street in a clean condition during the course of the cold planing or grinding operations using a vacuum sweeper.
F. No longitudinal drop-off of more than 0.15 foot will be allowed at any time between any adjacent lanes open to public traffic at the end of the working period. When allowed by the Engineer, the Contractor may cold plane the final longitudinal pass between adjacent travel lanes such that a minimum 30:1 slope is maintained between the cold planed surface and the adjacent existing pavement grade when opened to public traffic. There shall be no adjustment in compensation to the Contractor for making additional passes or to comply with this requirement.
G. If a drop -off between the existing pavement at conform lines and driveways (businesses, schools, offices, commercial, residential, etc.), and the planed areas at transverse joints cannot be avoided before opening to traffic, construct a temporary HMA taper. The HMA temporary taper must be:
1. Placed to the level of existing pavement and tapered on a slope of 30:1 (horizontal: vertical) or flatter to the level of the planed areas.
2. Compacted by any method that will produce a smooth riding surface.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 386
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-69 Project No. C9416-22
H. Where when the existing pavement surface adjacent to any frames, covers, grates, manholes, or driveways is removed by cold planing, and the top layer of asphalt concrete is not placed during the same working period, the Contractor shall place temporary tapers around each frame, cover, grate, manhole, or driveways prior to opening the area to any public traffic. Temporary asphalt concrete tapers shall be ramped on a slope of 30:1 or flatter from the level of the planed surface to the top of the facility cover. Material for temporary tapers shall be commercial quality (hot mix) asphalt concrete. A commercial grade roofing paper or other suitable material shall be placed beneath the temporary ramps and tapers. Temporary asphalt concrete tapers shall be comp letely removed before placing the permanent surfacing.
I. Temporary ramps and tapers shall remain in place no longer than seven (7) calendar days. Material for temporary ramps and tapers shall be commercial quality (hot mix) asphalt concrete and may be spread and compacted by any method that will produce a smooth riding surface. A commercial grade roofing paper or other suitable material shall be placed beneath the temporary ramps and tapers.
J. Temporary asphalt concrete ramps shall be completely removed before placing the permanent surfacing. The removed ramp materials shall be disposed of outside the highway right-of-way in accordance with the provisions of Section 7-
1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right-of-Way" of the State Standard Specifications.
K. The asphalt concrete inlay/overlay operation shall start no later than seven (7) calendar days after the start of planing.
L. All existing pavement shall be trimmed as required to provide a smooth face to abut the new pavement. The ground areas shall be smooth, and have a dry and properly prepared surface prior to the start of paving operations. It shall be free from all loose screening and other loose or foreign material.
M. Contractor shall notify Engineer (in writing) at least 48 hours prior to grinding.
Work shall not proceed until Engineer has approved grinding schedule.
N. The Existing pavement section information from pavement cores at various locations are shown on the plans, however the pavement section may vary between coring locations. If the subgrade material is being removed by the cold plane equipment then the Contractor will adjust the depth of removal to just remove the asphalt concrete pavement. There shall be no adjustment in compensation to the Contractor for adjusting cold planing depth.
O. Existing old pieces of AC along edge of gutter shall be removed as necessary at the direction of the Engineer. Contractor to exercise caution in removing AC to not damage existing gutter and curb.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 387
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-70 Project No. C9416-22
3.2 REQUIREMENTS
A. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to adjacent improvements. All damage shall be repaired by Contractor.
B. Contractor shall place and maintain warning signs and temporary AC patch material to serve as “ramps” at all pedestrian and vehicular crossings over grind area.
C. All material removed by grinding shall be cleaned up and legally disposed of outside of the City limits, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Recycling of the material is encouraged in compliance with the City recycling ordinance, described in the Special Provisions of these specifications.
D. Existing metal plates at driveways shall be unbolted/uninstalled and rebolted/reinstalled as necessary and as directed by the Engineer to prevent any damage from AC grinding, AC paving, or other construction operations.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 388
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-71 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 320190 – LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Perform all landscape maintenance operations as shown on the plans and as specified herein including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Soil testing
2. Plant establishment
3. Insect and disease control
4. Irrigation system maintenance
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Soil Testing: Contractor shall collect 1 one-quart sample in the bioretention areas and 1 one-quart samples in the container planting areas of the in-place topsoil 20 days after completion of planting, and submit the samples to Waypoint Analytical, Inc. of Anaheim, (714) 282 -8777, for m aintenance period fertilizer recommendations. Test results shall be made available to the Engineer. Sample shall be a representative composite taken from several planting areas. Cost of soil testing shall be paid for by the Contractor.
B. Herbicide/Fungicide/Insecticide: Submit a written recommendation from a State of California appropriately licensed individual along with complete product data from proposed manufacturer, for review by the Engineer and/or the City’s appropriately licensed individual.
1.3 SCHEDULE
A. Maintenance Period shall be for a minimum period of ninety (90) calendar days after pre-final inspection.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Fertilizer: Used during the course of the maintenance period shall be determined by the soils test required under paragraph 1.2A above. For bidding purposes only, assume the use of ammonium sulfate (21 0 0) at 5 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft., minimum of two applications.
B. Water: During the course of construction and maintenance period, water shall be paid for by the Contractor.
C. Herbicide/Fungicide/Insecticide: Shall be a commercially available chemical recommended for this project and these plantings by a State of California
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 389
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-72 Project No. C9416-22
appropriately licensed individual. The licensed individual shall review all planting, including but not limited to groundcovers, shrubs, and trees, the types and extent of soil preparation, the irrigation systems, drainage patterns, and other project characteristics to verify type, compatibility, and recommend the appropriate chemical(s) for use. The Contractor shall be responsible for all overspray, spreading, runoff, plant health, and other impacts from the use of the chemical(s).
D. Animal Control Materials: None required under these specifications.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Time Limits: The Maintenance Period shall commence from the date of Substantial Completion of planting as defined in paragraph 3.3A below, and extend for the time period specified in paragraph 1.3 A above, or until the acceptance of Final Completion.
B. Fertilizer Application: Fertilizer(s) shall be applied per Waypoint Analytical, Inc. recommendations. For bidding purposes only, assume initial application to be four weeks after planting and subsequent applications to be at 45-day intervals.
C. Herbicide Application: Herbicide shall not be used until all plant material has been planted a minimum of 20 days. All planting areas shall be kept weed free by non - herbicide methods during this time period. Herbicide shall not be applied to any areas that are or have been seeded. Contractor must apply the material in conformance with the written recommendations of the State appropriately licensed individual.
D. Basic Requirements: All planting areas shall be kept weed-free at all times during the Maintenance Period. All pest and disease control shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. All planting areas shall be kept at optimum moisture for plant growth.
Settlement of soil and plants and soil erosion shall be repaired and areas replanted as required. Dying or deficient plants shall be replaced as soon as they become apparent.
3.2 RESPONSIBILITIES AND GUARANTEE
A. Damage Repairs: Work installed under this contract that is damaged or stolen prior to Substantial Completion shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor without cost to the City. After Substantial Completion and through the Maintenance Period, these damages and similar factors such as extensive litter, abuse and defacement shall be the City’s responsibility to repair or replace and shall not be a part of this contract.
B. Planting Guarantee: No planting shall be guaranteed beyond the Maintenance Period, except as to conformance to specified species and variety, and except as
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 390
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-73 Project No. C9416-22
to conditions specified under paragraph 2.1D "Root Systems" in Section 329300 Landscape Planting.
3.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Shall be deemed as the time when all major plantings, including groundcover, are installed, and when all other work is satisfactorily completed, with the exception of minor items to be completed as noted in a checklist compiled by the Engineer. The Maintenance Period shall not commence until work is deemed substantially complete by the Engineer.
3.4 FINAL REVIEW
A. Contractor shall request a final review of the project at least five (5) working days in advance of the proposed date. Failure to request this notice shall automatically extend the date of completion. The maintenance period will continue until project is deemed complete.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 391
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-74 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 320191 – TREE PROTECTION AND PRUNING
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Perform all tree protection and pruning as shown on the plans and as specified herein including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Tree removal
2. Installation of tree protection fencing
3. Tree protection measures
4. Tree pruning
1.2 STANDARDS
A. All work shall be performed in accordance with ANSI -A300 best management practices for tree protection during construction.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ANSI-A300, Part 5: Management of Trees and Shrubs during Site Planning, Site Development, and Construction, current edition.
B. Glossary of Arboricultural Terms, International Society of Arboriculture, Atlanta, GA.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. The term “Tree Protection Zone” (TPZ) shall mean the area beneath a tree’s canopy, or all area within a distance from the trunk equal to five times the tree’s Diameter at Breast Height (DBH), whichever is greater.
1.5 ACCESS AND STORAGE
A. Prior to commencement of work, the Contractor shall meet on -site with the Engineer to review scope of work, work procedures, access routes, storage areas, and tree protection measures.
B. No grading, demolition, trenching, parking, storage or dumping of any construction materials is allowed within the TPZ, unless specifically noted on the plans.
Exceptions must be reviewed and approved by the Engineer as noted in paragraph
1.6B below.
1.6 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. All work shall be scheduled and conducted in a cooperative manner in order to give the least possible interference with or annoyance to others. Contractors shall work out any cooperative schedules. Construction of drainage and irrigation lines
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 392
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-75 Project No. C9416-22
etc., around existing trees, shall receive priority in scheduling so that trenching, irrigation installation, and backfilling can be done in an expedient manner.
B. Any work that must occur within the TPZ shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. The contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 48 hours in advance of any activity in the TPZ.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 FENCING
A. All trees to be retained shall be temporarily fenced at their driplines with 36” high orange construction fence installed with t -posts per manufacturer’s recommendation.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 PRESERVATION OF EXISTING TREES
A. Protection: Shall be as indicated on the plans and in accordance with City/County Standard Details.
1. Fencing shall be erected before any demolition or construction activities take place on-site and shall not be removed or modified before the end of the project without written authorization from the Engineer.
2. Fencing may be installed in a single run around multiple trees.
B. Pruning: Pruning of branches and/or roots shall be performed under the supervision of an Arborist certified by the International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) and approved by the Engineer.
C. Root Cutting: Prior to approved excavation within a TPZ, a trench shall be dug along the edge of the excavation closest to the tree trunk. This trench shall by dug by hand or with an air spade to a depth of 30 inches, and shall be of a sufficient width to manually sever any roots encountered greater than 2 inch diameter. Cuts shall be made perpendicular to the direction of the root’s growth, using a clean hand saw. After roots are cleanly severed, excavation equipment may be used as required on the side of the trench farthest from the tree.
1. Within one hour of cutting or exposure, roots shall be covered with moist soil or with burlap that is kept wet until the excavation can be backfilled and watered thoroughly.
D. Debris Removal: All trimmings, stumps, roots, logs, sod, or any other form of debris resulting from this work shall be cleaned up and legally disposed of off -site at the Contractor’s expense. Stumps shall be ground to 12 inches below grade.
E. Watering: Provide supplemental irrigation as necessary during construction to prevent drought stress.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 393
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-76 Project No. C9416-22
1. If trees show stress, it may become necessary for the Contractor to perform deep root watering as required at no extra cost to the City.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 394
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-77 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 321123 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSES
PART 1. GENERAL
3.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Class 2 Aggregate Base course.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 321216 – Paving Systems
2. Section 321313 - Concrete Improvements.
3.2 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Aggregate Base used under concrete work such as curb and gutter, valley gutter, sidewalk, retaining curbs, etc. shall considered incidental to the item most closely related to and no separate compensation will be allowed therefor.
3.3 REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
1. AASHTO M288 - Standard Specification for Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications.
B. Caltrans Standard Specifications:
1. Section 26 Aggregate Base.
C. CalRecycle
1. http://www.calrecycle.ca.gov/ConDemo/Aggregate/
3.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Samples: Submit, in air -tight containers, 5 lbs sample of each type of aggregate fill to testing laboratory or as required by the City.
C. Submit aggregate base gradation, R -value requirements, and sand equivalent requirements as specified in this section.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 395
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-78 Project No. C9416-22
D. Aggregate samples must not be treated with lime, cement, or chemicals before testing for durability index.
E. Aggregate from untreated reclaimed processed asphalt concrete, Portland cement concrete, lean concrete base or cement-treated base is not considered treated.
F. If the aggregate gradation test results, sand equivalent test results, or both do not comply with the Contract compliance requirements, remove the aggregate base or request a payment deduction. If the payment deduction request is authorized, $2.00/cu yd is deducted.
G. Materials Source: Submit name of aggregate materials suppliers.
H. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
I. Supplier shall submit certification data that aggregate base meets the requirements per Caltrans Testing Methods.
3.5 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified sustainable design requirements.
1. Materials Resources Certificates:
a. Certify source and origin for salvaged and reused products. b. Certify recycled material content for recycled content products. c. Certify source for regional materials and distance from jobsite.
3.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Furnish each aggregate material from single source throughout the Work.
B. Perform Work according to City Standards.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY CHARACTERISTICS
A. Materials and Resources Characteristics:
1. Recycled Content Materials: Furnish materials with maximum available recycled content.
2. Regional Materials: Furnish materials extracted, processed, and manufactured within 250 miles of jobsite.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 396
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-79 Project No. C9416-22
2.2 AGGREGATE MATERIALS
A. Aggregate must be clean and consist of any combination of the following:
1. Broken Stone
2. Crushed Gravel
3. Natural rough-surfaced gravel
4. Sand
5. Processed reclaimed asphalt concrete, Portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, or cement-treated base.
B. Quality: Aggregate base furnished for the base material shall be free from vegetable matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm stable base.
C. Maximum aggregate size shall be 3/4-inch maximum aggregate gradation unless specified otherwise.
D. Class 2 Aggregate Base: ASTM D2940; graded type. Conform to Section 26 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify compacted subgrade is moisture conditioned and ready to support paving and imposed loads.
1. Proof roll subgrade with minimum two perpendicular passes to identify soft spots.
2. Remove soft subgrade and replace with compacted fill unless specified otherwise in the Project Geotechnical Report or as ordered by the Project Manager.
B. Immediately before spreading aggregate base, the subgrade must comply with the specified compaction and elevation tolerance for the material involved and be free from loose or extraneous materials.
C. Contractor may use aggregate base to fill areas of the subgrade that are lower than the proposed grade.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Correct irregularities in subgrade gradient and elevation by scarifying, moisture conditioning, reshaping, and re-compacting.
B. Do not place fill on soft, muddy, or frozen surfaces.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 397
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-80 Project No. C9416-22
3.3 AGGREGATE PLACEMENT
A. Spread and shape the aggregate base to such thickness that after watering and compacting, the completed aggregate base is within the tolerances specified below in Section 3.5.
B. Avoid material segregation. Segregated materials shall be re-mixed until uniform.
C. Aggregate base must be free from pockets of coarse or fine material.
D. If the aggregate base thickness shown is 0.50 foot or less, spread and compact the aggregate base in one layer. If the thickness shown is more than 0.50 foot, spread and compact the aggregate base in at least 2 approximately equal layers in thickness. The compacted thickness of any one later must not exceed 0.50 foot.
E. At locations inaccessible to spreading equipment, spread and compact aggregate base by any means that will attain the specified requirements; by hand compaction if needed.
F. Apply water to moisture condition the aggregate base as needed for optimum moisture content for compaction.
G. Compact each aggregate base layer to at least 95 percent relative compaction unless otherwise noted elsewhere.
H. Level and contour surfaces to elevations, profiles, and gradients indicated.
I. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain specified compaction density.
J. Correct areas of aggregate base that do not comply with the described thickness.
3.4 TOLERANCES
A. Section 014516 - Quality Control: Tolerances.
B. Maximum Variation from Flat Surface: 1/4 inch measured with 10-foot straight edge.
C. Maximum Variation from Thickness: 1/4-inch.
D. Maximum Variation from Elevation: 1/4-inch.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 398
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-81 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 321216 – ASPHALT PAVING AND MISCELLANEOUS PAVING ITEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Work covered in this section consists of performing all operations necessary for producing and placing hot mix asphalt (HMA) by mixing aggregate and asphalt binder at a mixing plant and spreading and compacting the HMA mixture.
B. Hot mix asphalt overlay and deep lifts (at dig outs) shall be provided where shown on the plans and as marked in the field.
C. Section includes:
1. Quality Control Plan.
2. Quality Control Testing.
3. Acceptance Testing.
4. Asphalt Binder and Tack Coat.
5. Aggregate Materials.
6. Hot Mix Asphalt.
7. Utility Cover Adjustments
8. Vehicle Detectors.
D. Paving shall comply with the current State Standard Specifications and Standard Plans. HMA shall be provided in accordance with the Standard HMA construction process and conform to the latest Caltrans Section 39 of the Standard Specifications and as detailed in this specification.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 321723 – Traffic Striping, Pavement Markers, Pavement Markings & Signage
1.3 REFERENCES
A. State Standard Specification:
1. Section 39 Asphalt Concrete.
2. Section 92 Asphalt Binder.
3. Section 94 Asphaltic Emulsions
4. Section 96 Geosynthetics
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
(AASHTO)
5. AASHTO M17 - Standard Specification for Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 399
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-82 Project No. C9416-22
6. AASHTO M29 - Standard Specification for Fine Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures.
7. AASHTO M140 - Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt.
8. AASHTO M208 - Standard Specification for Cationic Emulsified Asphalt.
9. AASHTO M288 - Standard Specification for Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications.
10. AASHTO M320 - Standard Specification for Performance -Graded Asphalt Binder.
11. AASHTO M324 - Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealant s, Hot Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements.
12. AASHTO MP1a - Standard Specification for Performance -Graded Asphalt Binder.
13. AASHTO T283-14 – Standard Method of Test for Resistance of Compacted Asphalt Mixtures to Moisture-Induced Damage.
14. AASHTO T324 (Modified) -Hamburg Wheel-Track Testing of Compacted Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA).
C. Asphalt Institute:
15. AI MS-2 - Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot- Mix Types.
16. AI MS-19 - Basic Asphalt Emulsion Manual.
17. AI SP-2 - Superpave Mix Design.
1.4 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
A. Establish, implement and maintain a Quality Control Plan (QCP) to ensure materials and work comply with the specifications and the corrective actions required to control the quality of work. The QCP shall comply with these specifications and Section 39 -2 “Standard” of the Cal trans Standard Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall submit a Quality Control (QC) plan for HMA.
C. The QC plan shall describe the organization and procedures for:
1. Controlling HMA quality characteristics
2. Taking samples, including sampling locations.
3. Establishing, implementing, and maintaining QC
4. Determining when corrective actions are needed.
5. Implementing corrective actions.
6. Using methods and materials for backfilling core locations.
D. The QC plan must address the elements affecting HMA Quality, including
1. Aggregates
2. Asphalt binder
3. Additives
4. Productions
5. Paving
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 400
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-83 Project No. C9416-22
E. For CIP projects, the Contractor shall permit the City’s certified testing laboratory to take samples of the aggregate and asphalt emulsion used in the project at the City’s discretion. Gradation and sand equivalent tests may be run on the aggregate and residual asphalt tests on the emulsion. City will compare the test results with this Section and notify the Contractor if any test fails to meet specifications.
F. The Contractor shall furnish all tools and equipment and employ sufficient trained personnel to operate all equipment and perform all handwork efficiently and skillfully.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Job Mix Formula (JMF): Except for the Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) to be used in miscellaneous areas (median island areas not including inside shoulders, island areas, sidewalk, gutters, ditches, over side drains and aprons at end of drainage structures) and dikes, submit the proposed JMF for Type A HMA.
C. The JMF must be submitted on the Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form along with:
1. Mix design documentation on Contractor’s Hot Mix Asphalt Design data form dated with 12 months of submittal.
2. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for the following:
a. Asphalt Binder
b. Supplemental fine aggregate except fines from dust collectors c. Antistrip additives.
D. The Contractor’s Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form must show documentation on aggregate quality.
E. Submit QC test results for Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) gradation with the combined aggregate gradation within 2 business days of taking RAP samples during Type A HMA production.
F. Contractor shall submit a new JMF if there are changes to any of the following:
1. Target asphalt binder percentage greater than ±0.2 percent.
2. Asphalt binder supplier
3. Combined aggregate gradation
4. Aggregate sources
5. Liquid antistrip producer or dosage
6. Average binder content in a new processed RAP stockpile by more than ±2.0 percent from the average RAP binder content reported on Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form.
7. Average maximum specific gravity in a new processed RAP stockpile by more than ±0.060 percent from the average maximum specific gravity value reported on Contractor’s Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form.
8. Any material in the JMF.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 401
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-84 Project No. C9416-22
G. Submit a current asphalt concrete mix design from two separate sources (primary source and backup source) for asphalt concrete proposed to be used.
H. Contractor shall provide delivery tickets to the City at the time of delivery of each load of product, including asphalt concrete, tack coat, sealant, and paving reinforcement mat. Each delivery ticket shall include or be accompanied by appropriate batch information produced by the batching plant or factory of origin and information stating the mix or model number, total yield in tons, gallons, or square feet, and time, date, and location of delivery.
I. Any asphalt concrete rejected by the Project Manager shall be deducted from the total quantity of asphalt concrete tonnage.
J. Contractor shall submit a reference plan for utility facilities adjustment prior to lowering any utility facilities.
K. Contractor shall submit a paving plan for longitudinal joints.
1.6 ENGINEER’S ACCEPTANCE
A. In addition to the Quality Control Plan, the Contractor shall provide an independent quality control to perform independent sampling in accordance with Section 39 -
1.05 and Section 39 -2.03 of the Standard Specifications. City will provide acceptance testing . Sampling shall be performed under California Test 125.
Testing shall be performed as specified in this Section.
B. Start-up evaluation will be performed in accordance with Section 39 -1.07 of the Standard Specifications. Sampling and testing shall occur at a minimum for the following:
1. Aggregate
2. Asphalt binder
3. RAP
4. HMA
C. Quality control sampling shall be performed by the Contractor’s Independent Assurance Tester in accordance with the following schedule: and quality acceptance testing shall be performed by the City
Quality Characteristic
Test
Method
Minimum Sampling
and Testing
Frequency
Location
of
Sampling
Maximum
Reportin
g Time
Allowanc
e Aggregate Gradation CT 202 1 per 750 tons Plant 24 hours Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Gradation LP-9 Daily RAP System 24 hours Asphalt Binder Content CT 379 or
CT 382 1 per 750 tons Loose Mix
Behind Paver 24 hours
Percent of Maximum Theoretical Density CT 308 1 per 750 tons Loose Mix Behind Paver 24 hours
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 402
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-85 Project No. C9416-22
Maximum Theoretical Density CT 309 Per CT 375 Loose Mix Behind Paver 24 hours
Aggregate moisture content at
continuous mixing plants and RAP
moisture content at continuous mixing
plants and batch mixing plants
CT 226 or
CT 370
2 per day during
production
Stock-piles or
Cold Feed
Belts
24 hours
Sand Equivalent (minimum) CT 217 1 per 750 tons Plant 24 hours HMA Moisture Content (maximum) CT 370 1 per 2,500 tons but not less than 1 per
paving day
Loose Mix
Behind Paver 24 hours
Stabilometer Value (minimum) No. 4 and
3/8” gradings 1/2” and 3/4” gradings
CT 366
1 per 4,000 tons or 2
per five business
days, whichever is
greater
Loose Mix
Behind Paver
48 hours
Air Voids Content (%)
CT 367
1 per 4,000 tons or 2
per five business
days, whichever is
greater
Loose Mix
Behind Paver
48 hours
Percent of crushed particles coarse
aggregate (% minimum) One fractured
face Two fractured faces Fine
aggregate (% minimum) (Passing No. 4
sieve and retained on No. 8 sieve)
CT 205
1 every 6,000 tons
Plant
48 hours
Los Angeles Rattler (% maximum) Loss
at 100 revolutions Loss at 500 revolutions CT 211 1 every 6,000 tons Plant 48 hours Fine aggregate angularity (% minimum) AASHTO T-
304, Method
A
1 every 6,000 tons Plant 48 hours
Quality Characteristic
Test Method
Minimum Sampling
and Testing
Frequency
Location
of
Sampling
Maximum
Reportin
g Time
Allowanc
e Flat and elongated particle (%
maximum at 5:1) ASTM D 4791 1 every 6,000 tons Plant 48 hours Voids in mineral aggregate (%
minimum)
LP-2 1 every 6,000 tons Loose Mix
Behind Paver 48 hours
Voids filled with asphalt (%) LP-3 1 every 6,000 tons None Calculation 48 hours Dust proportion LP-4 1 every 6,000 tons None Calculation 48 hours Moisture Sensitivity CT-371 1 every 5,000 tons Loose Mix Behind Paver NA
D. A minimum of one sample for Rice Specific Gravity shall be taken by Independent Assurance Tester each day at the plant during placement of HMA. The Rice Specific Gravity test shall be in accordance with ASTM D 2041. The results shall be submitted to the City within one working day of receiving them from the testing laboratory. Any change shall be noted and the Contractor shall take necessary measures to correct JMF or resubmit a new JMF for approval prior to continuing work.
E. In place density tests per CT 375 Nuclear Gage field test shall be performed during HMA operations by Independent Assurance Tester to meet compaction requirements per Standard Specifications. The frequency of testing shall be in
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 403
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-86 Project No. C9416-22
accordance with CT 375.
F. Should any test specified in Paragraph 1.04 of this Section fail to meet density requirements, Independent Assurance Tester shall take density core samples every 500 feet of paved roadway per applicable sections within 39-2 of Standard Specifications (2015) to verify density results.
G. Tests results outside the specifications shall be subject to reduced payment in accordance with the table of “Reduced Payment Factors for Percent of Maximum Theoretical Density” in Section 39-2.01 A(4)(i)(ii) of Standard Specifications (2015).
H. Asphalt concrete (HMA) shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 95 percent.
1.7 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. All products described herein shall be handled in conformance to the applicable provisions of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations:
1. No HMA shall be placed when weather conditions prevent the proper handling, finishing, or compaction of the mixtures.
2. Do not apply when underlying surface is muddy, frozen or wet.
3. Do not place tack coat when temperature is below 45º F.
4. Do not place hot mix asphalt when air temperature is below 45º F and surface temperature is below 50º F.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TACK COAT
A. Tack Coat, Type SS-1H, conforming to the provisions of Sections 39 and 94 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall be used for digouts (pavement repairs) and over asphalt concrete planed surfaces.
2.2 ASPHALT BINDER
A. Asphalt binder for the Hot mix asphalt (HMA) shall be Grade PG 64-10, conforming to the provisions of Sections 92 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Asphalt dikes, asphalt ditches and miscellaneous areas the grade of the asphalt binder for the Hot mix asphalt (HMA) shall be PG 70-10.
2.3 AGGREGATE
A. Aggregate shall be clean and free from deleterious substances and shall meet
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 404
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-87 Project No. C9416-22
the gradation and quality for 1/2-inch and 3/8-inch HMA Type A in the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) aggregate may be substituted for a part of virgin aggregate in a quantity not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) by weight of the aggregate blend.
1. RAP shall conform to Section 39 -2.02A (4) (b) (iii) – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement of the State Standard Specifications.
2. During Type A HMA production, sample RAP twice daily and perform QC testing for:
a. Aggregate gradation at least once a day under California Test 384. b. Moisture content at least twice a day.
2.4 HOT MIX ASPHALT
A. Hot Mix Asphalt shall be HMA Type A and conform to the latest provisions of Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Asphalt Concrete for the surface course shall be ½” Type A, in accordance with Section 39 of State Standard Specifications as modified in these Technical Provisions and the Special Conditions.
C. HMA batch plant shall be Department-qualified under the Department’s Materials Plant Quality Program of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Approximate areas for digouts (pavement repairs) will be marked out in the field by City prior to the preconstruction conference. Areas marked out shall be cut along the perimeter, removed to depths indicated on the plans, cleaned, prepared with tack coat, filled with hot mix asphalt and compacted in accordance with these specifications.
B. Hot mix asphalt overlay shall be placed to the limits shown on the Plans to the limits of conform and edge grinds.
C. Hot mix asphalt shall be proportioned, mixed, placed, spread and compacted in layers in conformance with the Standard HMA Construction Process described in Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3.2 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STREET SURFACE
A. During the entire construction period, the Contractor shall take care to protect existing pavement and concrete surfaces. Surfaces scarred by cleanup or equipment shall be repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Any and all damage caused by the Contractor's operations to existing roads and streets shall
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 405
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-88 Project No. C9416-22
be repaired by the Contractor to at least the original condition and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the City.
B. If pavement is damaged (excessive loading, grouser marking, scarring/scraping of pavement, etc.) outside the limits of the work, a full lane width grinding and overlay will be required as directed by the Engineer at no additional compensation to the Contractor.
3.3 PAVING REMOVAL (DIGOUTS)
A. Saw cutting, grinding, and asphalt concrete removal shall be required for digouts and surface preparation on paved roads.
B. Subgrade in digout areas shall be compacted in place to a firm and unyielding condition prior to placement of HMA.
C. Clean and dry the dig out area and planed surfaces prior to commencing with work.
3.4 TACK COAT
A. Ensure the digout area is clean and dry. All material accumulations which would interfere with the adhesion of the tack coat or with the placing and performance of the hot mix asphalt shall be removed, including dust, loose aggregate, soil, leaves, and pieces or lumps of other foreign material deposited on the surface.
B. A tack coat shall be applied to existing pavement including planed surfaces, between HMA layers, and to vertical surfaces of curbs, gutters and construction joints at the minimum residual rates specified in Section 39 -1.09C “Tack Coat” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
C. Before placing hot mix asphalt, a tack coat shall be furnished and applied uniformly to contact surfaces of all cold pavement joints, curbs, gutters, and all existing pavement to be surfaced in conformance with Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
D. Asphalt binder tack coat shall be placed under reinforcing mat to the application rates in compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
E. Asphaltic emulsion tack coat shall be placed over planed surfaces to the application rates in the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
F. Tack coat shall be applied to any course in advance of spreading the next course unless the surface temperature is at least 140 °F.
G. Hot mix asphalt shall not be placed until tack coat has cured. Immediately in advance of placing HMA, apply additional tack coat to damaged areas or where loose or extraneous material is removed.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 406
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-89 Project No. C9416-22
H. Close areas receiving tack coat to traffic. Do not track tack coat onto pavement surfaces beyond the job site.
3.5 TRANSPORTING HOT MIX ASPHALT
A. From mixing site in trucks having tight, clean compartments.
B. Coat hauling compartments with lime-water mixture to prevent sticking.
C. Elevate and drain compartment of excess solution before loading mix.
D. Provide covers over asphalt concrete mixture to protect from weather and to prevent loss of heat.
E. During periods of cold weather or for long distance deliveries, pre -insulation around entire truck bed surfaces.
F. Do not use petroleum products such as kerosene or diesel fuel to release HMA from trucks, spreaders, or compactors.
3.6 HOT MIX ASPHALT
A. HMA surfacing shall conform to the provisions of Section 39 of the Standard Specifications. Placing HMA shall be done under suitable weather conditions for such operations. Rain, snow or other inclement weather will be cause for discontinuing paving Work. The Engineer shall have the authority for determining whether weather conditions are sufficient cause to postpone work.
3.7 ASPHALT INLAY/OVERLAY
A. HMA The quality control measures for the asphalt concrete shall be as outlined in Section 39 “Asphalt Concrete” of the State Standard Specifications.
B. Certificates of Compliance, in accordance with Section 6 -2.03C, "Certificates of Compliance" of the State Standard Specifications, shall be required from the supplier of the asphalt concrete and submitted to the Engineer not less than 10 working days prior to any scheduled asphalt concrete paving.
C. The Contractor shall schedule his paving operations such that at the end of each working day, the distance between the ends of the layers of asphalt concrete on adjacent lanes shall not be greater than 10 feet nor less than 5 feet. Additional asphalt concrete shall be placed along the transverse edge at the end of each lane and along the exposed longitudinal edges between adjacent lanes, hand raked, and compacted to form temporary conforms. Kraft paper, or other approved bond breaker, may be placed under th e conform tapers to facilitate the removal of the taper when paving operations resume.
D. Half-width surfacing operations shall be conducted in such manner that, at the end of each day's work, the distance between the ends of adjacent surfaced lanes shall
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 407
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-90 Project No. C9416-22
not be greater than can be completed in the following day of normal surfacing operations.
E. All paving joints shall be on lane lines only.
F. Prior to placing the surface course, the finished surface of the previous layer shall not vary at any point more than 0.05-foot above or below the grade established by the Engineer.
G. All trimming of the surface shall be completed while the temperature of the mix is above 200 °F.
H. The final lift of asphalt concrete (the top lift) shall be placed in one continuous operation.
I. The Contractor shall not perform paving operations when the weather is rainy or foggy. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility, based on weather predictions, to schedule his paving operations to avoid paving in the rain or fog. If the day's operations are canceled because of predicted rain or fog, a nonworking day will be allowed regardless of actual working conditions.
J. Asphalt concrete shall not be placed on any surface which contains ponded water or excessive moisture in the opinion of the City Engineer.
K. If paving operations are in progress and rain or fog forces a shutdown, loaded trucks shall return to the plant and no compensation will be allowed therefor.
L. The Contractor shall furnish and use canvas tarpaulins to cover all loads of asphalt concrete from the time that the mixture is loaded until it is discharged from the delivery vehicle, unless otherwise directed in writing by the Engineer.
M. Immediately before Asphalt Concrete is placed, a tack coat shall be applied to all horizontal and vertical surfaces as specified in Section 39 -1.02B “Tack Coat” of the State Standard Specifications.
N. No traffic shall be allowed on the asphalt tack coat with the exception of vehicles unloading asphalt concrete. All vehicles involved with the Contractor's operations shall turn around within the road right-of-way. Driveways and other private property shall not be used without prior written consent of the involved property owner, a dated copy of which shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to the use thereof.
O. The area to which the tack coat has been applied shall be closed to public traffic.
Care shall be taken to avoid tracking the asphaltic emulsion material onto existing pavement surfaces beyond the limits of construction.
P. All asphalt concrete spillage and/or tracking of tack coat (asphaltic emulsion) or other materials on public streets, driveways and gutters shall be removed or cleared within 48 hours of the AC pavement placement. If existing striping is marked by emulsion or other materials, it shall be repainted/restored. Alternatively,
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 408
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-91 Project No. C9416-22
existing striping may be protected by a method approved by the Engineer.
Q. Conform cuts between existing pavement and newly constructed pavement shall be made by cutting the existing pavement to a neat, smooth line at the limit lines and constructing a vertical-face butt joint.
R. At cross streets where distinct limit lines exist due to previous treatments, the new conform limit line shall overlap the existing limit line a minimum of 6 inches.
S. Batch data and load slips shall be presented to the Engineer as asphalt is delivered to the project site. Failure to do so may result in non -payment for questionable quantities or rejection of the load.
3.8 BASE FAILURE REPAIR
A. Base failure repair of existing asphalt concrete shall be performed in accordance with Section 39 -3.04, “Cold Planing Asphalt Concrete,” of the 2015 Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions.
B. The locations for the AC base repairs will be identified, marked and quantified by the Engineer after AC cold planning is completed. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours in advance of the cold planning operation. The Contractor shall allow the Engineer 24 hours to complete the identification of the AC base repairs.
The Asphalt Concrete Pavement Repair that will be paid for shall be the actual square feet of repair that was marked-out by the by the Engineer in the field prior to asphalt concrete pavement repair construction.
C. Existing asphalt concrete and base material shall be removed to a minimum depth of 6” below the grade of the existing surfacing at locations shown on the drawings.
The resulting depression shall be filled with a deep lift of asphalt concrete in conformance with pertinent Technical Provisions.
D. The base failure conform limits shall be saw cut or ground in neat, straight lines.
Conform corners shall be square and any conform edges that are broken after saw cutting or grinding shall be re-cut at no additional charge.
E. Prior to filling the areas with asphalt concrete, the subgrade shall be compacted to 95 percent relative compaction in accordance with Section 19 -5.03B of the Standard Specifications of the State of California and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
F. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, excessively wet areas still exist at the subgrade that cannot obtain a relative compaction of 95 percent then all undesirable material then encountered will be removed and disposed of as directed by the Engineer.
Quantities of removed, unsuitable material (including the material used as replacement) shall be paid for as extra work as provided for in these Specifications.
G. The existing asphalt concrete vertical (and horizontal, if any) surfaces upon which new asphalt concrete will be placed shall be treated with asphaltic emulsion tack
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 409
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-92 Project No. C9416-22
coat.
H. Asphalt Concrete shall be placed in 2 lifts unless otherwise shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Asphalt concrete shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 95 percent. Base failures shall be completed prior to any inlay/overlay activities on any given street.
I. All base failure areas excavated in any one day shall be backfilled that same day.
No excavated areas will be permitted to remain open overnight.
J. Asphalt concrete shall be placed only when the atmospheric temperature is a minimum of 50 degrees Fahrenheit and rising.
K. The locations for base failure repair shall be as shown on the drawings and/or will be marked in the field by the Engineer.
3.9 SPREADING AND COMPACTING
A. Spreading and compacting shall be performed in accordance with Section 39-1.10 and Section 39-1.11 of the Standard Specifications.
B. HMA shall be transferred from the trucks into the hopper of the paving machine by means of a shoulder machine equipped with a conveyor belt as needed. Any equipment used to transfer asphalt concrete to the paving machine shall not exceed the load capacity of any surface it is driven over and, therefore, shall not produce rutting or pumping of the existing roadway surface or newly placed HMA at any time. No trucks or other rubber-tired construction equipment are allowed on the subgrade at any time except when proof rolling in the presence of the Engineer.
No trucks or other rubber -tired construction equipment are allowed on newly placed HMA until the day after the HMA is placed.
C. Longitudinal joints in the top layer must match specified lane edges shown on the striping plans. Longitudinal joints in lower HMA layers shall be offset at least 0.5 feet from each side of the specified lane edges.
D. Finish rolling shall be completed before pavement surface temperature is below 150 degrees F.
E. Traffic shall not be allowed on HMA until mid -depth temperature is below 160 degrees F and the pavement surface temperature is below 140 degrees F.
3.10 ASPHALT CONCRETE DIKES, MISCELLANEOUS AREAS AND DITCHES L. Asphalt concrete for dikes shall be Type A, 3/8” maximum size aggregate.
M. Prepare the areas to receive HMA for miscellaneous areas and dikes, including excavation, placing tack coat, and backfill as needed.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 410
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-93 Project No. C9416-22
N. Spread the HMA in miscellaneous areas in 1 layer and compact to the specified lines and grades.
O. The finished surface must be:
1. Textured uniformly
2. Compacted firmly
3. Without depressions, humps, and irregularities.
3.11 MANHOLE, VALVE BOX, CLEANOUT AND MONUMENT ADJUSTMENT
A. All existing water valves, sewer clean -outs, monuments, manholes and public utility facilities shall be adjusted to finished grade by the Contractor within seven (7) calendar days after paving over each structure per Section 3.5 of the City Design Guidelines, Section 15 -2.10B “Adjust Frames, Covers, Grates, and Manholes" of the State Standard Specifications, these Technical Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
B. Raise public utility facilities in coordination with the requirements of and in coordination with the various public utilities and as indicated on the Plans.
C. Monument boxes, water value boxes and detector hand -hole boxes shall be adjusted to grade in conformance with the provisions in Section 15 -2.05, "Reconstruction," of the Standard Specifications and in accordance with the City Design Guidelines.
D. Gate valves shall be adjusted per City specifications, sewer cleanouts shall be adjusted per City Detail 17, and city monuments shall be adjusted per City Detail
30. E. Adjusting existing manholes to grade shall include adjusting cone sections as necessary. Adjusting existing valve boxes to grade shall include extension of valve stems.
F. Prior to any work on the sewer manholes, the Contractor shall install false bottoms in the manholes impacted by the work. Upon completion of the work the false bottoms shall be removed.
G. Except as approved by the Engineer, Contractor shall protect utility iron to be raised to grade while concrete collars are curing and keep traffic off of raised facilities for 48 hours or until concrete has reached a minimum strength of 1,000 psi. Any dama ge to utility iron, concrete collars or new HMA pavement shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor’s expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
H. Utility manhole frame, chimney and covers shall be removed and replaced per the Contract Documents.
I. Coordinate the iron raising and patch paving so that no partially completed iron raising remains over the weekend.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 411
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-94 Project No. C9416-22
J. Utility box/cover (eg water meter, sewer clean out, etc) on the road asphalt concrete pavement shall be replaced with box/cover with H20 traffic rated loading.
3.12 VEHICLE DETECTORS
A. If any part of the loop conductor, including the portion leading to the adjacent hand hole or pull box, is damaged by the Contractor's operations, the entire detector loop shall be replaced. If any adjacent loop is damaged during such replacement, that loop shall also be replaced.
B. Type A, C, or D loops shall be replaced with Type E loop detector configuration in accordance with State Standard Plan ES -5B. Detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-5, "Detectors," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
C. Loop wire shall be Type 1 #12 AWG stranded conductor with USEXLP insulation, and lead-in cable shall be Type B. Lead-in cable shall be continuous from pull box where splice to road wires is made to controller terminals. Splices to lead-in cables will not be allowed. Detector hand -holes shall be Type A installed per State Std.
ES-5D.
D. All advance vehicle detectors shall have their own detector lead-in cable for each approach lane.
E. New vehicle detectors and lead-in cables shall be installed before final lift of hot mix asphalt. Test each loop circuit for continuity, circuit resistance and insulation resistance at the controller cabinet location.
F. In addition to the installation notes, details and tests indicated on Sheets ES-5A, ES-5B, ES-5C, and ES-5D of the Standard Plans, the following shall apply:
1. The number of turns in detector loops shall conform to Standard Plan ES-5B for Type E loop detector configuration.
2. Detector lead-in cable from the first pull box to the controller cabinet shall be tagged with the identity of all conductor detectors connected to the circuit.
3. Conductors to be buried in the pavement may be installed ONLY in the presence of the Engineer.
G. Detector loop wire sealant shall be one -part elastomeric compound requiring no mixing, measuring or application of heat prior to or during its installation. The elastomeric sealant shall be a polyurethane material of a composition that will, within its stated shelf life, cure only in the presence of moisture. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both HMA and Portland Cement Concrete. The cured sealant shall have the following performance characteristics:
Property and Result Measuring Standards and
Conditions
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 412
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-95 Project No. C9416-22
Hardness (indentation) 65-85
ASTM D 2240 Red. Type A, Model
1700 77 degrees F. (25 degrees
Celsius) 50 % relative humidity
Tensile strength 500 psi, minimum ASTM D 412 Die C, pulled at 10 IPM Elongation 400% minimum ASTM D 412 Die C, pulled at 20 IPM Flex at -40 degrees F. No cracks 25 mil Free Film Bend (180 degrees) over 1/2-inch mandrel
Weathering resistance (slight
chalking)
ASTM D 822 Weatherometer 350
hours.
Cured 7 days at 77 degrees F (25
degrees C.) 50% relative humidity
Salt Spray Resistance 500 psi,
minimum tensile; 400%
minimum elongation
ASTM B 117 28 days at 100 degrees
F (38 degrees C) 5% NaC1, Die C,
pulled at 20 IPM
Dielectric Constant less than
25% change over a temperature
range of - 30 degrees C. to 50
degrees C
ASTM D 150
H. The Contractor shall install conductor loop wires and place the required sealant on the same day that saw slots are cut in the road surface for these installations to the nearest detector hand hole. Epoxy sealant shall not be used.
I. The Contractor shall install conductor loop wires using asphaltic emulsion sealant in accordance with Section 86 -5.01A(5), "Installation Details," of the Standard Specifications.
J. Contractor shall insure compatibility of each inductive loop sensor and its associated loop lead -ins and loops, and their associated lead -ins and sensing elements, and shall insure and prove to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the combined system will provide consistent and stable operation and be unaffected by input voltage disturbances, flooding of cable with water, and normal range of temperature, humidity and other weather and climatic conditions. Any deviation from ensuring such compatibility shal l be approved by the Engineer prior to installation.
3.13 PAVING MAT
A. Paving mat shall be supplied and installed where shown on the plans. The paving mat shall comply with Section 96-1.02K “Paving Mat” of the State Standard Specifications, except that the paving mat shall be a nonwoven high strength fiberglass and polyester fiber interlayer paving mat as manufactured by Tensar (GlasPave25 engineered paving mat) or approved equal.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 413
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-96 Project No. C9416-22
B. The paving mat shall meet the following specifications:
C. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished as specified in Section 6 -2.03C “Certificates of Compliance” of the State Standard Specification for the paving mat.
D. Before placing the paving mat the surface to be overlaid with the paving mat shall be cleaned, dry and free and clear of all dirt and debris.
E. An asphalt tack coat shall be hot applied to the surface to receive the paving mat.
F. The temperature of the asphalt tack coat shall be between 350º F and 400ºF.
Paving mat shall be installed on the hot asphalt tack coat. Asphalt tack coat shall be paving asphalt grade PG 70-10. Asphalt tack coat shall be applied uniformly to the surface to receive the paving mat at a rate of 0.20 to 0.25 gal per square yard of surface covered for smooth surfaces. When paving mat is placed in areas of wedge grind and conform tapers or cracked pavement surfaces, the binder shall be spread at the approximate rate of 0.30 gal per square yard of surface covered.
The binder shall be applied to a width equal to the width of the mat plus 3" on each side.
G. Asphaltic emulsion shall not be substituted for paving asphalt binder for paving mat.
H. The paving mat shall be aligned and placed with no wrinkles that lap. The test for lapping shall be made by gathering together the paving mat in a wrinkle. If the height of the doubled portion of extra mat is 5/8" or more, the mat shall be cut to remove the wrinkle, and then lapped in the direction of paving. Lap in excess of 2" shall be removed.
I. If manual laydown methods are used, the paving mat shall be unrolled, aligned, and placed in increments of approximately 30'.
J. Adjacent borders of the paving mat shall be lapped 2" to 4". The preceding roll
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 414
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-97 Project No. C9416-22
shall be lapped 2" to 4" over the following roll in the direction of paving at ends of rolls or at a break. At paving mat overlays, both the binder and the mat shall overlap previously placed mat by the same amount.
K. Seating of the paving mat with rolling equipment after placing will be permitted.
Turning of the paving machine and other vehicles shall be gradual and kept to a minimum to avoid damage to the mat.
L. A small quantity of asphalt concrete, to be determined by the Engineer, may be spread over the paving mat immediately in advance of placing asphalt concrete surfacing in order to prevent mat from being damaged by construction equipment.
M. Paving mat shall not be exposed to public traffic, Contractor's equipment or elements that will damage the mat prior to placement of asphalt concrete surfacing, as determined by the Engineer. Public access cross traffic may be allowed to cross the mat under traffic control.
N. Care shall be taken to avoid tracking binder material onto the paving mat or distorting the mat during seating of the mat with rolling equipment. If necessary to protect the paving mat, exposed binder material may be covered lightly with sand.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 415
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-98 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 321313 – CONCRETE IMPROVEMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work shall consist of removing existing sidewalk, curb, gutter, valley gutter, access ramps and base material and installing new concrete sidewalk, curb and gutter, valley gutter, curb ramps and aggregate base at locations indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. New sidewalk and valley gutter concrete shall comply with City of San Carlos Standard Detail No. 6. New concrete valley gutter shall comply with City of San Carlos Standard Detail No. 8. All new curb ramps shall have detectable warning surfaces installed as part of the ramp in accordance with the plans and Caltrans Standard Details.
B. Work shall consist of removing and modifying inlet manholes at locations indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. New concrete inlet structure concrete shall comply with the City of San Carlos Standard Details and in accordance with the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish a concrete mix design to the Engineer at least ten (10) working days prior to the start of the work.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 CONCRETE
A. Concrete drainage structures shall comply with 51-7, “Minor Structures”, of the State Standard Specifications.
B. Concrete used in curbs and sidewalks shall comply with Section 73 of the State Standard Specifications
C. Portland cement concrete used for all structures shall be 6 sack mix using 1” maximum size aggregate, 5” maximum slump and 2,500 PSI minimum. All non- colored concrete shall have 1 pound of lamp black added to the mix, during mixing, for every cubic yard of concrete. Additional cement is permitted to obtain high early strength in concrete except that total cement shall not exceed 700 pounds of cement per cubic yard unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer.
D. City should be provided 48 hours notice prior to start of construction and no less than 24 hours prior to the required inspection and testing described on the plans. Foundation bottoms should be inspected by City prior to placing of rebar and prior to pouring of concrete.
2.2 REINFORCEMENT
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 416
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-99 Project No. C9416-22
A. Reinforcement for concrete structures shall conform to Sections 52-1.01 through 52-1.04 inclusive of the Caltrans Standard Specifications except that Butt Welded Splices shall not be permitted.
2.3 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE
A. Curb ramp detectable warning surface shall include of raised truncated domes constructed or installed on curb ramps in conformance with the details shown on the plans and these special provisions. Detectable Warning Surface (DWS) shall be red clay (Federal color 22144) in color and a set-in-concrete style of truncated domes. The detectable warning surface shall be prefabricated, cast -in-place. No surface-applied matting systems (i.e. glued and screwed) style of DWS shall be allowed. Contractor shall neatly trim prefabricated dome panels to fit and conform to curb radius.
B. Prefabricated detectable warning surface shall be in conformance with the requirements established by the Department of General Services, Division of State Architect and be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. The finished surfaces of the detectable warning surface shall be free from blemishes.
D. Detectable Warning tiles shall incorporate an in‐line pattern of truncated domes measuring nominal 0.2” height, 0.90” base diameter, and 0.45” top diameter, spaced center‐to‐center 2.35” as measured side by side. For wheelchair safety the field area shall consist of a high density, pyramid micro texture of raised points 0.05” high.
E. Compressive Strength of the tiles shall be no less than 25,000 PSI when tested by ASTM D695.
F. Tensile Strength of the tiles shall be no less than 12,500 psi when measured by ASTM D 638
G. Flexural Strength of the tiles shall be no less than 25,000 psi when tested by ASTM D 790.
H. Slip resistance of the Tile when tested by ASTM C 1028-96: The combined wet and dry static coefficients shell be no less than 0.80 on top of domes and field area.
I. The manufacturer shall provide a written 5-year warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces, guaranteeing replacement when there is defect in the dome shape, color fastness, sound-on-cane acoustic quality, resilience, or attachment. The warranty period shall begin upon acceptance of the contract.
J. The material for the detectable warning surface shall be made by Armor-Tile or
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 417
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-100 Project No. C9416-22
an approved equal.
2.4 HOT MIX ASPHALT CONFORM
A. The hot mix asphalt conform material adjacent to concrete improvements shall comply with the Section 321216 Asphalt Paving and Misc Paving Items these specifications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE
A. Existing sidewalk, curb, gutter and base material shall be removal as necessary to construct the required improvements. Existing concrete shall be sawcut along existing score lines to full depth prior to removal. Existing concrete to be removed varies in thickness, no additional compensation shall be given for varying concrete thickness. Any concrete broken due to the Contractor's failure to comply with these requirements shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Asphalt concrete shall be saw cut at least 12 inches from the lip of gutter in a neat straight line to accommodate form boards.
B. The Contractor shall furnish and install a 6”-thick deep-lift asphalt concrete (Patch Pave) adjacent to concrete curb and gutter, valley gutter. The cost to install the 6”-thick deep-lift asphalt concrete (Patch Pave) shall be considered in the prices paid fo r “A sphalt Concrete ”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
3.2 SUBGRADE AND BASE PREPARATION
A. Subgrade shall be compacted to 90% relative compaction prior to placing base material. Base material shall be placed to the depths required by the plans and details and compacted to 95% relative compaction after mixing the material with water to achieve the optimum moisture content.
3.3 FORMS
A. Wooden forming shall be of two-inch nominal thickness staked at two-foot intervals. The maximum gap at the bottom of the forms shall be 1 -3/4 inches.
Forms shall not be installed until after base material has been placed and compacted.
3.4 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
A. The contractor shall protect existing facilities from damage, and discoloration from concrete splash. Adjacent concrete facilities shall be covered during concrete placement to prevent concrete splash and excess concrete from staining the adjacent concrete . After initial placement, strikeoff and finishing, the protection shall be removed and the adjacent concrete cleaned.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 418
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-101 Project No. C9416-22
B. Vertical existing facilities such as light poles, walls, etc. shall be protected with plastic extending a minimum of three feet above the concrete surface. After initial placement, strikeoff and finishing, the protection shall be removed and the vertical surfaces cleaned.
C. Existing curb outlet drain pipes (under sidewalk drains) shall be protected, rerouted, or replaced and incorporated into the new curb & gutter and curb ramps as applicable. The cost to protect, reroute or replace the curb outlet drain pipes shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
3.5 PLACING AND FINISHING CONCRETE
A. No concrete shall be placed until the forms have been approved.
B. Concrete shall be deposited on a moist grade in such a manner as to require as little re- handling as possible. In general, adding water to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations shall not be permitted.
C. Control joints and expansion joints shall be installed at locations noted on the plans, to match existing, as approved on the score line and expansion joint submittal or as directed by the Engineer. If expansion joint material is used, a minimum of two, 1/ 2 inch by eighteen-inch dowels shall be used with additional dowels placed every twenty-four inches. Control joints in sidewalks may be made using a tooled joint which shall extend a minimum of 1/4 of the depth of the concrete and shall not be less than 1-1/2 inches in depth.
D. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, a medium broom finish shall be applied to match existing facilities in texture and appearance. An approved white or clear liquid curing compound shall be applied to the newly paced concrete after finishing operations have been completed.
E. The curing compound shall be the clear or translucent type containing a fugitive dye conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 1 D, Class A. The loss of water when tested in accordance with California Test 534, shall not be more than 0.15 kg/m2 in 24 hours nor more than 0.45 kg/m2 in 72 hours. The curing compound shall be applied at the approximate rate of one gallon per 150 square feet of area. The curing compound shall be applied in a manner that will provide a complete coating of all exposed faces of the concrete surface.
F. Full compensation for applying curing compound to all exposed faces of the concrete surface shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
G. All new concrete sidewalk and curb & gutter shall be doweled and epoxied into the existing concrete sidewalk and curb & gutter using #4 rebar at 20” O.C. (minimum of 2). A minimum of 6” Class 2 aggregate base shall be placed and compacted in conformance w ith these Technical Provisions. Full compensation for furnishing
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 419
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-102 Project No. C9416-22
and installing dowels , epoxy and Class 2 aggregate required for the concrete construction shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
H. The Contractor shall round -off all grade breaks on the curb & gutter with an algebraic difference of 3% and greater. The minimum round -off distance shall be 5 feet.
I. Full compensation to procure, deliver, place, spread, and compact imported topsoil material shall be considered as included in the contract prices for the various contract items of work involved, and no additional compensation shall be allowed thereof.
3.6 CONCRETE PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall protect the concrete against traffic and vandalism. If the concrete is damaged or vandalized, the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs at its own expense. The repair procedure for damaged or vandalized concrete shall be approved in advance by the Engineer.
3.7 CONCRETE CURB RAMPS & OTHER CONCRETE WORK
A. The Concrete curb ramps shall be constructed in conformance with Standard Plans A88A and A88B of the State Standard Plans unless otherwise shown in plans due to certain constraints from existing conditions (eg existing steeper longitudinal road slope, existing driveways, existing residential paths, existing walls, other obstructions, etc). Concrete curb ramps will be measured from the back of the curb and gutter to the grade break at the top of the ramp, the landing and the retaining curb (where applicable) as shown on the State Standard Plans. Areas outside of the defined curb ramp area shall be measured and paid as sidewalk. The curb and gutter shall be measured and paid as curb and gutter.
B. All existing utility boxes, valve boxes/covers, and clean outs located in the sidewalk, driveway, and curb ramp shown on plans to be adjusted to grade and/or replaced shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless otherwise noted (eg PG&E vaults shown on plans with bid item).
C. All existing street light bases located in the sidewalk, driveway, and curb ramp shown on plans to be adjusted to grade shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
D. All existing traffic signal pole bases in the sidewalk and curb ramps identified in plans to be tied in to new grade with concrete work or repair shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 420
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-103 Project No. C9416-22
E. All existing or new sign posts and signs, sign panels with base located in the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp and other locations shown on plans to be relocated, removed, or adjusted shall include existing post/foundation/sign removal, new post/foundation/sign installation, and shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
F. All existing exposed retaining walls involved in the construction of sidewalk, driveway, and curb ramp shown on plans to be painted in-kind shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
G. All existing wooden header boards and fences involved in the construction of sidewalk, driveway, and curb ramp shown on plans to be removed and replaced shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
H. All existing landscape rock boulders involved in the construction of sidewalk, driveway, and curb ramp shown on plans to be salvaged and reinstalled shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
I. All landscape restoration including the restoration of any landscaping, irrigation, hardscape, brick work or walls shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
J. Topsoil shall be used as backfill behind the new sidewalk and curb ramps to fill the gap left from the form board and other work. Top soil shall be procured and imported from a local supplier.
K. AC conforms involved for concrete work shall be paid under “Asphalt Concrete” bid item. Any miscellaneous material removal for this work outside current bid pay items shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
L. Removing existing old or remnant pieces of asphalt concrete along edge of concrete gutter where applicable (eg Cordilleras site) as directed by the Engineer shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of works involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
3.8 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER
A. Where curb ramp construction takes place adjacent to a valley gutter, the contractor shall replace the valley gutter to the nearest score line. Valley gutter shall be replaced in accordance with City of San Carlos Standard Detail No. 8.
The Contractor shall reconstruct the valley gutter aprons as specified in the City
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 421
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-104 Project No. C9416-22
Standard Details unless noted otherwise on the construction drawings. Valley gutters shall be installed or replaced where shown on the plans. Concrete valley gutter shall also be constructed in conformance with details shown on plans.
Concrete curb directly next to concrete valley gutter shall be included in concrete valley gutter measurement.
3.9 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE (DWS)
A. All curb ramps shall have a detectable warning surface (DWS) installed in conformance with City Standards and the latest Caltrans Standard Details A88A and A88B. The color of the DWS shall be brick red or clay red.
3.10 HOT MIX ASPHALT CONFORM AT ACCESS RAMP
A. Grinding and placement of HMA for the conform area in front of the concrete access ramps shall comply with the Section 321216 Paving Systems of these specifications.
3.11 CARE AND REPAIR OF CONCRETE
A. Repair shall be per ACI 301 with the following requirements:
a. Patching mortar shall be Sikatop 123 Plus or approved equal. b. Use Sikadur 32 HiMod bonding agent or approved equal. c. Honey and defects deeper than 1.5 inches shall require approval by Engineer prior to commencing repair work.
d. Cracks wider than 0.02 inches for hydraulic structures shall be repaired prior to leak testing.
e. Cracks wider than 0.04 inches shall be repaired.
3.12 TRAFFIC SIGNAL PEDESTRIAN UPGRADES
A. Traffic Signal Pedestrian Upgrades shall conform to the provisions in Section 86 “Electrical Systems” of the 2010 Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 422
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-105 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 321723 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKERS, PAVEMENT
MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This work consists of removal and replacement of traffic stripes, legends, and raised pavement markers on various roadway sections to their original configuration or as shown on the plans or directed by the engineer in the field.
Any roads, driveways, walls, and curbs which are damaged during construction, shall be repaired to their original or better condition.
B. Any existing traffic signs that are removed, shall be salvaged to the City Public Works Yard.
C. Traffic signs, stripes, legends, and raised pavement markers shall conform to the latest edition of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, California Department of Transportation, Traffic Manual, Maintenance Manual, and Caltrans Standard Specifications as modified by these Special Provisions.
D. The work includes striping, markings, markers, and signage on the roadway sections as shown on the project plans, located in San Carlos, California.
E. Where traffic conditions are to remain, roadways shall be striped and marked to match existing except as noted in the plans.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. California Department of Transportation (Caltrans):
1. Maintenance Manual.
2. Current Standard Specifications
a. Section 81 – Miscellaneous Traffic Control Devices
b. Section 84 – Markings
c. Section 95 – Epoxy
3. California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit a schedule for the performance of this work. The schedule shall include approximate dates of work on each roadway section.
B. The Contractor shall submit a detailed traffic control plan for the performance of this work.
C. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 423
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-106 Project No. C9416-22
D. Product Data: Provide manufacturers specification and literature for materials furnished.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply pavement marking paint within 8 hours of fog or rain or when below 40 Degrees F or when pavement is wet.
B. Contractor shall guarantee that all traffic lane pavement markers be in place and adhered to the pavement for a period of not less than 90 days from the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner.
C. All new traffic striping and pavement markings shall be thermoplastic, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
D. No pavement markings shall be applied to any roadway surface until new hot mix asphalt surface has cured for a minimum of seven (7) days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used, and not less than 14 days when epoxy adhesive is used.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or contract plans, all pavement striping and markings (except temporary) shall be thermoplastic.
2.2 THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL
A. Thermoplastic material and glass beads shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 84-2.
B. Thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium, and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification PTH-02ALKYD.
C. Retroreflectivity of the thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: D 6359 -99. White thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcd m -2 lx-1. Yellow thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 150 mcd m-2 lx-1.
D. Thermoplastic material shall be white, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
2.3 PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC BIKE LANE GREEN PAVEMENT
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 424
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-107 Project No. C9416-22
Use:
A durable, high skid and slip resistant pavement marking material suitable for use as, bike lane, roadway, intersection, airport, commercial or private pavement delineation and markings. For use on asphalt or portland cement concrete pavement surfaces.
The material shall be a resilient light green color thermoplastic product containing a minimum thirty percent (30%) intermix of anti -skid/anti-slip elements and where the top surface contains anti-skid/anti-slip elements. These anti-skid/anti-slip elements must have a minimum hardness of 8 (Mohs scale).
The material shall be resistant to the detrimental effects of motor fuels, antifreeze, lubricants, hydraulic fluids etc.
The material shall be capable of being affixed to bituminous and/or Portland cement concrete pavements by the use of the normal heat of a propane torch, infrared heater, or a blue radiant heater.
The material shall be capable of conforming to pavement contours, breaks and faults through the action of traffic at normal pavement temperatures (i.e. without preheating the application surface to a specific temperature). The markings shall have resealing characteristics, such that it is capable of fusing with itself and previously applied thermoplastic.
The material shall not have minimum ambient and road temperature requirements for normal application, storage, or handling. When manufacturer’s standard application procedures require the use of a 2 -component sealer, the material shall be capable of being applied with a compatible 2-component sealer recommended by the manufacturer, at minimum ambient and surface temperatures of 45⁰F without any special storage, preheating or treatment of the material before application.
The material shall contain heating indicators evenly distributed on the surface that shall act as visual cues during both the application process and post - application.
Manufacturing Control and ISO Certification:
The manufacturer must be ISO 9001:2008 certified for design, development and manufacturing and provide proof of current certification. The scope of the certification shall include the design, development, and manufacture of preformed thermoplastic reflective highway markings.
Material:
Must be composed of an ester modified rosin resistant to degradation by motor fuels, antifreeze, lubricants, etc. in conjunction with aggregates, pigments, binders, abrasives, and anti -skid/anti-slip elements (uniformly distributed throughout the material) which have been factory produced as a finished product, and meets the requirements of the current edition of the Manual on
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 425
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-108 Project No. C9416-22
Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. The thermoplastic material conforms to AASHTO designation M249-79 (98), with the exception of the relevant differences due to the material being supplied in a preformed state.
Pigment: 3.2.2. Light Green: The material shall be manufactured with appropriate pigment to ensure that the resulting colors complies with the Light Green color as specified in the FHWA Memorandum dated April 15th, 2011:
Interim Approval for Optional Use o f Green Colored Pavement for Bike Lanes (IA-14).
Daytime chromaticity coordinates for the color used for green colored pavement shall be as follows:
1 2 3 4
X Y X Y X Y X Y
0.230 0.754 0.266 0.500 0.367 0.500 0.444 0.555
Nighttime chromaticity coordinates for the color used for green colored pavement shall be as follows:
1 2 3 4
X Y X Y X Y X Y
0.230 0.754 0.266 0.500 0.367 0.500 0.444 0.555
The pigments shall contain no lead chromate nor heavy metals or any carcinogen, as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200 in amounts exceeding permissible limits as specified in relevant Federal Regulations.
Heating indicators: The top surface of the material shall have regularly spaced indents. The closing of these indents during application, shall act as a visual cue that the material has reached a molten state allowing for satisfactory adhesion and proper b ead embedment, and as a post -application visual cue that the application procedures have been followed.
Skid Resistance: The surface of the preformed thermoplastic marking materials shall contain factory applied elements with a minimum hardness of 8 (Mohs scale). Upon application, the material shall provide a minimum skid resistance value of 60 BPN when tested according to ASTM: E 303.
Slip Resistance: The surface of the preformed thermoplastic marking materials shall contain factory applied anti -skid elements with a minimum hardness of 8 (Mohs scale). Upon application, the material shall provide a minimum static coefficient of friction of 0.6 when tested according to ASTM: C 1028 (wet and dry), and a minimum static coefficient of friction of 0.6 when tested according to ASTM: D 2047.
Thickness: The material must be supplied at a minimum thickness of 90 mils (2.29 mm).
Environmental Resistance: The material must be resistant to deterioration due
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 426
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-109 Project No. C9416-22
to exposure to sunlight, water, salt or adverse weather conditions and impervious to oil and gasoline.
Application:
Asphalt: The material shall be capable of being applied using the propane torch method recommended by the manufacturer, without minimum requirements for ambient and road temperatures down to 45°F, and without any preheating of the pavement to a specified t emperature. The material shall be capable of being applied without the use of a thermometer. The pavement shall be clean, dry and free of debris. Supplier must enclose application instructions with each box/package.
Portland Concrete: The same application procedure shall be used as described under Section 4.1, however, a compatible primer sealer, recommended by the manufacturer, shall be applied to the surface prior to the application of material to ensure proper adhesion.
Packaging:
The preformed thermoplastic markings shall be placed in protective plastic film with cardboard stiffeners where necessary to prevent damage in transit. Linear material must be cut to a maximum of 3' long pieces.
Legends and symbols must also be supplied in flat pieces. The cartons in which packed shall be non -returnable and shall not exceed 40" in length and 25" in width, and be labeled for ease of identification. The weight of the individual carton must not exceed fifty (50) pounds. A protective film around the box must be applied in order to protect the material from rain or premature aging.
Technical services:
The successful bidder shall provide technical services as required.
Performance:
The preformed thermoplastic markings shall meet state specifications and be approved for use by the appropriate state agency.
A sample of the green bike lane pavement marking material that shows the color when dry (not a color chip) must be provided to the City for review and written approval at least seven (7) calendar days prior to ordering materials or installing any green markings.
2.4 GLASS BEADS
A. Glass beads to be applied to surface of the paint and thermoplastic shall conform to the requirements of State Specification 8010-11E-22 (Type II).
2.5 PAVEMENT MARKERS AND ADHESIVES
A. Pavement markers shall conform to Section 81-3, "Pavement Markers," of the
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 427
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-110 Project No. C9416-22
Caltrans Standard Specifications, as specified herein, and in the Special Provisions.
B. Fire Hydrant markers shall be two-way, reflective blue markers.
C. Adhesive for pavement markers shall be Rapid Set Type epoxy conforming to Section 95 -2.04 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications or hot melt bituminous adhesive conforming to Section 81-3 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
2.6 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT DELINEATION
A. Temporary Pavement Delineation shall conform to Section 12-6, "Temporary Pavement Delineation," and Section 84 -2, "Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
2.7 SIGNAGE
A. Signage shall conform to Section 56 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and Volume 1, Section 1-A of the City Traffic Design Standards.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 LAYOUT
A. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary control points for all striping, painting and markings and shall be responsible for the completeness and accuracy thereof to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
B. The Contractor shall perform all layout, alignment, and spotting for traffic stripes and markings. Traffic striping shall match the striping prior to the treatment except as shown on the plans or directed by the engineer. When indicated on the plans, striping and marking shall not vary by more than 2 inches in 50 feet from the alignment shown on the plans. Where markings will match existing markings, striping and marking shall not vary by more than 2 inches in 50 feet from the existing markings. The dimensional details of the stripes and markings shall conform to the provisions set forth in the Traffic Manual and Maintenance Manual available for Caltrans.
C. Cat tracks shall consist of spots of paint not more than 3 inches in width and not more than 5 feet apart along the alignment of the stripe. Paint for the cat tracks shall be the same as that for the intended stripe. Paint for the dribble lines shall be neutral color obtained by mixing approximately two parts white paint with one-part black paint.
D. Existing stripes and markings shall be removed prior to painting new ones, but in no case shall any section of street be left without the proper striping for more than 24 hours, or over weekends or holidays.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 428
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-111 Project No. C9416-22
E. NO STRIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED UNTIL THE LAYOUT AND
SPOTTING HAVE BEEN SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
Allow 3 working days for approval.
3.2 TRAFFIC PAINT AND GLASS BEADS
A. Traffic markings shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 84, "Pavement Markings," of the Standard Specifications, per Volume 1, Section 2-A through 2-D, and 2-G of the City Traffic Design Standards, and these special provisions.
B. All lines stop bars and crosswalks to be painted on street surfaces shall be thermoplastic material Pavement markings of test symbols and arrows shall be formed per Caltrans Standards and shall be thermoplastic material.
C. Thermoplastic traffic stripes (traffic lines) and pavement markings shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84, " Markings" of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
D. Thermoplastic material for traffic stripes shall be applied at a minimum rate of
0.20-lb/ft. The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of 4 inches in width.
E. All new surfaces shall have the traffic paint applied in two applications in accordance with Section 84 -3 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. The first or priming coat shall be in light applications without glass beads to seal the pavement. The first coat shall be dry before application of the second coat.
F. All striping and marking shall be laid out by the Contractor and field reviewed by the City prior to final placement of the Thermoplastic material. Failure to obtain this field review shall be basis for rejection of the work by the City. Any work rejected shall be completely removed, the surface of the pavement restored to the satisfaction of the City, and new striping and marking placed at the Contractor’s expense.
G. Restriping except where indicated on the drawings, shall coincide with the original painting and shall be applied in one application in accordance with Section 84-3 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
H. Striping for 24" bars, 12" stop bars, and crosswalk lines shall coincide with the original painting except where indicated otherwise on the plans and shall be installed using Thermoplastic material. Stop bars shall be installed behind the pedestrian path of travel.
I. The pavement markings of the legend (text) and symbols (arrows) shall be furnished and installed, and shall coincide with the original painting except where indicated otherwise on the plans and shall be installed using Thermoplastic material.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 429
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-112 Project No. C9416-22
J. Where striping joins existing striping, as shown on the plans, the Contractor shall begin and end the transition from the existing striping pattern or from the new striping pattern a sufficient distance to ensure continuity of the striping pattern.
K. All surfaces shall be clean and dry prior to installation. Ample time shall be allowed between placement of the asphalt pavement and the initial application. There shall be a minimum drying time between applications of approximately 20 minutes.
L. Glass beads shall be placed on all traffic stripes (except black stripes) and pavement markings except for the first or priming coat on new asphalt surfaces. All glass beads shall be applied directly to the wet traffic paint with a method that provides uniform distribution.
M. Striping shall not be applied at temperatures below 50° F or if pavement surfaces are wet.
N. Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall be free of runs, bubbles, craters, drag marks, stretch marks, and debris.
O. All painted pavement markings shall be clean and sharp as to dimensions.
Ragged ends of segment or fogginess along the sides shall not be permitted.
P. The alignment of all striping shall be accurately laid out. Lines which have a wavy appearance shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at its expense.
Q. The Green Backing striping shall maintain the same shade of green throughout the project, if deviated the Green Backing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractors sole expense.
R. The Green Backing striping shall match the same shade of green as the existing green backing adjacent to the project, if deviated the Green Backing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractors sole expense.
3.3 THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL AND GLASS BEADS
A. Thermoplastic material and glass beads shall be applied in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 84 -2.04. Minimum application thickness shall be 0.1 - inch for traffic stripes and 0.15 -inch for pavement markings.
3.4 REMOVAL OF STRIPING, MARKERS AND MARKINGS
A. All stripes and pavement markings not in conformance with the proposed striping plan shall be removed by grinding or sandblasting. Black paint will not
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 430
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-113 Project No. C9416-22
be allowed unless specifically indicated on the drawings. All thermoplastic material and raised pavement markers shall be removed prior to slurry seal operations.
3.5 PAINTED CURBS
A. All the painted curbs (by color) shall comply with Section 84-3 "Painted Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings" of the State Standard Specifications. The painted curbs (by color) shall have "“SC ★PD” stenciled in white where shown on the plans.
B. Payment for replacement of painted address number at curb removed due to improvements shall be included in the price paid for other items and no separate payment shall be made therefor.
3.6 PAVEMENT MARKERS
A. Pavement markers shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 85, "Pavement Markers," of the Standard Specifications, per Volume 1, Section 2 -E of the City Traffic Design Standards, and these special provisions.
B. All surfaces shall be clean and dry prior to application of the markers.
C. Installation of pavement markers shall conform to the requirements of Section 85-1.06 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
D. Blue reflective pavement markers shall be furnished and installed at the street centerline to mark the location of each existing fire hydrant.
E. Yellow raised reflective pavement markers shall be installed on the top of curb at island noses; minimum of four per nose maximum spacing four foot on center per City STD. 721.
F. The adhesive material used in the installation of pavement markers will cause severe dermatitis if it is allowed to come in contact with the skin or eyes. Use gloves and protective creams on the hands. Should this material contact skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water. Do not attempt to remove this material from the skin with solvents. If any adhesive material gets into the eyes, flush for 10 minutes with water and secure immediate medical attention.
3.7 TEMPORARY MARKING
A. Temporary Pavement markings shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 84, "Pavement Markings," of the Standard Specifications, per the City Design Guidelines, and these special provisions.
B. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained, and
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 431
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-114 Project No. C9416-22
removed in conformance with the provisions in Section 12-3.01, "General," of the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Nothing in these special provisions shall be construed as reducing the minimum standards specified in the Californi a MUTCD or as relieving the Contractor from the responsibilities specified in Section 7 -1.09, "Public Safety," of the State Standard Specifications.
C. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic.
D. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall b e maintained until superseded or replaced with a new pattern of temporary pavement delineation or permanent pavement delineation.
E. Temporary pavement markers and removable traffic type tape which conflicts with a new traffic pattern or which is applied to the final layer of surfacing or existing pavement to remain in place shall be removed when no longer required for the direction of public traffic, as determined by the Engineer.
F. Whenever lane lines and centerlines are obliterated, the minimum lane line and centerline delineation to be provided shall be temporary reflective raised pavement markers placed at longitudinal intervals of not more than 15 feet.
The temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be the same color as the lane line or centerline the markers replace.
G. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required.
H. Temporary lane line or centerline delineation consisting entirely of temporary reflective raised pavement markers placed on longitudinal intervals of not more than 24 feet shall be used on lanes opened to public traffic for a maximum of 14 days. Prior to the end of the 14 days the permanent pavement delineation shall be placed. If the permanent pavement delineation is not placed within the 14 days, the Contractor shall provide, at his/her expense, additional temporary pavement delineation. The additional te mporary pavement delineation to be provided shall be equivalent to the pattern specified for the permanent pavement delineation for the area, as determined by the Engineer.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 432
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-115 Project No. C9416-22
3.8 SIGNAGE
A. Signage installation shall conform to Section 56 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. In addition, Contractor shall reference City signage standards for post, foundation, and sign.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 433
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-116 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 328400 – PLANTING IRRIGATION
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Furnish and install a complete automatic irrigation system as shown on the plans and as specified herein including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Water point of connection
2. Trenching and piping
3. Electrical components
4. Irrigation equipment
1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Standards: Unless otherwise shown or specified, all materials and methods shall conform to the most current Section 20 -2 “Irrigation” of the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications (DTSS) as they reasonably apply to this work, except for measurement and payment requirements.
B. All irrigation shall be provided and performed in accordance with the current City of San Carlos Standard Specifications and Details. Wherever these plans and the City Standards conflict, the higher quality standard or specification will apply.
C. Reviews: The Contractor shall specifically request the following reviews prior to progressing with the work:
1. Layout of system.
2. Points-of-connection excavation.
3. Trenching and pipe assembly.
4. Coverage adjustment of all heads and valve box installation.
5. Operation of system.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Quality: All materials shall be new and the best quality available unless otherwise specified. All materials shall be clearly marked by the manufacturer on all material, containers, or certificates of contents for inspection.
B. Plastic Pipe and Fittings: All mainline pipe 3/4 inch to 1 -1/2 inch in size shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Schedule 40, and sizes 2 inch and larger shall be Class 315. Unless otherwise noted, all laterals shall be Class 200 PVC pipe. Solvent weld fittings, if used, shall be Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 as called for on details.
Solvent for piping shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. All pipe shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer type and specification numbers.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 434
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-117 Project No. C9416-22
C. Copper Pipe: Hard-drawn copper piping, type "K".
D. Control Wire: Type UF, 600 v. insulation, minimum size #14, copper, common to be white, valve control wire to be red or black, U.L. approved for irrigation control use. Splices shall be "Scotch-Lok" seal pack, or approved equal.
E. Valve Boxes: Precast concrete or plastic of type and size indicated. Free of all cracks, chips or structural defects. Boxes located in pavement (asphalt or concrete) and/or subject to vehicular traffic shall be concrete and have heavy duty steel covers. Boxes shall be sized to provide a 4 inch minimum clearance around the irrigation equipment inside the box, excluding all pipes and fittings.
F. Irrigation Equipment: Refer to plans. Any desired substitutions require submittals in duplicate for specific written approval.
G. Thread Sealant: Permatex Thread Sealant, part #14H, white in color.
H. Valve ID Tags: All control valves to be labeled with standard yellow valve ID tags, available from Ewing Irrigation, (650) 592-9530, or similar.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Grading: The Contractor shall be responsible for installing all irrigation features to their finished grade and at the depths indicated. All rough grading shall be completed before trenching commences.
B. Layout and Trenching: All features of the irrigation system shall be staked and pipe alignments marked prior to trenching for review by the Engineer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Backfilling: Do not cover joints until the system has been reviewed by the Engineer.
Backfill with damaging rocks and debris shall not be permitted. Compact all backfill and eliminate settlement. Previously prepared soil shall be replaced as the top 6 inches of backfill.
B. Fabrication: Snake pipe from side to side when trench exceeds 30 feet in length.
All manifolds shall be neat, orderly, and constructed for ease in maintenance operations. Construct manifolds to allow valve boxes to be parallel to each other and to adjacent walls, walks, curbs, and buildings. Cuts and joints shall be free of burrs, smooth, and minimum in quantity. All pipe above finish grade shall be galvanized unless noted otherwise.
C. Pipelines: All pipelines shown parallel on the drawing may be installed in a common trench. Where pipelines are shown parallel or adjacent to shrub or
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 435
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-118 Project No. C9416-22
groundcover areas, they shall be installed in these areas. All changes in depth of pipe shall be accomplished using 45-degree fittings.
D. Testing: Test mainline at 125 p.s.i. for 6 hours. Test and repair as necessary until satisfactory test conditions are obtained.
E. Control Wire: Install control wire in pipe trenches wherever practical. Tape to underside of pipe every 10 feet. Loop wire every 20 feet. Splices shall occur in valve boxes only and shall be accomplished utilizing approved connectors. All wire shall be installed below or level with the bottom of adjacent pipes. All wiring above finish grade shall be enclosed in steel conduit. Splices shall be installed in junction boxes.
F. Adjustments: Adjust all heads for arc, radius, riser height, and distribution for uniform and optimum coverage. Such adjustments shall include nozzle changes without additional cost to City.
G. Finish Grade: Unless otherwise noted, all heads shall be set at finish grade and on double or triple swing joints as called for on the plans. The top of all valve boxes shall be flush with finish grade.
H. Controller: Clearly label and sequence stations for ease in maintenance operations. Station valves shall operate as they are located around the site. Fasten controller and wire conduits securely to wall with conduit clamps and screws.
Complete all forms and labels shipped with and/or attached to the controller. The Contractor shall attach their own name, address, and phone number to the controller via a permanent label, and shall properly execute and file the controller and valve guarantees with the City.
I. Equipment Pads
1. Backflow preventer concrete footing shall be per plans.
2. Controller concrete enclosure pad shall be per plans.
3.3 RECORD DRAWING
A. Regularly update a print of the system and any changes made to the system throughout the project. Features below ground shall be indicated with at least two measurements from surface features such as walks, building, or sprinkler heads.
All changes shall b e recorded on this plan before trenches are backfilled. The record drawing shall be completed and submitted to City before final payment is made for work installed.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 436
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-119 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 329113 – LANDSCAPE SOIL PREPARATION
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Furnish and install all landscape soil preparation as shown on the plans and as specified herein including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Soil testing
2. Stockpiling of native soil
3. Topsoil placement
4. Organic amendment
5. Fertilizer
6. Finish grading
1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Reviews: Contractor shall specifically request at least three (3) working days in advance of the following reviews prior to progressing with the work:
1. Completion of rough grading
2. Verification of amendment incorporation depths
3. Finish grade
B. Certification: Written certificates stating quantity, type, and composition, weight and origin for all amendments and chemicals shall be delivered to the Engineer before the material is used on the site.
C. Soil Testing: Provide soil samples to Waypoint Analytical, Inc. of Anaheim, (714) 282-8777, for testing in accordance with these specifications. Test results shall be made available to the Engineer. Allow sufficient time for testing prior to preparing soil for planting.
1. The following soil tests are required under these specifications:
a. Native Soil: Prior to construction, submit native soil for horticultural soil analysis, consisting of 1 one -quart sample from the proposed container planting areas. Samples shall be a representative composite taken from several planting areas.
b. Import Soil: Prior to construction, submit for horticultural soil analysis: one quart-sized sample of import soil.
c. Contamination Testing: Prior to construction, submit for contamination testing: one five -gallon representative sample of native soil from areas previously covered by pavement.
Contamination testing requires 4 to 5 weeks.
d. Pre-Plant: Following amendment and fine grading and prior to installation of plant material, submit for horticultural soil analysis:
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 437
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-120 Project No. C9416-22
one quart -sized sample of in -place topsoil. Sample shall be a representative composite taken from several planting areas.
2. If test results indicate that soils fail to meet the specifications, obtain other sources of import material or re -amend as required. Retest and resubmit until passing results are obtained.
3. Testing costs for initial samples and costs for any additional samples due to non-compliance shall be paid for by the Contractor.
4. No material shall be delivered to the site until the Engineer approves the material.
5. The Contractor shall allow for sufficient time for testing prior to construction.
D. Amendment Samples: Provide an analysis of the amendment from a Seal of Testing Assurance (STA) Certified Compost Lab, designated by the U.S.
Composting Council (USCC). Or, send a one -gallon sample of each proposed amendment to Soil Control Lab of Watsonville (831) 724-5422, for their testing for conformance to this specification.
1. No material shall be delivered to the site until the Engineer approves the samples.
2. Testing costs shall be paid for by the Contractor.
3. If an alternate laboratory is used, the laboratory must be STA certified by the USCC, using test methods described in the “Test Methods of the Examination of Composting and Compost” (TMECC) test methods manual.
E. Biotreatment Soil Mix Submittals: Submit to the Engineer for approval:
1. A one-gallon size sample of biotreatment soil.
2. Certification from the soil supplier or an accredited laboratory that the biotreatment soil mix meets the requirements of this specification.
3. Grain size analysis results of the fine sand component performed in accordance with ASTM D 422, Standard Test Method for Particle Size Analysis of Soils or Caltrans Test Method (CTM) C202.
4. Quality analysis results for compost performed in accordance with Seal of Testing Assurance (STA) Standards.
5. Organic content test results of biotreatment soil mix. Organic content test shall be performed in accordance with Testing Methods for the Examination of Compost and Composting (TMECC) 05.07A, “Loss-On-Ignition Organic Matter Method.
6. Grain size analysis results of compost component performed in accordance with ASTM D 422, Standard Test Method for Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
7. A description of the equipment and methods used to mix the sand and compost to produce biotreatment soil mix.
8. Provide the name of the testing laboratory(s) and the following information:
a. Contact person(s)
b. Address(es)
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 438
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-121 Project No. C9416-22
c. Phone contacts(s)
d. E-mail address(es)
e. Qualifications of laboratory(s) and personnel including date of current certification by U.S. Composting Council (USCC), ASTM, Caltrans, or approved equal.
F. Planting Areas: All areas to be planted, whether in container stock or otherwise, are defined as planting areas in these documents.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Native Topsoil: Shall be the existing surface layer of soil on-site. This layer typically will be a different color and texture than the subsoil, and may be of varying thicknesses. The Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing the area limits and depths of native topsoil on-site with the Engineer.
B. Import Topsoil: Shall be a homogeneous mineral soil classified as loam, sandy clay loam, or sandy loam with clay content between 15 and 25%. The sum of silt plus clay shall be less than 35%. Import topsoil shall not contain more silt and clay than the on-site native soil.
1. Particle size data shall be based upon standard USDA methodology. Of the material falling in the sand category, a minimum of 50% shall fall in the fine sand range .05 - 5.0 mm. Gravel content greater than 2.0 mm shall be less than 15%.
2. Soil chemistry shall be suitable for growing the plants specified. The soil shall be non-saline as determined on the saturation extract. Salinity shall not exceed 3.0 mmhos/cm, boron shall not exceed 1.0 ppm, and the sodium absorption ratio (SAR) shall not exceed 6.0. Soil reaction as determined on a saturated paste shall fall between 5.5 and 7.5.
3. The soil shall be free of organic herbicides, or other growth -restricting chemicals. Contamination may be tested by greenhouse trials using rye grass and radish as test crops using the proposed import soil as substrate.
These trials require 4 to 5 weeks for completion.
C. Fertilizer: Shall be determined from the soils test results. For purposes of bidding only, assume the use of 6 -20-20 commercial fertilizer, iron sulfate, and 20 -10-5 Best-Pak planting packets by J.R. Simplot Company.
D. Organic Amendment: If recommended by the horticultural soils test, the following materials shall be used as soil amendment.
1. Compost: Shall be Z -Best’s Organic Compost available through Z -Best Composting (408) 846-1574 and shall conform to:
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 439
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-122 Project No. C9416-22
a. Seal of Testing Assurance Program from the U.S. Composting Council.
b. Compost parameters, below:
Property Test Method Unit of
Measurement
Requirement
pH TMECC 04.11-A
Elastomeric pH 1:5 slurry method
pH
units 6–8.5
Soluble salts TMECC 04.10-A
Electrical conductivity 1:5 slurry
method
dS/m (mmhos/cm) 0–10
Moisture content TMECC 03.09-A
Total solids & moisture at 70 ± 5 °C
% wet weight basis 30-60
Organic matter
Content
TMECC 05.07-A
Loss-on-ignition organic matter
method (LOI)
% dry weight basis 30–60
Maturity TMECC 05.05-A
Germination and vigor
% relative to positive
control
Seed emergence
80 or above
Seedling vigor 80
or above
Stability TMECC 05.08-B
Carbon dioxide evolution rate
mg CO2-C/g OM per
day
4 or below
Pathogen TMECC 07.01-B
Salmonella < 3 MPN per 4 grams,
dry weight basis
Pass/ Fail
Pass
Pathogen TMECC 07.01-B
Fecal coliform bacteria < 1,000
MPN per gram, dry weight basis
Pass/ Fail Pass
Physical
contaminants
TMECC 02.02-C Man-made inert
removal and classification: Plastic,
glass, and metal % > 4 mm fraction
% dry weight basis combined total: <
0.5%
Physical
contaminants
TMECC 02.02-C
Man-made inert removal and
classification: Sharps (sewing
needles, straight pins and
hypodermic needles) % > 4mm
fraction
% dry weight basis none detected
Particle size
fine for compost
used as soil
amendment
TMECC 02.02-B Sample sieving for
aggregate Size classification
% dry weight basis Pass 2 inch sieve
98% min.,
Pass 3/8 inch
sieve 95% min.
Heavy metals PASS / FAIL mg/kg (ppm), dry
weight basis
All EPA 503 metal
contaminant limits
Carbon:Nitrogen
Ratio
Carbon:Nitrogen ≤25:1
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 440
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-123 Project No. C9416-22
Property Test Method Unit of
Measurement
Requirement
Note: TMECC refers to "Test Methods for the Examination of Composting and Compost," published by the United States Department of Agriculture and the United States Compost Council (USCC). (Table modified from the US Composting Council Landscape Architectural Specifications 2005.)
2. Nitrogen-treated Fir Bark shall conform to:
a. Physical Properties
1) 95% -100% passing, sieve size 6.35 mm (1/4 inch)
2) 80% - 100% passing, sieve size 2.38 mm (No. 8, 8 mesh) 3) 0% - 30% passing, sieve size 500 micron (No. 35, 32 mesh) b. Chemical Properties
1) Nitrogen Content (dry weight basis): 0.4% - 0.6%
2) Iron Content: minimum 0.08% dilute acid soluble Fe on dry weight basis
3) Soluble Salts: maximum 3.5 millimhos/cm at 25 degrees C. as determined by saturation extract method
4) Ash: 0 - 6.0%
E. Biotreatment Soil Mix: Shall meet the following criteria:
1. General Requirements: Biotreatment soil mix shall achieve a long-term, in- place infiltration rate of at least 5 inches per hour. Biotreatment soil mix shall also support vigorous plant growth.
a. Biotreatment soil mix shall be a mixture of fine sand and compost, measured on a volume basis:
1) 60% - 70% Sand
2) 30% - 40% Compost
2. Sand for Biotreatment Soil Mix:
a. General: Sand shall be free of wood, waste, coating such as clay, stone, dust, carbonate, etc., or any other deleterious material. All aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve size shall be non-plastic. b. Sand for Biotreatment Soil Mix Texture: Sand for Biotreatment Soil Mix shall be analyzed by an accredited lab using #200, #100, #40 or #50, #30, #16-, #8-, #4-, and 3/8 inch sieves (ASTM D 422, CTM 202 or as approved by municipality), and meet the followin g gradation:
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 441
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-124 Project No. C9416-22
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
(by weight)
3/8 inch 100
No. 4 90 - 100
No. 8 70 - 100
No. 16 40 - 95
No. 30 15 - 70
No. 40 or No. 50 5 - 55
No. 100 0 - 15
No. 200 0 - 5
1) Note: All sands complying with ASTM C33 for fine
aggregate comply with the above gradation requirements.
3. Compost for Biotreatment Soil Mix: Compost shall conform to the Seal of Testing Assurance Program from the U.S. Composting Council and to the parameters below:
a. Organic Matter Content: 35% - 75% by dry wt.
b. Carbon and Nitrogen Ratio: C:N < 25:1 and C:N > 15:1 c. Maturity/Stability: Any one of the following is required to indicate stability:
1) Oxygen Test < 1.3 O2/unit TS/hr.
2) Specific Oxy. Test < 1.5 O2/unit BVS
3) Respiration Test < 8 C/unit VS/day
4) Dewar Test < 20 Temp. rise (°C) e.
5) Solvita® > 5 Index value
d. Toxicity: Any one of the following measures is sufficient to indicate non-toxicity.
1) NH4+ : NO3-N < 3
2) Ammonium < 500 ppm, dry basis
3) Seed Germination > 80% of control
4) Plant Trials > 80% of control
5) Solvita® > 5 Index value
e. Nutrient Content: Provide analysis detailing nutrient content including N-P-K, Ca, Na, Mg, S, and B.
1) Total Nitrogen content 0.9% or above preferred
2) Boron: Total shall be < 80 ppm
f. Salinity: Must be reported, < 6.0 mmhos/cm
g. PH shall be between 6.2 and 8.2 (may vary with plant species)
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 442
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-125 Project No. C9416-22
h. Compost Quality Analysis by Compost Supplier: Before delivery of the compost to the soil supplier the Compost Supplier shall verify the following:
1) Weed seed/pathogen destruction: provide proof of process to further reduce pathogens (PFRP). For example, turned windrows must reach min. 55 C for 15 days with at least 5 turnings during that period.
4. Compost for Biotreatment Soil Mix Texture: Compost for biotreatment soil mix shall be analyzed by an accredited lab using #200, 1/4 inch, 1/2 inch, and 1 inch sieves (ASTM D 422 or as approved by municipality), and meet the following gradation:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
(by weight)
1 inch 99 - 100
1/2 inch 90 - 100
1/4 inch 40 - 90
No. 200 2 - 10
a. Bulk Density: Shall be between 500 and 1,100 dry lbs./cubic yard b. Moisture Content: Shall be between 30% - 55% of dry solids c. Inerts: Compost shall be relatively free of inert ingredients including glass, plastic, and paper, < 1% by weight or volume
d. Select Pathogens: Salmonella < 3 MPN/4 grams of TS, or Coliform Bacteria < 10,000 MPN/gram
e. Trace Contaminants Metals (Lead, Mercury, etc.) Products: Must meet U.S. EPA, 40 CFR 503 regulations.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 LIMITS AND GRADES
A. Grade Review: Prior to commencing soil preparation operations, Contractor shall request a review by the Engineer to verify specified limits and grades of work completed to date and soil preparation work to commence. Complete the rough grading as necessary to round the top and toe of all slopes, providing naturalized contouring to integrate newly graded areas with the natural topography. Finish grading under this Section shall be completed in accordance with the grades indicated on the plans.
B. Grading at Existing Trees: Soil work within the dripline of existing trees shall be performed in accordance with tree protection requirements indicated on the plans and Section 320191 Tree Protection and Pruning.
3.2 STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING OF EXISTING TOPSOIL
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 443
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-126 Project No. C9416-22
A. Excavation Areas: The native topsoil shall be stripped and stockpiled on -site in sufficient quantities to provide a 6 inch layer throughout all planting areas. Topsoil to be stripped and stockpiled shall be taken from the surface layer after all organic litter and foreign debris has been removed and properly disposed of.
B. Existing Grade Unchanged: In those areas where grades are not proposed to be modified (areas of no excavation or fill) the native topsoil shall be left in place. All debris, as well as all rocks over 3/4 inches in diameter, shall be removed from the surface of planting areas.
3.3 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT
A. Depths indicated in this Section are for bidding purposes only. Depth of scarification, height of soil lifts, and depths of incorporation shall be as recommended by the soil testing lab.
B. Soil Moisture: If soils are saturated, suspend soil work operations until the soil moisture drains to below field capacity.
C. Subgrade preparation: Excavate planting areas to the proposed subgrade and remove all construction debris and materials.
1. Do not over excavate compacted subgrades of adjacent pavement or structures.
2. Subgrades shall slope approximately parallel to the finished grade and/or toward the subsurface drain lines as shown on the plans.
3. Scarify or rip subgrade to a depth of 7 inches and protect from compaction.
D. Topsoil Incorporation: Uniformly distribute a 3 inch layer of topsoil and incorporate it into the top 6 inches of subsoil by ripping, scraping, or tilling to mix the subsoil with the topsoil into a homogeneous mixture. Repeat until the total depth of topsoil placed is as indicated on the plans. The final layer of topsoil shall be uniformly distributed in the planting areas and compacted in place to 85% compaction.
E. Existing Topsoil to Remain: Except within tree protection zones, in those planting areas where native topsoil is to be left in place, cross rip to a depth of 10 inches.
Then incorporate the amendments to a homogeneously blended soil depth of 6 inches.
3.4 BIOTREATMENT SOIL MIX PLACEMENT
A. Do not excavate, place soils, or amend soils during wet or saturated conditions.
B. Operate equipment adjacent to (not in) the biotreatment soil mix facility. If machinery must operate in the facility, use lightweight, low ground -contact pressure equipment.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 444
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-127 Project No. C9416-22
C. Place soil in 12 inch lifts with machinery adjacent to the facility. If working within the facility, to avoid over -compacting, place the first lifts at the far end from the entrance and place subsequent lifts backwards toward the entrance.
D. Allow biotreatment soil mix lifts to settle naturally. Boot pack (walk around to firm) lifts to achieve 85% compaction. After all lifts are placed, wait a few days to check for settlement and add additional media as needed.
E. Verify biotreatment soil mix elevations before applying mulch or installing plants.
3.5 ORGANIC AMENDMENT AND FERTILIZER INCORPORATION
A. Organic amendment: After topsoil placement and compaction, spread organic amendment at a rate of 6 cubic yards per 1000 square feet, unless otherwise specified by the soils test results.
B. Fertilizer: Spread uniformly on top of compost at rates determined by the soils test.
For bidding purposes only, assume per 1000 square feet:
1. 30 pounds commercial fertilizer (6-20-20)
2. 10 pounds iron sulfate
a. Note: Iron sulfate should be applied cautiously, avoiding contact with concrete, since permanent staining may result. Any such stained concrete shall be replaced at Contractor’s expense.
C. Incorporate organic amendment and fertilizer into the top 6 inches of topsoil, until homogeneously blended.
3.6 PLANT PITS
A. Plant Pit Preparation: Plant pits shall have their sides and bottoms loosened or otherwise broken to prevent glazed or compacted surfaces, and shall be as shown on the planting detail.
3.7 BACKFILL
A. Backfill Material and Placement: Only unamended soil shall be used beneath the root ball. Cultivate the bottom of plant pits to improve porosity. Backfill around sides of the rootball shall be the amended soil taken from adjacent prepared areas.
Spread material excavated from plant pits onto adjacent areas as replacement.
Should additional backfill be necessary, a mixture of one third organic amendment/fertilizer mix and two thirds topsoil may be used for the top 12 inches of backfill.
3.8 PLANT PACKETS
A. Packet Quantities: All container plants shall receive plant packets as follows:
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 445
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-128 Project No. C9416-22
Container Size Number of Packets
one-gallon plants one 10-gram packet
five-gallon plants two 10-gram packets
fifteen-gallon plants nine 10-gram packets
24-inch box trees sixteen 10-gram packets
36-inch box trees twenty-four 10-gram packets
1. Space the packets evenly around the root ball in the backfill, 6 - 8 inches from soil surface and 1 inch away from root ball. Engineer may require excavation of up to 5% of all plants selected at random for conformance review.
3.9 FINISH GRADING
A. Grading Operations: Finish grade all irrigated planting areas unless otherwise noted, and remove all rocks and clods over 1 cubic inch to a depth of 1 inch below finish grade. All areas shall be smooth and uniformly graded. All erosion damage during the construction period shall be repaired by the Contractor.
B. Finish Grades: Unless otherwise noted, all soil finish grades shall be 1 inch below finish grade of walks, pavements, and curbs.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 446
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-129 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 329300 – LANDSCAPE PLANTING
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Furnish and install all landscape planting as shown on the plans and as specified herein including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Trees
2. Shrubs
3. Groundcovers
4. Mulch
5. Staking
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Interpretations of plant names and descriptions shall reference the following documents. Where the names or plant descriptions disagree between the several documents, the most current document shall prevail.
1. USDA – The Germplasm Resources Information Network (GRIN) http://www.ars-grin.gov/npgs/searchgrin.html
2. Manual of Woody Landscape Plants, Michael Dirr, Stipes Publishing, Champaign, Illinois, most current edition.
3. New Sunset Western Garden Book, Oxmoor House, most current edition.
B. ANSI American Standard for Nursery Stock
C. Federal, State, and County laws requiring inspection for plant disease and insect control.
1.3 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Reviews: The Contractor shall specifically request the following reviews prior to progressing with the work:
1. Plant material approval
2. Plant layout
3. Finish grade
4. Substantial completion
5. Final completion
1.4 SUBMITTALS
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 447
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-130 Project No. C9416-22
A. Plant Material: Within ten (10) working days after award of the contract, the Contractor shall submit notice to the Engineer certifying the quantity and species of plant material ordered, the nursery supplying the material, any plant material unavailable at the time, and proposed plant substitutions. No plants shall be ordered or delivered prior to written acceptance by the Engineer.
B. Mulch: Name of supplier and one quart-sized sample.
C. Certificates: All plant material shall meet the specifications of Federal, State, and County laws requiring inspection for plant diseases and insect infestations.
Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany each shipment, invoice, or order of s tock, and when such plants arrive at the site of work, the certificate of inspection shall be filed with the Engineer.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Nomenclature and Labels: Plant botanical names shall conform to current literature noted in Section 1.2 above. All plants of each clone, species, and cultivar shall be delivered to the site labeled with their full botanical names. Every plant species shall be labeled with no less than one label for every ten plants of a species.
B. Quality: The minimum quality of all plant material shall conform to prevailing published specifications of the California Association of Nurserymen and the American Association of Nurserymen’s American Standard for Nursery Stock unless otherwise indicated. Additional specifications shall be indicated on the plans.
C. Quantities: The quantities shown on the plant list and in labels are for the Engineer’s use and are not to be construed as the complete and accurate limits of the contract.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all plants shown schematically on the plan s.
Any unlabeled plants shall be considered as the smaller size shown for that type on the plans.
D. Root Systems: All container-grown stock shall be grown in its container for at least 6 months prior to its planting. Contractor shall allow one percent of the quantity of plants for removal and inspection. Any plant material, within one year following the final acceptance of the project, determined by the Engineer to be defective, restricted, declining, or otherwise deficient due to abnormal root growth, shall be replaced by Contractor to the equal condition of adjacent plants at the time of replacement.
E. Trees: All trees shall have straight trunks of uniform taper, larger at the bottom.
Trunks shall be free of girdling roots or damaged bark, with all minor abrasions and cuts showing healing tissue. Sucker basal growth and sucker lateral growth shall be
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 448
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-131 Project No. C9416-22
removed and treated to eliminate re -sprouting. Normal lower side branching shall remain. Trees that are unable to stand upright without support shall be rejected.
F. Health: Foliage, roots, and stems of all plants shall be of vigorous health and normal habit of growth for its species. All plants shall be free of all diseases, insect stages, burns, or disfiguring characteristics.
G. Untrue Species: All plant material, within two years following the final acceptance of the project, that is determined by the Engineer to be untrue to the species, clone, and/or variety specified, shall be replaced by the Contractor, to the equal condition of adjacent plants at the time of replacement.
H. Mulch: Shall be as specified on the plans.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Plant Material Approvals: Before planting operations commence, all or a representative sampling of plant material shall be reviewed at the site by the Engineer. Defective plants installed without such review shall be removed from the site upon request by the Engineer and an acceptable plant shall be substituted in its place.
B. Storage and Handling: Plant materials shall be protected and maintained in good condition. Bare root and balled materials shall be watered regularly and placed in a cool area. Plant material shall be protected at all times from animal damage, vandalism, drought damage, wind damage, frost damage, toxic irrigation water, or any other condition that would damage or reduce the viability of the plants. Plants shall be kept moist at all times and shall be completely watered 12 hours or less before planting and shall be moist when installed.
C. Layout: Only those plants to be planted in any single day shall be laid out. Locations of all plants shall be reviewed prior to planting. Plants installed without this review shall be transplanted as directed by the Engineer.
D. Protection of Plants: Maintain all plant material in a healthy growing condition prior to and during planting operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for vandalism, theft, and damage to plant material until the commencement of the maintenance period.
E. Root Systems: The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of all root systems on plant materials. Inspection shall include, but not be limited to, checking for rootbound stock, encircling roots at the perimeter of the container, evidence of girdling roots, and other defective root conditions. Such inspections shall include the complete removal of soil from one percent of plant material containers, or at least
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 449
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-132 Project No. C9416-22
one plant from each nursery and each plant type. The Contractor shall cut defective or potentially defective girdling, rootbound, and encircling roots, and spread the root system into the surrounding backfill. Plants with excessively defective root systems shall be rejected by the Contractor.
F. Pruning: The Contractor shall not prune plant material without the specific approval of the Engineer. Plants pruned without approval shall be replaced by the Contractor, if required.
G. Basins: Construct basins as necessary to water plants. Remove basins from all plants under a permanent irrigation system prior to final inspection and finish grade the planting area. Basins for plants to be hand-watered shall remain in place. Basin bottoms shall drain away from the plant stem.
H. Staking: All trees shall be staked as shown on the plans with stakes driven securely into existing soil and aligned with the trunk and perpendicular to the direction of prevailing winds. A minimum of two figure-eight rubber tree ties is required per stake.
I. Plant Pits, Backfill and Finish Grading: See Landscape Soil Preparation Section 329113 for materials and installation requirements.
J. Clean-up: After completion of all operations, remove all trash, excess soil and other debris. All walks and pavement shall be swept and washed clean, leaving the entire area in a neat, orderly condition.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 450
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-133 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 332250 – SHORING AND TRENCH SAFETY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Shoring required for general safety, worker protection, and protection of adjacent property and pipelines from the hazards of caving ground.
B. Shoring for trench excavations.
C. Shoring for structural excavations.
D. Shoring for tunneling pits.
E. Contractor's responsibilities.
F. Contractor's trench safety plan.
G. Contractor's supervisor.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 020010 – Site Conditions
B. Section 020030 – Existing Utilities and Underground Structures
C. Section 021100 – Site Preparation
D. Section 332315 – Excavation and Backfill
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SAFETY
A. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons (including employees) and property during performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
B. Minimum Requirements for Project Shoring Systems:
1. Comply with all governing regulations pertaining to excavation safety including the most current edition of Cal/OSHA Construction Safety Order, Article 6;
2. Be compatible with the surface and subsurface soil and groundwater conditions mapped and encountered in test borings for the project and resist lateral earth pressures and hydrostatic pressures (where not dewatered);
3. Protect personnel that enter the excavation;
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 451
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-134 Project No. C9416-22
4. Protect existing utilities, pavements, and structures;
5. Excavation and installation of the shoring system must occur in a manner and sequence that does not damage existing structures, pavements, and utilities including through settlement, heave, or vibrations;
6. Provide stable excavation walls and bottom (e.g., prevent bottom heave);
7. Be designed to operate in conjunction with dewatering and soil stabilization systems also provided by the Contractor.
8. As permitted by the specifications, allow for removal or abandonment of shoring in a manner and sequence that is instep with the backfilling sequence (i.e., shoring shall not be removed ahead of backfilling) and does not damage the finished pipeline or structures or existing structures, pavements, and utilities including through settlement, heave or vibrations (Contractor to address removal/abandonment concerns specific to the type of shoring proposed in the shoring submittal). Any void space created by shoring removal shall be completely filled with a material approved by the City Engineer;
9. Resist lateral live loads from vehicular and/or train traffic, construction equipment and spoils, if any;
C. Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA), the California Occupational Safety and Health Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, county, and local laws, ordinances, codes, the requirements set forth below, and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts of these Specifications.
D. Contractor is advised that Part 1926 of 29 CFR, subpart P, has been revised. This regulation governs excavations, trenching and protective systems, sloping, benching, wood, and aluminum shoring for various types of soils, and depths of excavations. The Contractor shall follow these regulations (including the latest revisions) for this project.
F. Where any of these requirements are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed.
G. The Contractor shall cease work immediately and notify the Engineer if they determine their shoring method is unsafe.
1.4 PERMIT
A. For trenches or excavations of depth five feet or deeper, the Contractor shall obtain from the State Division of Industrial Safety a permit for such excavation; submit a copy of the permit to the Engineer, prior to initiating any work requiring said permit.
1.5 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor’s attention is directed to the provisions for "Shoring and Bracing Drawings" in Section 6705 of the California Labor Code. The Contractor, prior to beginning any trench or structure excavation 5 feet deep or over, shall submit to
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 452
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-135 Project No. C9416-22
the Engineer for review for compliance with Section 6705 the Contractor’s detailed plan showing design of all shoring, bracing, sloping of the sides of excavation, or other provisions for worker protection against the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trenches or structure excavation. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established in the Construction Safety Orders of the State of California, such alternative system plans shall be prepared, stamped and signed by a civil or structural engineer licensed in the State of California at the Contractor’s expense.
B. A professional Civil or Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California shall design, sign, and stamp the Contractor’s proposed shoring systems for review by the Engineer prior to construction. Submit shoring system submittal in conjunction with dewatering plan and soil stabilization plan.
C. The shoring system submittal shall address open cut trenching, each storm drain catch basin, manholes, and for all excavations located in close proximity to unlined drainage channels or in close proximity to critical structures, utilities, or granular non-cohesive materials. Individual submittals are required for all open-cut trenching and for each major underground structure (sewer tie-in locations) as well as existing critical utilities including those in close proximity to drainage channels or those that penetrate a 1.5H:1V plane projected down from the utility.
D. The use of speed shores or trench box shoring in flowing, running or raveling ground conditions shall not be allowed. The Contractor shall be aware that flowing, running or raveling ground conditions are anticipated throughout the project and shall design their shoring system accordingly.
F. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
G. For all materials that are not pre -approved by the City the Contractor shall designate the source and/or submit samples of all materials in advance of their use for required testing and Engineer’s approval. All testing costs shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
H. Contractor shall design shoring system to protect nearby utilities that may not daylight into trench excavation but limits of existing backfill in close proximity can become unstable due to the effects of ground disturbance and reduced strength caused by past nearby excavations and backfill. Past trench backfill has consisted of granular non-cohesive materials (including pea- gravel) and have little to no stand - up time. Full face, continuous excavation wall support shall be required in these areas.
1.6 SAFETY ORDERS
A. The Contractor shall have at the work site, copies or suitable extracts of the Construction Safety Orders of Cal-OSHA, and Part 1926 of 29 CFR, subpart P.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 453
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-136 Project No. C9416-22
B. All work shall comply with the provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances and regulations.
C. The Contractor is prohibited in the use of unrestricted speed shores or trench box shoring in flowing, running, or raveling ground conditions.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S SUPERVISOR
A. The Contractor shall appoint a qualified and competent supervisory employee who shall be responsible to determine the sloping or shoring system which shall be used depending on local soil type, water table elevation, stratification, depth, and any other pertinent factors including the safety of the workers.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 454
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-137 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 332315 – EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall provide all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to perform and complete all utility earthwork as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. The work of this Section includes all utility earthwork required for construction of the project. Such utility earthwork shall include, but may not necessarily be limited to, the loosening, removing, loading, transporting, depositing, and compacting in its final location of all materials wet and dry, as required for the purposes of completing the work, which shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the furnishing, placing, and removing of sheeting, shoring and bracing necessary to safely support the sides of all excavations; all pumping, ditching, draining and other required measures for the removal or exclusion of water from the excavation; soil stabilization; the supporting of structures above and below the ground; all backfilling around structures and all backfilling of trenches; the disposal of excess excavated materials; borrow of materials to make up deficiencies for fills; and all other incidental earthwork.
C. Hazardous materials shall be handled in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements.
D. This work shall consist of constructing bioretention areas, to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans in accordance with these provisions.
Bioretention areas shall include bioretention soil as specified by BASMAA Bioretention Soil Media and Specifications, “structural soil”, a top layer of mulch, underdrains, moisture barriers, and plantings, conforming to the City Standards, the Standard Specifications, and these provisions.
1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 332250 – Shoring and Trench Safety
B. Section 332538 – Precast Concrete Storm Drain Structures
C. Section 333600 – Grout
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. State Codes:
California Labor Code.
Construction Safety Orders of the State of California.
B. State of California (Caltrans) Standards:
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 455
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-138 Project No. C9416-22
1. Standard Specifications:
Section 25 Aggregate Subbases.
Section 26 Aggregate Bases.
Section 68 Subsurface Drains.
Section 88 Engineering Fabrics
C. Commercial Standards:
ASTM D 422 Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.
ASTM D 1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-
Cone Method.
ASTM D 1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and
Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb (4.54-kg) Rammer
and 18-in. (457-mm) Drop.
ASTM D 1633 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-
Cement Cylinders.
ASTM D 2419 Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine
Aggregate.
ASTM D 2487 Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.
ASTM D 2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
ASTM D 3017 Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place
by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
ASTM D 3776 Test Methods for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Woven Fabric.
ASTM D 3786 Method of Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics: Diaphragm Bursting Strength
Tester Method.
ASTM D 4253 Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table.
ASTM D 4254 Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density.
ASTM D 4318 Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils.
ASTM D 4491 Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by
Permittivity.
ASTM D 4632 Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of
Geotextiles.
ASTM D 4751 Test Method for Determining the Apparent Opening Size
of a Geotextile.
ASTM D 6023 Standard Test Method for Density, Yield, Cement
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 456
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-139 Project No. C9416-22
Content, and Air Content of Controlled Low-Strength
Material (CLSM).
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions for "Shoring and Bracing Drawings" in Section 6705 of the California Labor Code. The Contractor, prior to beginning any trench or structure excavation five (5) feet deep or over, shall submit to the Engineer for review for compliance with Section 6705 the Contractor's detailed plan showing design of all shoring, bracing, sloping of the sides of excavation, or other provisions for worker protection against the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trenches or structure excavation.
If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established in the Construction Safety Orders of the State of California, such alternative system plans shall be prepared, stamped and signed by a civil or structural engineer licensed in the State of California at the Contractor’s expense.
B. For all materials that are not pre-approved by the City the Contractor shall designate the source and/or submit samples of all materials in advance of their use for required testing and Engineer’s approval. All testing costs shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
C. Submit soil stabilization plan stamped and signed by a California registered civil engineer with minimum five (5) years experience with such work.
D. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
E. Bioretention Submittals:
1. Bioretention Soil Mix per BASMAA Specifications
2. CU-Soil or City approved equivalent
3. Moisture Barrier (HDPE geomembrane)
4. Class 2 permeable rock
5. Perforated Pipe
6. Rip-Rap
1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: All soils and compaction testing will be done by a testing laboratory at the Contractor’s expense and as specified in Section 2, “Special Provisions”. The Engineer shall approve use of the Contractor-selected laboratory prior to the work.
B. Where soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of maximum density the maximum density at optimum moisture content will be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557. Where cohesionless, free draining soil material is required to be densified to a percentage of relative density the calculation of
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 457
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-140 Project No. C9416-22
relative density will be determined in accordance with ASTM D 4253 and D 4254.
Field density in-place tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 2922, or by such other means acceptable to the Engineer.
C. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 48 hours prior to performing any utility excavation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Backfill shall be a selected or processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, free from objectionable material, vegetation, or other deleterious substances.
B. The following TYPES of backfill materials are designated and defined as follows:
TYPE 1. Sand shall be material with 100 percent passing a 3/8-inch sieve, at least 90 percent passing a No. 4 sieve, and a sand equivalent value not less than 30.
TYPE 2. Class 2 Aggregate Base shall be crushed rock aggregate base material meeting the requirements of Section 26, “Aggregate Bases,” for 19 millimeter (3/4 inch) maximum grading, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 3. Class 1, Type A or B, Permeable Material shall be crushed stone, or gravel, durable and free from slaking or decomposition under action or alternate wetting or drying, uniformly graded, and shall meet the requirements of Section 68-2.02F(2) for Class 1, “Permeable Material,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 4. Class 2 Permeable Material shall be crushed rock or gravel, durable and free from slaking or decomposition under the action of alternate wetting or drying, uniformly graded, and shall meet the requirements of Section 68-2.02F(3) for Class 2 "Permeable Material," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 5. Structure Backfill Material shall meet the requirements of Section 19- 3.02B Type D of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 6. Class 3 Permeable Material shall be ¾” crushed rock or gravel, durable and free from slaking or decomposition under the action of alternate wetting or drying, uniformly graded, and shall meet the requirements of Section 68-2.02F(4) for Class 3 "Permeable Material," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 7. Manufactured Backfill shall be manufactured, angular, granular, crushed stone, rock, or slag with 100 percent passing a one-inch sieve and less than one percent passing a No. 4 sieve.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 458
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-141 Project No. C9416-22
TYPE 8. Controlled Low Strength Materials (CLSM) shall conform to the requirements of Section 02320, “Controlled Low Strength Materials (CLSM).”
TYPE 9. Native material shall be material obtained from on-site excavations, provided the materials are not classified as unsuitable. Native material shall be free of stones, lumps, broken concrete or bituminous surfacing over 4 inches in diameter, objectionable material, vegetation, and deleterious substances.
TYPE 10. Topsoil material may be material which has been obtained at the site or may be imported. Removal of the topsoil shall be done after the area has been stripped of vegetation and debris as specified.
TYPE 11. Aggregate Subbase shall conform to the grading and quality requirements of Section 25, “Class 2 Aggregate Subbase” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 12. Trench Foundation shall be 3/4 -inch crushed, angular rock meeting the following gradation:
Sieve
Size
Percent Passing
1 ½” 100%
1”
95-100%
½” 0-30%
#4 0-4%
2.2 UNSUITABLE BACKFILL MATERIAL
A. Any material as determined by the Engineer.
B. Any material determined to be hazardous is defined as unsuitable material.
C. Washed, smooth rock (pea gravel) is classified as unsuitable material.
2.3 USE OF BACKFILL MATERIAL TYPES
A. Backfill material types shall be used in conformance with City standards.
2.4 FILTER FABRIC
Not Used.
2.5 STEEL PLATE
A. When steel plate bridging is provided in-lieu of backfill and temporary asphalt, it shall
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 459
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-142 Project No. C9416-22
conform to Section 602.1 of the Caltrans Encroachment Permit Manual, with the following minimum thicknesses:
Trench Width Minimum Plate Thickness
(10") 0.25 m (1/2”) 13 mm
(1' - 11") 0.58 m (3/4”) 19 mm
(2' - 7") 0.80 m (7/8”) 22 mm
(3' - 5") 1.04 m (1”) 25 mm
(5' - 3") 1.60 m (1 ¼”) 32 mm
For spans greater than 5 feet-3 inches, a structural design shall be prepared by a California registered civil engineer and submitted to the Engineer for review.
2.6 SOIL STABILIZATION MATERIALS
A. Permeation Grouting
1. Composition - cement, water, and fluid additives.
2. Purpose – Filling all voids within existing coarse granular trench backfill and pipe embedment material for one or more of the following purposes:
a. Stabilization of materials that are unstable when exposed in vertical excavations.
b. Stabilize materials that would be subject to vibration densification during nearby sheet pile driving or construction activity. c. Prevent porous and permeable materials from transmitting perched groundwater into project excavations.
B. In-Situ Mixing (Jet Grouting)
1. Composition – cement and water mixed in-situ with native soils.
2. Purpose – one or more of the following:
a. Completely bind granular utility trench backfill and pipe embedment material that would otherwise be unstable when exposed in vertical excavations.
b. Fill gaps in shoring with sufficient thickness of soilcrete (grouted prism) to resist soil and hydrostatic pressures and prevent flowing ground conditions when launching and receiving pit excavations are made.
c. Fill behind areas of planned portals with a sufficient thickness of soilcrete (grouted prism) to resist soil and hydrostatic pressures and prevent flowing ground conditions when portals are opened for tunnel machine launching or receiving, if tunneling is applicable.
2.7 BIORETENTION MATERIALS
A. Structural soil shall be CU-Structural Soil (“CU-Soil”) or an equivalent material approved in writing by the City. CU-soil is a patented material and must be purchased from a licensed supplier. Structural soil is a uniformly blended mixture of crushed stone, clay loam, and hydrogel mixed to the following proportions:
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 460
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-143 Project No. C9416-22
a. Crushed Stone 80 units dry weight
b. Loam (screened) determined by the test of the mix (approx.. 20 units dry weight)
c. Hydrogel 0.03 units dry weight/100 units stone
d. Total Moisture (AASHTO T-99 optimum moisture)
B. Plastic underdrain for the bioretention areas shall be smooth-wall polyvinyl chloride (PVC) perforated plastic pipe underdrain and shall conform to AASHTO Designation M278, the provisions in Section 68, “Subsurface Drains,” of the Standard Specifications, all Amendments and these special provisions.
C. Permeable material for use with underdrains shall be Class 2, permeable material and shall conform to the provisions in Section 68, “Subsurface Drains,” of the Standard Specifications, all Amendments and these special provisions.
D. Filter fabric. Not used
E. Moisture barrier within the bioretention areas shall be black 30-mil minimum thickness high density polyethylene (HDPE) geomembrane for use in buried applications and shall be WB-36-30 by Deep root or approved equal and conform to the Standard Specifications, all Amendments, and these special provisions.
F. PVC geomembrane sampling frequency shall be in accordance with ASTM D4354, or as approved by the Engineer. The geomembrane subgrade shall have a smooth, finished surface, free form pockets, ruts, sharp objects or other discontinuities that, in the judgment of the Engineer, may contribute to puncture or bridging of the material. The Contractor and the Engineer shall inspect the subgrade surface immediately prior to the deployment of each geomembrane panel.
G. Joints in the geomembrane shall be minimized. Panels shall be joined utilizing approved seaming methods. Dual-track fusion welding shall be required where feasible. Chemical welds shall be made only where approved by the Engineer.
Any damaged caused to the geomembrane by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced, as approved by the Engineer, at the expense of the Contractor.
H. Finish surfacing of bioretention areas shall be mulch in conformance with Section 20 “Erosion Control and Highway Planting” of the Standard Specifications, all Amendments and these special provisions.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Where abandoned underground structures are encountered in the street areas, remove to sufficient depth to allow underground lines to cross, backfill and compact during rough grading. The Engineer may require further work to be done
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 461
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-144 Project No. C9416-22
if visual inspection indicates during construction.
3.2 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
A. General: Except when specifically provided to the contrary, excavation shall include the removal of all materials of whatever nature encountered, including all obstructions of any nature that would interfere with the proper execution and completion of the work. The removal of said materials shall conform to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish, place, and maintain all supports and shoring that may be required for the sides of the excavations, and all pumping, ditching, or other measures required for the removal or exclusion of water, including storm water, groundwater, and wastewater reaching the site of the work from any source so as to prevent damage to the work or adjoining property. Excavations shall be supported in a safe manner in accordance with applicable State safety requirements and the requirements of OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction (29CFR1926) and Section 02250, “Shoring and Trench Safety.” The limits of structure excavation shall be a minimum of 12 inches beyond the outside edge of the structure, and at a minimum no larger than necessary to facilitate backfill, compaction and testing operations.
3.3 PIPELINE AND UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Trench Width: Unless otherwise shown or directed, excavation for pipelines and utilities shall be open-cut trenches. Trench widths shall be as noted on the plans.
B. Subgrade: The surface of the subgrade after compaction shall be hard, uniform, smooth, self draining, and true to grade and cross section.
C. Trench Bottom: The pipe bedding shall be given a final trim establishing grade such that each pipe section when first laid will be continually in contact with the bedding along the extreme bottom of the pipe. Rounding out the trench bottom or bedding to form a cradle for the pipe will not be allowed. The Contractor shall excavate for bell holes and fittings.
D. Open Trench: The maximum amount of open trench permitted in any one location shall be the length necessary to accommodate the amount of pipe installed and backfilled in a single day. All trenches shall be fully backfilled at the end of each day or, in lieu thereof, shall be covered by heavy steel plates adequately braced and capable of supporting vehicular traffic in those locations where it is impractical to backfill at the end of each day.
E. Over-Excavation: Contractor shall notify Engineer if any unstable trench conditions develop in trench bottom. When ordered by the Engineer, whether or not indicated on the Drawings, trenches, tunneling pits and/or structure excavations shall be over-excavated beyond the depth shown in order to provide a firm and unyielding trench base.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 462
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-145 Project No. C9416-22
3.4 OVER-EXCAVATION NOT ORDERED, SPECIFIED, OR SHOWN
A. Any over-excavation carried below the grade ordered, specified, or shown, shall be backfilled to the required grade and densified with the specified material and compaction. Such work shall be performed by the Contractor at its own expense.
3.5 EXCAVATION IN LAWN AREAS
A. Where excavation occurs in lawn areas, the sod shall be carefully removed, stockpiled, watered and preserved for replacement, unless specifically approved by Engineer in writing before Work is performed. Excavated material may be placed on the lawn provided that a tarp or other suitable method is employed to protect the lawn from damage. The lawn shall not remain stockpiled for more than 48 hours. Immediately after completion of backfilling and testing of the pipeline, the sod shall be replaced in a manner so as to restore the lawn as near as possible to its original condition. Contractor shall provide new sod, in kind, if removed sod has remained stockpiled for more than 48 hours.
B. All other landscaping shall be replaced in kind as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. All damaged irrigation systems, including piping and electrical wiring, shall be repaired and operating properly the same day they are damaged.
3.6 EXCAVATION IN VICINITY OF TREES
A. Except where trees are shown to be removed, Contractor shall protect trees from injury during construction operations. Remaining trees shall be protected by installing protective fencing outside the dripline. No tree roots over 2 inches in diameter shall be cut without express permission of the Engineer. Trees shall be supported during excavation by any means previously reviewed by the Engineer.
B. If existing roots over one inch in diameter are cut during the course of the work, the cut faces shall be thoroughly coated with root sealer and growth inhibitor.
Exposed roots shall be covered with wet burlap to prevent them from drying out.
C. The City shall retain an arborist to evaluate the health of the trees prior to construction, formulate site-specific recommendations to maintain the health of trees during and after construction, and monitor construction near the trees at appropriate intervals.
3.7 BIORETENTION
A. Bioretention areas shall not be constructed until all contributing drainage areas are stabilized as shown on the Contract Plans and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Biorentetion areas shall not be used as sediment control facilities. No heavy equipment shall operate within the perimeter of a bioretention facility during excavation, underdrain and moisture barrier placement, backfilling, or mulching of the bioretention areas.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 463
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-146 Project No. C9416-22
B. The bioretention areas shall be excavated to the dimensions, side slopes, and depths shown on the plans. The method of excavation shall minimize the compaction of the bottom of the bioretention areas. Excavators and backhoes, operating on the ground adjacent to the bioretention areas, shall be used to excavate the areas if possible. Low ground-contact pressure equipment may also be used for excavation. No heavy equipment shall be allowed on the bottom of the bioretention facility.
C. Excavated materials shall be removed from the bioretention areas. Excavated materials shall be used or disposed of in conformance with the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
D. Prior to placing the underdrain and the structural soil, the bottom of the excavation shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 6 inches to alleviate any compaction of the areas bottom. Any substitute method for scarifying must be approved by the Engineer prior to use. Any ponded water shall be removed from the bottom of the areas and the soil shall be friable before scarifying.
E. The structural soil shall be placed and graded using low ground contact pressure equipment or by excavators and/or backhoes operating on the ground adjacent to the bioretention areas. No heavy equipment shall be used within the perimeter of the bioretention areas before, during, or after the placement of the structural soil. The structural soil shall be placed in horizontal layers not to exceed 12 inches for the entire area of the bioretention areas. The structural soil shall be compacted by saturating the entire bioretention areas after each lift of structural soil is placed. Water for saturation shall be applied by spraying or sprinkling. Saturation of each lift shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. An appropriate sediment control device shall be used to treat any sediment-laden water discharged from the underdrain. If the structural soil becomes contaminated during the construction of the areas, the contaminated material shall be removed and replaced with uncontaminated material at no additional cost to the County. Final grading of the bioretention area shall be performed after a 24-hour settling period.
F. The final grade of the bioretention area shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to Placement of top soil lift and shall be within 1” of the lines and grades identified on the plan.
3.8 PLANTING
A. Reviews: The Contractor shall specifically request the following reviews prior to progressing with the work:
1. Plant material approval
2. Plant layout
3. Finish grade
4. Substantial completion
5. Final completion
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 464
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-147 Project No. C9416-22
B. Within 10 days after award of contract, Contractor shall submit notice to the Engineer certifying the quantity and species of plant material ordered, the nursery supplying the material, any plant material unavailable at the time, and proposed plant substitutions. No plants shall be ordered or delivered prior to written acceptance by the Engineer.
C. Health: Foliage roots and stems of all plants shall be of vigorous health and normal habit of growth for its species. All plants shall be free of all diseases, insect stages, burns, or disfiguring characteristics.
D. Plant Material Approvals: Before planting operations commence, all or a representative sampling of plant material shall be reviewed at the site by the Engineer. Defective plants installed without such review shall be removed from the site upon request by the Engineer and an acceptable plant substituted in its place.
E. Layout: Only those plants to be planted in any single day shall be laid out.
Locations of all plants shall be reviewed prior to planting. Plants installed without this review shall be transplanted as directed by Engineer.
F. Protection of Plants: Contractor shall maintain all plant material in a healthy growing condition prior to and during planting operations. Contractor shall be responsible for vandalism, theft and damage to plant material until the commencement of the maintenance period.
G. Root Systems: Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of all root systems on plant materials. Inspection shall include, but not be limited to, checking for rootbound stock, encircling roots at the perimeter of the container, girdling roots at the top surface of the rootball, and other defective root conditions. Such inspections shall include the complete removal of soil from one percent of plant material containers, or at least one plant from each nursery and each plant type.
Contractor shall cut defective or potentially defective girdling, rootbound, and encircling roots and spread the root system into the surrounding backfill. Plants with excessively defective root systems shall be rejected by the Contractor.
H. Pruning: Contractor shall do no pruning without the specific approval of the Engineer. Plants pruned without approval shall be replaced by the Contractor, if required.
I. Plant Pit Preparation: Plant pits shall have their sides and bottoms loosened or otherwise broken to prevent glazed or compacted surfaces.
J. Backfill Material and Placement: Only unamended soil shall be used beneath the root ball; cultivate bottom of plant pit to improve porosity. Backfill around sides of rootball shall be the amended soil taken from adjacent prepared areas.
Spread material excavated from plant pits onto adjacent areas as replacement.
Should additional backfill be necessary, a mixture of one third organic amendment/fertilizer mix and two thirds topsoil may be used.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 465
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-148 Project No. C9416-22
K. Grading Operations: Contractor shall finish grade all irrigated planting areas unless otherwise noted, and shall remove all rocks and clods over one cubic inch to a depth of one inch below finish grade. All areas shall be smooth and uniformly graded. All erosion damage during the construction period shall be repaired by the Contractor.
L. Finish Grades: Unless otherwise noted, all soil finish grades shall be one inch below finish grade of walks, pavements, and curbs
M. Cleanup: After completion of all operations, Contractor shall remove all trash, excess soil and other debris. All walks and pavement shall be swept and washed clean, leaving the entire area in a neat, orderly condition
3.9 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL
A. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all excess excavated material to a suitable site. The proper and legal disposal and associated costs shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
3.10 BACKFILL - GENERAL
A. Backfill shall not be dropped directly upon any structure or pipe.
B. Unless specifically excepted by the Engineer, backfill shall not be placed until after all water is removed from the excavation.
3.11 PIPE AND UTILITY TRENCH ZONES AND BACKFILL
A. Pipe Zone:
1. The limits of Pipe Zone are shown on the plans.
2. The Pipe Zone shall be backfilled with the specified backfill material. The Contractor shall exercise care to prevent damage to the pipeline coating, cathodic bonds, or the pipe itself during the installation and backfill operations.
3. Verify pipe and manhole line and grade prior to installing Pipe Zone material.
4. Prevent flotation of sewer pipe during backfill operations.
5. Pipe Zone material to be compacted to 90% RC, with a maximum 6-inch lifts.
6. Demonstrate in the field and through compaction test results that installation and compaction efforts achieve proper compaction under the pipe haunches. This includes after the removal of shoring devices from the trench.
B. Trench Bedding: The limits of Bedding are shown on the plans.
1. After placement and compacting of the bedding material the Contractor shall perform a final trim for establishing grade, such that each pipe section when first laid will be continually in contact with the bedding along
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 466
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-149 Project No. C9416-22
the extreme bottom of the pipe.
2. Contractor shall support and/or hold-down the pipe during placement as necessary.
3. Bedding shall be placed to form a smooth, uniform, horizontal plane to match pipe slope.
4. Hand-excavate flanges or bell holes at each pipe joint to provide uniform support for all sections of pipe.
C. Trench Zone: After the Pipe Zone backfill has been placed as specified above, and after all excess water has completely drained from the trench, backfilling of the Trench Zone may proceed. The limits of Trench Zone are shown on the plans.
D. Utility Crossing: For any new pipeline installation that crosses under an existing electric, gas, telephone, or cable TV utility pipe(s) or conduit(s) the Contractor shall replace the existing backfill material around the existing utility pipe(s) or conduit(s) with CLSM or as directed by the Engineer. For any new pipeline installation crossing under existing storm or sanitary sewer, the contractor shall replace existing backfill material with CLSM or as directed by the Engineer. Use a concrete vibrator during backfilling operations.
3.12 PLACING AND SPREADING OF BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Backfill materials shall be placed and spread evenly in horizontal layers. The backfill layers shall be evenly spread so that when compacted, each layer shall not exceed 6 inches in thickness. Material for mechanically compacted backfill shall be placed in 8-inch maximum lifts prior to compaction.
B. Where the backfill material moisture content is below the optimum moisture content water shall be added before or during spreading until the proper moisture content is achieved.
C. Where the backfill material moisture content is too high to permit the specified degree of compaction, the material shall be dried or replaced until the moisture content is satisfactory.
D. Backfill shall be mechanically compacted by means of tamping rollers, sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic tire roller, vibrating rollers, or other mechanical tampers. All such equipment shall be of a size and type subject to review by the Engineer.
Impact-type pavement breakers (stompers) will not be permitted. Permission to use specific compaction equipment shall not be construed as guaranteeing or implying that the use of such equipment will not result in damage to adjacent ground, existing improvements, or new improvements. The Contractor shall make its own determination in this regard.
3.13 COMPACTION OF BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Each layer of backfill material as defined herein, shall be mechanically compacted
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 467
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-150 Project No. C9416-22
to the specified percentage of maximum density. Equipment that is consistently capable of achieving the required degree of compaction shall be used and each layer shall be compacted over its entire area while the material is at the required moisture content range.
B. Flooding, ponding, or jetting shall not be used.
C. Equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds shall not be used closer to structure walls than a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill against the structure wall at that time. Hand operated power compaction equipment shall be used where use of heavier equipment is impractical or restricted due to weight limitations.
D. Trench Backfill Requirements: Per City standards.
E. Compaction Requirements for Trench Bedding: Per City standards.
F. Compaction Requirements for Pipe Zone: Contractor shall conduct compaction testing, at a minimum, as follows for Pipe Zone. Additional tests will be required depending on test results and field conditions.
1. Contractor shall demonstrate successful means and methods to meet compaction required.
2. Passing tests are required at one every 300 linear feet of trench.
3.14 SOIL STABILIZATION
A. The Contractor shall install soil stabilization materials to stabilize excavations where not completely and continuously shored.
B. Additional stabilization of existing utility trench backfill and bedding materials via permeation grouting is required to prevent raveling of materials during excavation operations including coarse, granular, non-cohesive trench backfill and pipe embedment materials.
C. Utilities parallel to new sewer or storm drain mains:
1. Minimum limits of grouting shall be per the following:
a. Where separation is less than 4 feet.
b. Vertical limits shall apply to any areas disturbed by excavation and as directed by the Engineer.
D. Utilities crossing new sewer or storm drain main:
1. Minimum limits of grouting shall be per the following:
a. 2 feet beyond edge of existing utility.
b. Vertical limits shall apply to any areas disturbed by excavation and as shown directed by the Engineer.
E. For utilities not shown on the Plans, the minimum limits described for existing utilities parallel to or crossing the new sewer main shall apply.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 468
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-151 Project No. C9416-22
F. The Contractor shall submit a soil stabilization plan for review.
G. Existing gravity utilities shall be protected from grout intrusion into the utility. To protect City storm drains and existing sewers to remain in service against damage from grouting, such utilities shall be inspected using CCTV after soil stabilization to determine whether grout has penetrated the gravity utility. If grout is found in the utility, Contractor shall remove all grout and re-inspect said utility to demonstrate grout removal, at no additional cost to the owner. If desired, Contractor shall be allowed to inspect the existing gravity utilities prior to grouting to establish existing condition and at no additional cost to the City.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 469
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-152 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 332538 – PRECAST CONCRETE STORM DRAIN STRUCTURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall provide all materials, equipment, and labor to furnish and install all manholes, catch basins, headwalls, complete with frame, cover, pipe connections, and all other appurtenances complete in place, as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 332315 – Excavation and Backfill
B. Section 333600 - Grout.
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards:
ASTM A 48 Specification for Gray Iron
Castings
ASTM C 150 Specification for Portland
Cement.
ASTM C 478 Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Manholes: Manholes shall be constructed of concentric precast reinforced concrete sections in accordance with ASTM C 478 and City of San Carlos Standard Detail No.11. Manhole base shall be Cast -In-Place unless specifically indicated in the contract documents and drawings or directed by the City Engineer. Concrete for manhole base shall be 6 sack with a 4,000 psi rating. Manhole sections shall be precast concrete units conforming to Section 70 -4, " Precast Concrete Pipe Drainage Facilities", of the State Spe cifications, and constructed in accordance with applicable
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 470
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-153 Project No. C9416-22
City Standard Drawings.
B. Precast concrete sections shall be manufactured by a process that will produce a dense, homogeneous concrete section of first quality. Steps or rungs shall not be allowed in manholes. The sections shall have a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches for 48 -inch diameter sections , a minimum wall thickness of 6 inches for 60-inch diameter sections and a minimum of 7-inches for 72-inch diameter sections.
C. Cement used in manufacturing the sections for storm drain manholes shall be Type V portland cement as specified in ASTM C 150. Storm drain precast manhole sections shall be jointed by sealing compounds like "RAM -NEK" or "ADEKA ULTRA SEAL". Manhole sections shall be sealed using preformed joint material and grout as specified in Section 333600, "Grout." All manholes shall have formed channels with inverts to match the adjoining pipes. Manhole sections shall be designed for a minimum of HS -20 traffic loading plus earth loads. Calculate earth load with a unit weight of 130 pounds per cubic foot.
D. Manhole and Junction Structure Frame and Cover: Manhole frames and covers shall be Phoenix Model P -1090, as manufactured by Phoenix Iron Works, Second and Castro Streets, Oakland, California 94604, or approved equal, and stamped "STORM DRAIN, and shall conform to the City of San Carlos Standards.
E. Water Stops: Plastic pipe connections to precast concrete manholes and junction structures and cast -in-place bases shall also be sealed using a premolded elastomeric waterstop material.
F. Manhole Seals: The Contractor shall provide external joint seals and riser seals for all manholes, in addition to the preformed plastic sealing gaskets used between each barrel, cone or grade ring section. External joint seals for the barrel and cone secti ons shall be an external rubber sleeve, Infi -Shield Seal Wrap, or equal. The seal shall be made of ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) rubber with a maximum thickness of 60 mils. Each unit shall have a 2-inch wide mastic strip on the top and bottom edg e of the rubber wrap. The mastic shall be non-hardening butyl rubber sealant, with a minimum thickness of 1/4 inch. The seal shall be designed to prevent leakage of water into the manhole.
G. Cement mortar composed of 1 part Portland Cement and 2 parts sand by volume and shall conform to SS Section 65-2.02E, "Joints”.
H. Standard Catch Basin and cover: Frames and grates for catch basins shall be fabricated from structural steel conforming to ASTM A36, galvanized, and in accordance with SS Section 75-2.02B, "Frames, Grates, and Covers", and in accordance with City of San Ca rlos Standard Details. Upon completion, in accordance with City Standards, curbs adjacent to the catch basin shall be
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 471
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-154 Project No. C9416-22
labeled with "No Dumping, Flows to Ocean/Bay".
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All precast concrete structures shall be installed in strict conformance with the City standard specifications and manufacturer's printed instructions on a well - compacted foundation as specified in Section 332315, "Excavation and Backfill."
B. The street cut in asphalt concrete pavement shall be circular and paving around the manhole shall be in accordance with the Drawings. Openings in manholes shall be protected from construction loads, debris, and unauthorized entry.
C. Manhole sections shall be set so as to be vertical with sections in true alignment. The joint of the previously set section shall be clean and covered with preformed joint sealant before the next section is placed. The joint material shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations.
Vertical walls for storm drain junction structures shall not be segmented.
D. No pipe ends shall protrude into the manhole or junction structure. No bell section of the pipe shall be placed into the manhole or junction structure wall.
E. Connections to existing storm drain structures shall be made with care to avoid any damage to any existing curb and gutter or sidewalk. Any damaged section shall be removed and replaced in accordance with City Standards. Pipe connections to the existing structures shall be sealed with cement mortar.
F. Structure backfill and compaction shall be as specified in Section 332315, "Excavation and Backfill."
3.2 TESTING
A. Testing shall be performed in compliance with manufacturer recommendations and requirements of City Specifications. The Contractor shall make all repairs necessary to achieve compliance and to the satisfaction of the City, at no additional cost to the City.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 472
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-155 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 333600 – GROUT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to furnish and place grout and shall form, mix, place, cure, repair, finish, and do all other work as necessary to produce finished grout as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. The following types of grout shall be covered in this Section:
1. Non-Shrink Grout: Non-Shrink grout is to be used unless another type is specifically referenced or as shown on the Drawings.
2. Epoxy Grout
3. Cement Grout
4. Flowable Cement Grout
5. Low Viscosity (Permeation) Grout and Fast Setting Injected Grout
6. Polymer Grout
7. Neat Cement Grout
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 013300 – Contractor Submittals
B. Section 015600 – Protection of Existing Facilities
C. Section 332315 – Excavation and Backfill
D. Section 333400 – Storm Drainage Utilities
E. Division 1 – General Requirements.
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards:
ASTM C109 Test Method for Compressive Strength of
Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-In. or 50-
mm Cube Specimens).
ASTM C531 Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of
Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and
Monolithic Surfacings.
ASTM C579 Test Methods for Compressive Strength of
Chemical- Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 473
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-156 Project No. C9416-22
Monolithic Surfacings.
ASTM C827 Test Method for Change in Height of Early
Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from
Cementitious Mixtures.
ASTM D696 Test Method for Coefficient of Linear
Thermal Expansion of Plastics.
CRD-C 621 Corps of Engineers Specification for Non-shrink Grout.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PREPACKAGED GROUTS
A. Non-Shrink Grout:
1. Non-shrink grout shall be a prepackaged, inorganic, non -gas-liberating, non- metallic, cement-based grout requiring only the addition of water.
Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each bag or other container in which the materials are package d. The specific formulation for each class of non -shrink grout specified herein shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application.
2. Class A non -shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5,000 psi; shall have no shrinkage (zero percent) and a maximum 4.0 percent expansion in the plastic state when tested in accordance with ASTM C 827; and shall have no shrinkage (zero percent) and a maximum of 0.2-percent expansion in the hardened state when tested in accordance with CRD C 621.
3. Class B non -shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 5,000 psi and shall meet the requirements of CRD C 621.
4. Application:
a. Class A non-shrink grout shall be used for the repair of all holes and defects in concrete members which are water bearing or in contact with soil or other fill material, grouting under all equipment base plates, and at all locations where grout is specified; except, for those applications for Class B non -shrink grout and epoxy grout specified herein. Class A non-shrink grout may be used in place of Class B non-shrink grout for all applications. Apply Class A grout to annular spaces, specifically where PVC sanitary sewer connects to pre-cast manholes.
b. Class B non-shrink grout shall be used for the repair of all holes
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 474
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-157 Project No. C9416-22
and defects in concrete members which are not water -bearing and not in contact with soil or other fill material.
B. Epoxy Grout:
1. Epoxy grout shall be a pourable, non-shrink, 100-percent solids system.
The epoxy grout system shall have 3 components: resin, hardener, and specially blended aggregate, all premeasured and prepackaged. The resin component shall not contain any non -reactive diluents. Resins containing butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) or other highly volatile and hazardous reactive diluents are not acceptable. Variation of component ratios is not permitted unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each container in which the materials are packaged.
2. The chemical formulation of the epoxy grout shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application.
3. The mixed epoxy grout system shall have a minimum working life of 45 minutes at 75 degrees F.
4. The epoxy grout shall develop a compressive strength of 5,000 psi in 24 hours and 10,000 psi in 7 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C 579, Method
B. There shall be no shrinkage (zero percent) and a maximum 4.0 percent expansion when tested in accordance with ASTM C 827.
5. Application: Epoxy grout shall be used to embed all anchor bolts and reinforcing steel required to be set in grout, and for all other specified applications.
2.2 CEMENT GROUT
A. Cement Grout: Cement grout shall be composed of one part cement, 3 parts sand, and the minimum amount of water necessary to obtain the desired consistency. Where needed to match the color of adjacent concrete, white portland cement shall be blended with regular cement as needed. The minimum compressive strength at 28 days shall be 4,000 psi.
B. Cement shall be as specified in Section 02537, “Precast Concrete Manholes.”
C. Cement Grout shall not be used as Contact Grout for filling voids created during a tunnel or shaft excavation.
2.3 FLOWABLE CEMENT GROUT
A. Flowable Cement Grout: Minimum penetration resistance of 10 psi in 24 hours when tested in accordance with ASTM C403 and a 28 -day unconfined compressive strength of 45-165 psi.
B. Application:
1. Void spaces between the earth and the casing pipe.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 475
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-158 Project No. C9416-22
2. Interstitial space between the casing pipe and carrier pipe.
2.4 LOW VISCOSITY (PERMEATION) GROUT AND FAST SETTING INJECTED GROUT
A. Low viscosity grout shall be injected to provide stabilization for the following conditions:
1. Stabilize existing utility pipelines during trenching and excavation activities to prevent destabilization of materials when exposed in vertical excavations.
2. Stabilize materials that would be subject to vibration densification during nearby sheet pile driving or construction activity.
3. Prevent porous and permeable materials from transmitting perched groundwater into project excavations.
B. The low viscosity grout shall consist of Portland cement, water and fluidizer additives.
C. Grouting should completely bind the granular material into a single coherent grouted mass (grouted prism).
D. Grout batch records shall include time of mix, amount and type of components used, and anticipated set times.
E. Fast Setting Injected Grout shall be used in establishing bulkheads to limit the spread/flow of low viscosity grout. Mix according to the following proportions:
1. Component A:
a. Portland Cement Type I-II 8 sacks @ 94 lbs. per sack b. Bentonite suspending agent 0-50 lbs.
c. PGA expansion agent 0-3 lbs.
2. Component B:
a. Sodium silicate 40 gallons
b. Water
2.5 NEAT CEMENT GROUT
A. Application: Use for dewatering well abandonment.
B. Mix according to the following ratio:
1. 94 lbs. Portland Type II cement.
2. 5 gallons clean water.
3. Up to 5% bentonite powder or chips.
2.6 PRESSURE GROUTING EQUIPMENT
A. Pressure grouting equipment shall include a mixer and holdover agitator tanks.
Gages shall be provided to indicate pressure used. The mixer shall be provided with a meter capable of indicating to one-tenth of a cubic foot the volume of grout used. The grout pump shall be capable of pumping low viscosity grout.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 476
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-159 Project No. C9416-22
2.7 CONSISTENCY
A. The consistency of grouts shall be that necessary to completely fill the space to be grouted for the particular application. Dry pack consistency is such that the grout is plastic and moldable but will not flow. Where "dry pack" is specified, it shall mean a grout of that consistency; the type of grout to be used shall be as specified herein for the particular application.
2.8 MEASUREMENT OF INGREDIENTS
A. Measurements for cement grout shall be made accurately by volume using appropriate containers. Shovel measurement will not be allowed.
B. Prepackaged grouts shall have ingredients measured by means recommended by the manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All surface preparation, curing, and protection of cement grout shall be as specified in Section 33 4000, “Storm Drainage Utilities”. The finish of the grout surface shall match that of the adjacent concrete.
B. The manufacturer of Class A non-shrink grout and epoxy grout shall provide on- site technical assistance upon request.
C. All mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation and other means of execution for prepackaged grouts shall be done according to the printed instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer.
3.2 CONSOLIDATION
A. Grout shall be placed in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each application, so as to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Prior to placement of any subsurface grout, Contractor shall notify USA to mark subscribing subsurface utilities in the vicinity of planned excavations and grouting. Use project drawings and make detailed site inspections to locate existing subsurface utilities prior to beginning grouting/excavation operations.
B. Grouting is to be done prior to shoring installation and prior to any dewatering.
C. Grout mix shall be designed and injected at pressures that will not damage adjacent utilities. No heave of ground surface shall be allowed and all existing utilities, pipelines, and structures shall be protected from damage during
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 477
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-160 Project No. C9416-22
application and curing of grout. Install temporary elevation benchmarks in grouting areas and at suitable distances outside of grouting areas to provide reference checks against existing elevations. Monitor elevations of existing improvements including utilities during all grouting operations and maintain daily logs of cumulative changes in benchmark elevations.
D. Provide constant monitoring of existing gravity utilities to verify no inflow of grout during grout pumping operations. Immediately cease grout pumping if intrusion occurs. Contractor is responsible to remove grout from any affected utilities.
E. Notify the City immediately if elevation changes greater than 0.25-inches occur and immediately cease all work in and around the affected area. Revise and resubmit grouting plan for review by the Engineer prior to continuation of work in the affected area.
F. Pump grout through grout injection casings until grout returns are noted in the next adjacent pre-drilled/drive grout injection casing.
G. Coordinate grout injection pressures (always to be less than pressures that could damage existing utilities), grout fluidity/set times and grout injection casing layout dimensions.
H. Maintain daily log of grouting operations including grout injection casing number, location, grouting pressure and rate, stage depth and grout quantity and batch used.
I. Samples shall be taken from each batch mixed and properly identified, stored and tested to verify that compressive strength is with specified range.
J. During and upon completion of grouting, the work area shall be cleaned and restored to original condition including adequate disposal of all generated waste and wastewater.
K. Repair the top of each grout injection hole to match existing pavement grade.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 478
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-161 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 333800 – SANITARY SEWER UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work may include construction, modification, and/or installation of sanitary sewer pipes, sanitary sewer manholes, drop inlets, sanitary sewer structures, and appurtenances in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM International): ASTM A36/A36M-08 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon- Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C76-13 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe.
ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement
ASTM C361-12 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low Head Pressure Pipe.
ASTM D2244-11 Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally
Measured Color Coordinates
ASTM D2672 -96a(2009) Standard Specification for Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement
ASTM D3139-98(2011) Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals
ASTM D 3350-12 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials
C. State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications (SS):
Section 52 Reinforcement
Subsection 52-1.02 Materials
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 479
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-162 Project No. C9416-22
Section 65
Concrete Pipes
Subsection 65-2.02EJoints
Subsection 65-2.03DLaying Pipe
Section 66
Corrugated Metal Pipe
Subsection 66-1.02FCorrugated Aluminum Pipe
Subsection 66-1.03 Construction
Section 68 Subsurface Drains
Subsection 68-2.02FPermeable Material
Section 70 Miscellaneous Drainage Facilities
Section 73
Concrete Curbs And Sidewalks Subsection
73-1.03 Construction
Section 75 Miscellaneous Metal
Subsection 75-1.02BFrames, Grates, and Covers
Section 90
Concrete
Subsection 90-1.03BCuring Concrete
Subsection 90-2 Minor Concrete
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
To validate that specified final elevations have been provided, the Contractor shall provide to the City applicable grade certificates. No separate payment will be made for providing such certification; all cost therefore shall be included in the payment for various work item(s) requiring certification.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
B. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 013300, Contractor Submittals.
C. Complete data on pipe, fittings, linings, coatings, and manufacturer's installation instructions.
D. Test data on tests performed shall be provided as requested by the Engineer.
E. The Contractor shall furnish the results of all tests as specified in ASTM C76 and as indicated herein.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 480
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-163 Project No. C9416-22
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION
All materials to be furnished and installed and required to complete the work shall be new and as herein specified. Any deviations from the specifications must be approved, in writing, by the City Engineer prior to such materials being installed or otherwise used in the work.
A. PIPE
All sanitary sewer mains shall be constructed of extra strength Vitrified Clay Pipe.
All sanitary sewer laterals shall be constructed of an approved material per the City of San Carlos Standard Details. Joints and fittings shall conform to City Standard Specifications for Public Works Constructions. Joints shall be Type G (Bell and Spigot), unless such connection is prohibited, then banded rubber couplings equipped with stainless steel shear bands can be used only with prior authorization from the City.
Ductile iron pipe with Protecto 401 shall be used where cover from top of pipe to surface is less than 3.5 feet for mains and 3 feet for laterals.
Use of alternative pipe material such as PVC, composite pipe, high density polyethylene, etc. shall only be considered to solve specialized problems and only on a case by case basis.
a. Vitrified Clay Pipe (VCP) shall be extra strength manufactured in accordance with ASTM C700.
b. All ductile iron pipe, fittings and accessories used to convey sanitary sewage shall be minimum Class 50, ceramic epoxy lined, polyethylene encased and push-on joint pipe. Rubber gaskets shall be used in conformance to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
c. Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe and fitting shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation D 3034- as they apply to Type SDR 26 PVC sewer pipe using an Elastomeric Gasket Joint in a bell and spigot assembly system. PVC pipe entering or leaving a manhole shall have a rubber sealing gasket, as supplied by the pipe manufacturer, firmly sealed perpendicular to the pipe axis around the pipe exterior. The sealing gasket shall be cast into the manhole base near the center of the manhole wall as a water stop. The sealing gasket may also consist of a manhole coupling with rubber sealing rings cast into the structure base.
d. High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) shall be meet cell classification 345434C per ASTM D3350; and meeting Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34 per ASTM D1238. The pipe shall have a minimum dimensional ratio (DR) 17 and sized using Iron Pipe Size (IPS) sizing method. P
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 481
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-164 Project No. C9416-22
B. Manholes
Manholes shall be constructed in accordance with the City of San Carlos Standard details.
a. Joints in the precast riser sections, at the concentriccone, and at the manhole base shall be sealed utilizing Ram-Nek Joint Compound or approved equal. After setting of precast sections, the manhole shall be allowed to settle for twenty-four (24) hours, minimum. After the settling period has elapsed, all interior and exterior joints shall be finished with a mortar coating.
b. Maximum manhole spacing shall be 300 feet. The minimum manhole opening shall be 30 inches. All manhole covers shall have cast into them “City of San Carlos.” All manholes shall be H-20 load rated.
c. Clean Outs: Clean Outs shall be constructed in accordance with the City of San Carlos Standard Details
C. MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
a. Manhole frames and covers shall be Phoenix Model P-1090, as manufactured by Phoenix Iron Works, Second and Castro Streets, Oakland, California 94604, or approved equal, and stamped “SANITARY SEWER”, and shall conform to the City of San Carlos Standards.
D. Service Laterals
a. Service Laterals and their connections to sewer mains shall be in accordance with the City of San Carlos Standard Details.
E. Connections
a. Lateral connections shall be wye branch (no combos). Saddle wyes may be allowed on a case-by-case basis. Tee connections will not be allowed unless diameter of main is greater than three times the diameter of the lateral.
F. Backflow Prevention Device
a. A backflow prevention device may be installed when the connection to the building is at a lower elevation than that of the City’s mainline system.
3.1 TESTING
A. Exfiltration/Infiltration Testing
Sewer pipe joints and manholes shall be so watertight that leaking into the sewer by groundwater infiltration shall not exceed 0.039 gallons per minute, per inch diameter, per one thousand feet (1,000') of main line sewer and sewer laterals
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 482
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-165 Project No. C9416-22
being tested. Prior to testing for leakage, backfill trench up to at least lower half of the pipe. When necessary to prevent pipeline movement during testing, place additional backfill around pipe sufficient to prevent movement but leaving joints uncovered to permit inspection. The measure of the infiltration shall be defined as the exfiltration out of the pipeline when the lower end is plugged at the manhole and the upper end is filled at a manhole so as to create a hydrostatic head in the line of a minimum four feet (4') and a maximum five feet (5') above the invert at the upper end of the line. If groundwater is encountered, the head above the invert of the pipe at the upper end of the line shall be increased so that the net hydrostatic head shall be a minimum of four feet (4') and a maximum of five feet (5'). The amount of exfiltration in one (1) hour measured through a water meter or other convenient device by bringing the water level back up to the starting level at the upper manhole shall determine the rate of exfiltration. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install the necessary and required plugs for the tests. The length of the laterals entering the section of main line being tested shall be included.
B. Vacuum Testing
As an alternative to manhole hydrostatic testing, the Inspector may allow the use of vacuum testing. A vacuum of 10” of mercury shall be drawn on the manhole, the valve on the vacuum line of the test hood closed and the vacuum pump shut off.
The manhole shall be deemed to have passed the test if the vacuum drop is less than 1” of mercury during a oneminute test period.
C. Air Testing
a. Air testing of sewer mains may be allowed in lieu of exfiltration/ infiltration testing.
b. Air testing of vitrified clay pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM C-828, "Standard Test Methods for Low-Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines." Air testing of PVC pipe shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in the most current Uni-B-6 pamphlet, "Recommended Practice for Low-Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe" issued by the Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association or as per the pipe manufacturer's specifications. At the approval of the Engineer, air testing of HDPE pipe installed by pipe- reaming/HDD method may be in accordance with the most current Installation Test Standard IS-16 issued by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials.
D. CCTV Inspection
a. The Contractor shall perform a video inspection of the piping system and shall furnish the City with a copy of the video.
b. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Inspector to arrange for an acceptable time to conduct the inspection.
c. Defects discovered by the CCTV inspection shall be corrected and the line
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 483
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-166 Project No. C9416-22
re-inspected at the Contractor’s cost.
E. Acceptance
a. During the testing and flushing operation, a wire screen with a one-quarter of an inch (1/4") mesh or smaller shall be placed over the downstream outlet of the lower manhole to prevent any debris from being washed into the existing sewer system.
b. In no case shall the CONTRACTOR place the newly constructed sewer in operation without the approval of the Engineer.
c. In the event that infiltration or leakage exceeds the limits indicated above, the CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, immediately proceed to make necessary repairs, and no further payment shall be allowed, nor shall the project be finally accepted, until the tests indicate that the entire project meets the above requirements.
d. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the necessary pumps, water, labor, equipment and materials and shall assist the Engineer in making tests of the completed sewerage project before the system is placed in operation or connected to other lines.
e. The Engineer shall designate the length or section of the sewer to be tested and may approve portions or the entire project without testing.
f. The Contractor shall have all sanitary sewer lines cleared by either mechanical or hydraulic balling before a video inspection is performed. A screen trap shall be installed at the downstream manhole of the line to be cleared to prevent debris from entering existing mains.
g. The Contractor shall pay for all associated testing costs.
h. All defects and leaks noted shall be corrected by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the City.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 484
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-167 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 334000 – STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work may include construction, modification, and/or installation of storm drain pipes, storm drain manholes, catch basins, drop inlets, storm drain structures, junction boxes, and appurtenances in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
D. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM International): ASTM A36/A36M-08 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon- Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C76-13 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe.
ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement
ASTM C361-12 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low Head Pressure Pipe.
ASTM D2241-09 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series)
ASTM D2244-11 Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally
Measured Color Coordinates
ASTM D2672 -96a(2009) Standard Specification for Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement
ASTM D3139-98(2011) Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 485
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-168 Project No. C9416-22
ASTM D 3350-12 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials
F. State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications (SS):
Section 52 Reinforcement
Subsection 52-1.02 Materials
Section 65 Concrete Pipes
Subsection 65-2.02EJoints
Subsection 65-2.03DLaying Pipe
Section 66 Corrugated Metal Pipe
Subsection 66-1.02FCorrugated Aluminum Pipe
Subsection 66-1.03 Construction
Section 68 Subsurface Drains
Subsection 68-2.02FPermeable Material
Section 70 Miscellaneous Drainage Facilities
Section 73 Concrete Curbs And Sidewalks Subsection
73-1.03 Construction
Section 75 Miscellaneous Metal
Subsection 75-1.02BFrames, Grates, and Covers
Section 90 Concrete
Subsection 90-1.03BCuring Concrete
Subsection 90-2 Minor Concrete
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
To validate that specified final elevations have been provided, the Contractor shall provide to the City applicable grade certificates. No separate payment will be made for providing such certification; all cost therefore shall be included in the payment for various work item(s) requiring certification.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
3.1.1 Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 486
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-169 Project No. C9416-22
3.1.2 Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 013300, Contractor Submittals.
3.1.3 Complete data on pipe, fittings, linings, coatings, and manufacturer's installation instructions.
3.1.4 Test data on tests performed shall be provided as requested by the Engineer.
3.1.5 The Contractor shall furnish the results of all tests as specified in ASTM C76 and as indicated herein.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE
Minor Concrete: Conform to SS Section 90 and Subsection 90-2 unless shown otherwise on Drawings. Portland cement Type II Modified shall be in conformance with ASTM C150.
2.2 CEMENT MORTAR
Cement mortar composed of 1 part Portland Cement and 2 parts sand by volume shall conform to SS Section 65-2.02E, "Joints”.
2.3 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Precast storm drain manholes shall conform to SS Section 70, "Miscellaneous Drainage Facilities" and City of San Carlos Standard Detail No.11. Steps or rungs shall not be allowed in manholes. Storm drain precast manhole sections shall be jointed by sealing compounds like "RAM-NEK" or "ADEKA ULTRA SEAL". Grout used for the manhole shall be as specified in Section 333600, "Grout." Manhole base shall be Cast-In-Place unless specifically indicated in the contract documents and drawings or directed by the City Engineer. Concrete for manhole base shall be 6sack with a 4,000 psi rating.
Cement used in manufacturing the sections for storm drain manholes shall be Type V portland cement as specified in ASTM C 150.
Manhole Seals: The Contractor shall provide external joint seals and riser seals for all manholes, in addition to the preformed plastic sealing gaskets used between each barrel, cone or grade ring section. External joint seals for the barrel and cone sections shall be an external rubber sleeve, Infi-Shield Seal Wrap, or equal. The seal shall be made of ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) rubber with a maximum thickness of 60 mils. Each unit shall have a 2-inch wide mastic strip on the top and bottom edge of the rubber wrap. The mastic shall be non-hardening butyl rubber sealant, with a minimum thickness of 1/4 inch. The seal shall be designed to prevent leakage of water into the manhole.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 487
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-170 Project No. C9416-22
2.4 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be Phoenix Model P-1090, as manufactured by Phoenix Iron Works, Second and Castro Streets, Oakland, California 94604, or approved equal, and stamped "STORM DRAIN, and shall conform to the City of San Carlos Standards.
2.5 REINFORCING BAR
Reinforcing bars shall be Grade 60 in conformance with ASTM A615, SS Section 52-1.02, "Materials", and ACI 318.
2.6 CATCH BASIN FRAMES AND GRATES
Frames and grates for catch basins shall be fabricated from structural steel conforming to ASTM A36, galvanized, and in accordance with SS Section 751.02B, "Frames, Grates, and Covers", and in accordance with City of San Carlos Standard Details.
2.7 PRECAST CATCH BASINS AND DROP INLETS
A. For alternate construction, Contractor may use precast drainage box like "CHRISTY" U43, or "SANTA ROSA" Type G0, or approved equal.
B. Inlets within bioretention shall be Jensen Precast or approved equal.
Frames and grates for storm drain inlets shall be bold-able to frame. Frame and grate shall e of the same manufacturer as the pre-cast inlet and shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
a. Precast storm drain inlets shall be constructed using Type II or Type V cement.
C. Precast storm drain inlets frame and grate shall be in conformance with:
a. Frames and grates for storm water inlets shall be heavy duty (HS -20 Traffic Loading) in vehicle traffic areas and light duty for non-traffic areas. Grate shall be boltable to frame, ADA -approved, designed for bicycle use and hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Frame and grate or cover plate shall be of the same manufacturer as the pre -cast inlet and shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication.
b. Frames and grates for side opening field storm water inlets shall be light duty grate and shall be bolted to frame, hot dipped galvanized after fabrication.
C. All inlets shall have a “Drains to Creek” metal marker applied to the top of the inlet.
2.8 PLASTIC PIPE
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 488
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-171 Project No. C9416-22
C. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) of 12” and above and classifications shown on the plans and shall conform to applicable requirements of ASTM D 2241, ASTM D 2672, and ASTM D 3139.
Plastic pipe shall be PVC C900 Class 150.
D. Solid wall polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and fittings for sizes 4-inch through 10- inch shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3034, SDR 26, cell classification 12454-B or 12454-C.
E. Plastic underdrain for the bioretention areas shall be smooth perforated polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and fittings for sizes 4-inch through 10-inch shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3034, SDR 35, cell classification 12454-B or 12454-C
Each pipe and fitting shall be marked at the plant. Marking shall include size or diameter and class of pipe or fittings, manufacturer’s identification, and date of manufacture, plus other information required for each type of pipe.
2.9 WARNING TAPE AND TRACER WIRE:
Installation shall be in accordance with City Standard Drawings.
Warning Tape shall be 3-inch wide “Green” color for with an overall minimum thickness of 6 mil and a solid aluminum foil core with minimum thickness of 3 mil.
The solid foil core shall be encased between two clear layers of 100% virgin polypropylene or polyethylene film. Warning Tape shall be permanently printed on both sides with a repeating warning “Caution: STORM PIPE BELOW” at maximum interval of 2 feet. Warning Tape shall be placed 1 foot above the top of pipe.
Tracer wire shall be 8 AWG Solid Copper conductor with a 45 mil thick, high density, high molecular weight polyethylene (HDPE) insulation and rated for 600 volts. Insulation shall be RoHS compliant and utilize virgin grade material. Jacket shall be “Green” color for storm drain utilities application. Tracer wire should be placed in the same orientation to all installed pipe, and taped to the pipe using a spacer every 8-10 feet on top of the pipe.
2.10 PIPE BEDDING
Pipe bedding shall be place in accordance with City Technical Specifications and City Standard Drawing. Unless otherwise specified, pipe bedding for storm main shall be ¾” drain rock.
2.11 BACKFILL MATERIALS
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 489
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-172 Project No. C9416-22
A. Unless otherwise specified, trench backfill material and backfill requirements shall be as provided under City Technical Specifications and City Standard Drawings and Section 332315, "Excavation and Backfill”.
B. Initial backfill material for ground areas saturated by water shall be granular material, clean and free of clay, silt or organic matter, and shall be Class 1, Type B, conforming to the requirements of SS Section 68-2.02F, “Permeable Material".
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 CATCH BASINS AND DROP INLETS
A. Catch basins and drop inlets shall be constructed or modified at the location and of the type indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall be verified on the site by the Contractor.
B. Catch basins and drop inlets shall be concrete structures and shall be fitted with frames and grates, as shown on applicable City Standard Drawings for the specified type of structure.
C. Upon completion, in accordance with City Standards, curbs adjacent to the catch basin shall be labeled with "No Dumping, Flows to Ocean/Bay".
3.2 CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Concrete structures shall be either cast in place or precast units and shall be installed in conformance with Section SS 90-2, "Minor Concrete,". Concrete structures shall not be plastered.
3.3 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES
A. Manholes shall be constructed at the location and of the type indicated on the plans.
B. Manhole base shall be cast-in place. Manhole sections shall be precast concrete units conforming to Section 70-1.02H, "Precast Concrete Structures", of the State Specifications, and constructed in accordance with applicable City Standard Drawings.
C. Manhole frames and covers shall not be set to final grade until the pavement has been completed. Frame and cover shall be set and adjusted to grade after final paving. The street cut in asphalt concrete pavement shall be circular and paving around the manhole shall be in accordance with the Drawings. Openings in manholes shall be protected from construction loads, debris, and unauthorized entry.
D. Manhole sections shall be set so as to be vertical with sections in true
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 490
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-173 Project No. C9416-22
alignment. The joint of the previously set section shall be clean and covered with preformed joint sealant before the next section is placed. The joint material shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations.
Vertical walls for storm drain junction structures shall not be segmented.
E. All manhole castings shall be raised to new grade by bricks, and mortar and/or PreCast Grade Rings in compliance with these specifications, as outlined for a new casting, after street paving has been replaced.
3.4 MATERIALS STORAGE
A. Store materials in a manner that will not be a hazard to traffic or to the public in general, will not obstruct access to adjacent property, or will not obstruct other contractors working in the area.
B. Store all rubber gaskets in a cool, well-ventilated place and do not expose to the direct rays of the sun. Do not allow contact with oils, fuels, petroleum, or solvents.
3.5 PIPE HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION
A. During loading, transportation, unloading, storage, and laying, every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the pipe, linings, and coatings. Trucks, trailers, or railway cars used for transporting coated pipe shall be provided with bolsters between each layer of pipe curved to fit the outside of the pipe.
B. Lifting of pipe during unloading shall be done using two slings placed at the quarter points of the pipe sections. Pipe may be lifted into the trench using one sling near the center of the pipe, provided the pipe is guided to prevent uncontrolled swinging and no damage will result to the pipe or h arm to the workmen. The slings shall bear uniformly against the pipe. When not being handled, the pipe shall be supported on timber cradles or on properly prepared ground, graded to eliminate all rock points and to provide uniform support along the full le ngth. If any unit of pipe is, in the opinion of the Engineer, damaged beyond repair, it shall be removed from the site of the Work and replaced with another unit. Position slings away from joints.
C. Pipe and fittings shall not be stored on rocks or gravel, or other hard material that might damage the pipe or lining and coating. No pipe shall be allowed to rest on the bell end of the pipe or pipe joint. This shall include storage areas and along the pipe trench.
D. Heavy canvas or nylon slings of suitable strength shall be used for lifting and supporting materials; do not use chains or cables.
E. Each pipe and fitting shall be carefully inspected before installation. The interior and exterior shall be inspected, and all damaged areas patched in the field with material equal to the original. Any pipe or coating system that is, in the opinion
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 491
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-174 Project No. C9416-22
of the Engineer, damaged beyond repair, shall not be used and shall be removed from the site. Clean ends of pipe thoroughly. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of pipe and keep clean during and after installation.
F. Use proper implements, tools, and facilities for the safe and proper protection and installation of the pipe. Carefully handle pipe in such a manner as to avoid any physical damage to the pipe. Do not drop or dump pipe into trenches under any circumstances.
3.6 PREPARATION OF TRENCH
A. Line and Grade for Main:
1. For pipelines intended to be straight, do not deviate more than 1/2 inch from line or 1/4 inch from grade, provided that finished pipeline will present a uniform bore, and such variation does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert, or less than minimum slope. Measure for grade at the pipe invert, not at the top of the pipe.
2. Grade the bottom of the trench by hand to the line and grade to which the pipe is to be laid, with proper allowance for pipe thickness and pipe base. Remove hard spots that would prevent a uniform thickness of bedding. Before laying each section of the pip e, check the grade with a straightedge and correct any irregularities found. The trench bottom shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for the pipe barrel between bell holes.
3. Bedding material under the pipe shall be compacted in 8-inch maximum lifts to the required minimum compacted required in Section 332315, "Excavation and Backfill." If, during pipe installation, a pipe section is found to be at an incorrect grade, the secti on shall be removed and the base regraded to the proper elevation.
B. Bell (Joint) Holes: At the location of each joint, dig bell (joint) holes of ample dimensions in the bottom of the trench and at the sides as required to permit the joint to be made properly, and to permit easy visual inspection of the entire joint and checking the gasket with a feeler gauge.
C. Removal of Water: The trench shall be kept dry until the pipe laying is completed and the pipe zone material is installed.
3.7 PREPARING PIPE FOR TRENCH
A. Inspect each pipe and fitting before the pipe and/or fitting is lowered into the trench.
B. Damaged portions of pipe, coating, or lining shall be cleaned and repaired by experienced personnel, so that the pipe is equal to the original. Manufacturer's recommendations for repairs shall be followed.
C. Wipe the joints of pipe, fittings, and appurtenances clean of all dirt, grease, and
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 492
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-175 Project No. C9416-22
foreign matter before the pipe is lowered into trench.
D. Plug or close off pipes that are stubbed off for access structures (such as manholes) for connection by others with temporary, watertight plugs.
3.8 LAYING PIPE
A. Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade, with spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow.
B. All pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and these Specifications.
C. No pipe shall be laid in water or when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable.
1. Joining Pipe: Assemble joint in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. Remove all foreign material from the pipe and spigot area before the next pipe is placed. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that snugly fitted, tightly woven, canvas bags be placed over each end before lowering the pipe. The bags shall be left in place until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operations, keep debris, tools, clothing, or other materials out of the pipe.
E. Take all precautions necessary to prevent the "uplift" or floating of the line prior to completion of backfilling operations.
3.9 PIPE CONNECTION
A. Pipe connection to existing manhole shall be made in such a manner that the finish work conforms to the applicable requirements specified for new manholes, including all necessary concrete work, cutting and shaping.
B. No pipe ends shall protrude into the manhole or junction structure. No bell section of the pipe shall be placed into the manhole or junction structure wall.
C. Structure backfill and compaction shall be as specified in Section 332315, "Excavation and Backfill."
3.10 PERMISSIBLE DEFLECTION AT JOINTS
A. Deflection of pipe joints is not permitted without prior written approval of the Engineer. Where it is approved by the Engineer to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane, do not exceed 50 percent of the amount of deflection recommended by the pipe or coupling manufacturer and as reviewed by the Engineer.
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 493
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-176 Project No. C9416-22
3.11 PIPE ZONE MATERIAL
A. Particular attention must be given to the area of the pipe zone from the flow line to the centerline of the pipe to ensure that firm support is obtained to prevent any lateral movement of the pipe during the final backfilling of the pipe zone.
3.12 STORM DRAIN CLEANING
A. Prior to final acceptance remove all accumulated construction debris, rocks, gravel, sand, silt, and other foreign material from the system at or near the closest downstream manhole. If necessary, use mechanical rodding or bucketing equipment. The Contractor shall provide CCTV reports and videotape depicting the condition of the newly installed pipe.
B. Upon Engineer's final manhole -to-manhole (structure-to-structure) inspection of the system, if any foreign matter is still present in the system, re-flush and clean the sections and portions of the lines as required.
C. No separate or direct payment will be made for the work covered under this section of the specifications, and all costs in connection therewith will be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
3.13 TESTING
A. The Contractor shall perform a video inspection of the piping system and shall furnish the City with a copy of the video.
B. The Contractor shall have all storm drain lines cleared by either mechanical or hydraulic balling before a video inspection is performed. A screen trap shall be installed at the downstream manhole of the line to be cleared to prevent debris from entering existing mains.
C. The Contractor shall pay for all associated testing costs.
D. All defects and leaks noted shall be corrected by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the City.
E. As an alternative to manhole hydrostatic testing, the Inspector may allow the use of vacuum testing. A vacuum of 10” of mercury shall be drawn on the manhole, the valve on the vacuum line of the test hood closed and the vacuum pump shut off. The manhole shall be deemed to have passed the test if the vacuum drop is less than 1” of mercury during a oneminute test period.
3.14 ABANDONMENT OF STORM DRAIN PIPES AND MANHOLES
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 494
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-177 Project No. C9416-22
A. Twelve-inch (12") and larger storm drain pipes to be abandoned shall be plugged and filled with slurry mixture containing a minimum of two (2) sacks of Type II cement per cubic yard of mixture.
B. Filling with slurry shall be accomplished by pumping or gravity, and will be checked by comparing the volume of the pipe with the volume of mixture used. If the volume is more than 10 percent (10%) greater than the actual volume of slurry used, the Contractor shall excavate two (2) or more exploratory holes where directed by the Engineer, and shall do all work necessary to satisfactorily fill any encountered voids.
C. Ten-inch (10") and smaller pipes to be abandoned shall be plugged at both ends with a mortar plug not less than twelve inches (12") in length.
D. Manholes to be abandoned shall have their cones removed, backfilled with slurry, or native material compacted to ninety-five percent (95%) relative compaction. Frames and covers not to be reused shall be delivered to the City.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 495
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-178 Project No. C9416-22
SECTION 344133 – PEDESTRIAN WARNING LIGHTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. PEDESTRIAN WARNING LIGHTS consists of furnishing transportation, labor, materials, and equipment to:
1. Wire components including solar panel, push button, control panel, and battery together.
2. Mount separate pedestrian push button to pole and trench wire connection to Rapid Rectangular Flashing Beacon unit.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (current edition):
• California Regulatory Signs:
W16-7
S1-1
R62E(CA)
• Pushbutton Location Area Figure 4E-3/4E-4
B. Caltrans Standard Details
• Section 86-1.02U
• ES-7A
• ES-7B
• ES-7M
• ES-11
C. Carmanah SC315 Solar User Manual
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect the manufacture or fabrication. The Engineer's inspection of the work does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the work. Errors or faults that are discovered during fabrication shall be corrected by the Contractor prior to installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. 1B Pole:
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 496
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-179 Project No. C9416-22
1. Conform to Caltrans ES-7B
B. Push Button Post:
1. Conform to Caltrans ES-7A
C. Push Button Assembles
1. made of die-cast aluminum, permanent mold-cast aluminum, or UV-stabilized self-extinguishing structural plastic
2. APS Type
3. 2-Wire or 4-Wire
4. Touchless Activation
5. LED Activation
6. Audible Speaker to Indicate Activation
7. Box Painted Yellow
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Signage shall be complete for proper installation as shown on project plans and user manual.
B. Finished work shall be firm, well anchored, in true alignment, properly squared, with smooth clean uniform appearance, without holes, cracks, discoloration, distortion, stains, or marks
C. Construct work to eliminate burrs, dents, cutting edges, and sharp corners.
D. Except as indicated or directed otherwise, finish all surfaces smooth
E. Surfaces which are intended to be flat shall be without dents, bulges, oil canning, gaps, or other physical deformities
F. Surfaces which are intended to be curved shall be smoothly free-flowing to required shapes
G. Conceal all fasteners
H. Make access panels tight-fitting, light proof, and flush with adjacent surfaces
I. Carefully follow manufacturer’s recommended fabricating procedures regarding expansion or contraction, fastening, and restraining of acrylic plastic
J. Exercise care to ensure that painted, polished, and plated surfaces are unblemished in the finished work
K. Isolate dissimilar materials. Exercise particular care to isolate nonferrous metals from ferrous metals
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 497
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-180 Project No. C9416-22
L. All illumination shall be even and without hot spots
M. Ease all exposed metal edges.
N. Provide miscellaneous metal items required for completion of the work even though not shown or specified
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Guard against damaging existing pavements and planting where signage is to be installed.
B. Mount each light bar per manufacturer standards, mount pedestrian activated push buttons per MUTCD standards
C. Set up flash duration time per push button activation
D. For any pole foundation installations, sonotubes shall be used as necessary for protection of any existing utilities. Compensation for this work shall be included in the various other items of work and no separate payment will be made therefor.
3.2 CLEAN UP
A. Keep areas of work clean, neat and orderly at all times. Clean surfaces, inside and out. Use approved cleaners if necessary to remove dirt.
B. Protective coverings and strippable films shall be removed at a time that will afford the greatest protection of the signage. Surfaces shall be cleaned to remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances.
C. Upon completion of work and before final acceptance, remove tools, surplus materials, apparatus, and debris from the site. Leave the site in a neat, and clean condition. Wash, clean, and leave paved areas without stains.
3.3 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Upon completion of work, a final inspection for acceptance will be performed by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 498
Technical Specifications San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements - Phase 3 Page TP-181 Project No. C9416-22
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
8.i
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 499
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3
1.ALL MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL FULLY CONFORM WITH THESPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, AND ORDINANCES OF THE CITY OF SANCARLOS. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS ARE AVAILABLE IN THEOFFICE OF THE CITY ENGINEER.2.THE OFFICE OF PUBLIC WORKS INSPECTION SHALL BE NOTIFIED AT LEAST 72HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ANY WORK.3.IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE THEEXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES. THE UNDERGROUNDCONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY UTILITY COMPANIES AT LEAST 48 HOURS INADVANCE OF CONSTRUCTION TO FIELD LOCATE UTILITIES. CONTACTUNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT AT 800-227-2600.4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY FIELD CHANGESMADE WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM THE CITY ENGINEER.5.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE TRAFFIC CONTROLS & SHALLSUBMIT A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN6.ALL EXISTING UTILITIES AND PRIVATE IMPROVEMENTS THAT BECOMEDAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE COMPLETELY RESTORED TOTHE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER, AT CONTRACTOR'S SOLEEXPENSE.7.THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERALLYACCEPTED CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BEREQUIRED TO ASSUME SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR JOB SITECONDITIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT,INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY AND THAT THISREQUIREMENT SHALL BE MADE TO APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT JUSTDURING NORMAL WORKING HOURS.8.EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE ADEQUATELY SHORED, BRACED AND SHEETED SOTHAT THE EARTH WILL NOT SLIDE OR SETTLE AND SO THAT ALL EXISTINGIMPROVEMENTS OF ANY KIND WILL BE FULLY PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE.ANY DAMAGE RESULTING FROM A LACK OF ADEQUATE SHORING, BRACING ORSHEETING, SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALLMAKE NECESSARY REPAIRS OR RECONSTRUCTION AT CONTRACTOR OWNEXPENSE.WHERE THE EXCAVATION FOR A CONDUIT TRENCH, AND/ORSTRUCTURE IS FOUR FEET OR MORE IN DEPTH, THE CONTRACTOR SHALLPROVIDE ADEQUATE SHEETING, SHORING AND BRACING OR EQUIVALENTMETHOD, FOR THE PROTECTION OF LIFE, OR LIMB, WHICH SHALL CONFORMTO THE APPLICABLE CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS OF THE DIVISION OFINDUSTRIAL SAFETY OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLALWAYS COMPLY WITH OSHA REQUIREMENTS.9.SHOULD IT APPEAR THAT THE WORK TO BE DONE, OR ANY MATTER RELATIVETHERETO, IS NOT SUFFICIENTLY DETAILED OR EXPLAINED ON THESE PLANS,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ENGINEER FOR SUCH FURTHEREXPLANATIONS AS MAY BE NECESSARY.10.EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN SERVICE AND IN PLACE BY THECONTRACTOR DURING CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN.11.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL MONUMENTS.12.ALL USA MARKINGS TO BE REMOVED AT END OF CONSTRUCTION.
GENERAL NOTES:
CITY OF SAN CARLOSSAN CARLOS AVENUE PEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENT - PHASE 3(C1806)SHEET INDEX:
ABAGGREGATE BASEACASPHALT CONCRETEACPASBESTOS CEMENT PIPEAT&TAMERICAN TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPHBCBEGIN CURVE, BOTTOM OF CURBBWBACK OF WALKC CURVEC&G CURB & GUTTERCDFCONTROLLED DENSITY FILLCICAST IRONCLCENTERLINECMPCORRUGATED METAL PIPECOMCOMMUNICATIONCONCCONCRETECYCUBIC YARDDIDRAIN INLETDIFFDIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN NEW & EXDWYDRIVEWAYEELECTRICAL, EASTINGECEDGE OF CONCRETE, END CURVEEPEDGE OF PAVEMENTEXEXISTINGFDACFULL DEPTH ASPHALT CONCRETEFGFINISH GRADEFHFIRE HYDRANTFLFLOW LINEFOFIBER OPTICSFSFIRE SERVICEFWFACE OF WALKGGASGBGRADE BREAKHDPEHIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPEHPHIGH POINTHVHIGH VOLTAGEHYDFIRE HYDRANTINVINVERTIRRIRRIGATIONJPJOINT POLELLEFT, LINE, LENGTHLFLINEAR FEETLPLOW POINTLTLEFTMHMANHOLEMISCMISCELLANEOUSMON, MMONUMENT
MWMONITORING WELLNNORTHINGOCON-CENTEROH OVERHEAD UTILITY LINEPBPACIFIC BELLPCCPORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETEPEPOLYETHYLENEPG&EPACIFIC GAS & ELECTRICPIPPROTECT IN PLACEPLPLASTICPOCPOINT OF CONNECTIONPTPOINTPVCPOLYVINYL CHLORIDERRADIUS, RIGHTRCRELATIVE COMPACTIONRCPREINFORCED CONCRETE PIPEREHABREHABILITATIONRTRIGHTR/WRIGHT OF WAYSSOUTHSDSTORM DRAINSDMHSTORM DRAIN MANHOLESDRSTANDARD DIMENSION RATIOSFWSAN FRANCISCO WATERSLSTATION LINE, STREET LIGHTSMSURVEY MARKERSSSANITARY SEWERSSCOSANITARY SEWER CLEANOUTSSMHSANITARY SEWER MANHOLESTASTATIONSTDSTANDARDSWSIDEWALKTCTOP OF CURBTELTELEPHONE, TELECOMTFLTHEORETICAL FLOW LINETTCTHEORETICAL TOP OF CURBTYPTYPICALUTUTILITYVCPVITRIFIED CLAY PIPEW, WTRWATERWMWATER METERWVWATER VALVEWWWELDED WRAP ABBREVIATIONS:
1C1.1COVER SHEET2C2.1DEMOLITION PLAN3C2.2DEMOLITION PLAN4C2.3DEMOLITION PLAN5C3.1GRADING PLAN6C3.2GRADING PLAN7C3.3GRADING PLAN8C4.1IMPROVEMENT PLAN9C4.2IMPROVEMENT PLAN10C4.3IMPROVEMENT PLAN11C5.1CROSS SECTIONS12C5.2CROSS SECTIONS13C5.3CROSS SECTIONS14C5.4CROSS SECTIONS15C5.5CROSS SECTIONS16C5.6CROSS SECTIONS17C6.1CIVIL DETAILS18C6.2CIVIL DETAILS19C6.3CIVIL DETAILS20C6.4CIVIL DETAILS21C6.5CIVIL DETAILS22C6.6CIVIL DETAILS23C6.7CIVIL DETAILS24C7.1SIGNING & STRIPING PLAN25C7.2SIGNING & STRIPING PLAN26C7.3SIGNING & STRIPING PLAN27C8.1CONSTRUCTION BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES28L1.0IRRIGATION PLAN29L1.1IRRIGATION PLAN30L1.2IRRIGATION PLAN31L2.0PLANTING PLAN32L2.1PLANTING PLAN33L2.2PLANTING PLAN34L3.0LANDSCAPE DETAILS35L3.1LANDSCAPE DETAILS36L3.2LANDSCAPE DETAILS
SHEET NUMBERDESCRIPTION
1 C1.1
COVERSHEET LOCATION MAP:NTS
VICINITY MAP:NTS
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
WORK HOURS - SAN CARLOS AVENUE (ARTERIAL)·MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY 9:00AM TO 3:00PM W
W
W
W
WWWWW
8" AC
6" CI
4" CI
8" AC
GGG
GGGGGGG
G
4"
4"
4"
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
27" RCP
OH
OH
OHOH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
ATT SSSS
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
SS8" UNK8" VCP
6" VCP6" PEGGG
GGGG
GGGGG
GGGG
GGGG
GGGGG
GGGG
WWWW
WWWWSS
G
G
G
G
G
GGG
GGGGGGGG
G
G
G
WW
GGGG
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
WWW
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT 2324
2330
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
2342
2350
10 3
XXXXXXX
XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
TVTV
XXXXXXX
EP
EPECECEC
P1P2M1P5
M2R9M1P5P5P6P6
M2
P2
P6
R1R1
R1
R3R1
R3R3 P1
P1
R1
R1R1R1
M6
M9M6
M8
R1
R1M8M8
M10 M4P12
P6M10P6
P7
P10P10
P9P12P12
M9
M11
M5R8M12
R9
R9R9R9
R9
M9
P19P17
P12P12P12
M11P2
R11
R9R9
P10
M9
P19
P7R14
R14
R2
BEGINEND
BEGIN
BEGINEND
END
BEGIN
BEGIN
ENDBEGINEND
END
BEGIN
(TYP)
(TYP)(TYP)
(TYP)
(TYP)(TYP)
(TYP)
(TYP)1C6.62C6.6 19C6.6
BEGIN
END
ENDBEGIN
P10
P10
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:PPROTECT IN PLACEP1PROTECT IN PLACE POLEP2PROTECT IN PLACE SSCO RREMOVE, SALVAGE, AND/OR RELOCATER1REMOVE CONCRETE CURB & GUTTERR2REMOVE RETAINING WALL/PLANTER WALLP3 PROTECT IN PLACE MAILBOXP4P5PROTECT IN PLACE RETAINING WALL/PLANTERP6P7P8P9 MMISCELLAENOUSM1SSCO - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM2M3RELOCATE MAILBOX TO BEHIND BW AS NECESSARYM4 LEGENDSAWCUT & REMOVE CONCRETE, BASE,SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEETGRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADEAPPROXIMATE LIMIT OF ROW REMOVE LANDSCAPE, SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE ASNECESSARY TO MEET GRADES REQUIRED FORDESIGN SUBGRADE REMOVE ASPHALT CONCRETE, BASE, SUBSOIL.EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEET GRADESREQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADE SALVAGE DRIVEWAY PAVERS. COORDINATE WITHPROPERTY OWNER & CITY FOR TREATMENT. REMOVEBASE, SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEETGRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADESAWCUT & REMOVE DRIVEWAY CONCRETE, BASE,SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEETGRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADE 2" AC GRIND. SEE GRADES ON GRADING PLAN
PROTECT IN PLACE WATER METERPROTECT IN PLACE UTILITY BOX/ VALVE
PROTECT IN PLACE CURB
WATER METER - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
PROTECT IN PLACE PLANTS/LANDSCAPEPROTECT IN PLACE FENCE UTILITY BOX - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM5TRIM TREE - COORDINATE WITH CITY ON ARBORIST RECOMMENDATIONS SAWCUT & REMOVE RETAINING WALL, PLANTERWALL, BASE, SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARYTO MEET GRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGNSUBGRADE R3REMOVE AC BERM
P10PROTECT IN PLACE SIGN POST
R4REMOVE FENCE
P11PROTECT IN PLACE AREA DRAIN
M6SEWER MANHOLE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM7STORM MANHOLE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM8WATER VALVE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM9GAS VALVE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSSAWCUT & REMOVE DRIVEWAY AC, BASE, SUBSOIL.EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEET GRADESREQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADE P13PROTECT IN PLACE STAIRCASE
M10AREA DRAIN - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R5REMOVE/SALVAGE VEGETATION/WOODEN WALL/ROCKWALL/PLANTER BOX TO INSTALL SIDEWALK P12PROTECT IN PLACE ROOF DRAIN/WALL DRAIN/BUBBLE UP
P14
R6REMOVE WHEELSTOP
P15PROTECT IN PLACE TREE. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FORLOCATIONS OF TREE PROTECTION FENCINGP16PROTECT IN PLACE DRAIN INLET R7REMOVE PUSH BUTTON
PROTECT IN PLACE LIGHTING/IRRIGATION
P17PROTECT IN PLACE UTILITY PAD
R8REMOVE TREE
M11SALVAGE PLANTER
R9REMOVE SIGN & POST - SEE STRIPING PLANS
M12ATT MANHOLE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R10
M13AREA DRAIN - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R11R12SALVAGE LIGHTING/IRRIGATION. SEE IRRIGATION PLANS FORPRE-CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OPERATIONAL TESTINGR13R14REMOVE VERTICAL CURBRELOCATE DETECTOR HANDHOLE
REMOVE STORM DRAIN CURB INLET
P18P19PROTECT IN PLACE BOLLARDPROTECT IN PLACE DETECTOR HANDHOLE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH PROPERTY OWNER& CITY FOR TREATMENT WHEN SALVAGING MATERIAL.
REMOVE SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFYLOCATION OF MAIN, MAY ADJUST IN FIELD FROM LOCATION R15SALVAGE DECORATIVE BOULDERR16SALVAGE BRICK CURB
P20PROTECT IN PLACE PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON
M14DETECTOR LOOPS - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R17REMOVE SANITARY SEWER PIPE
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 MATCHLINE (STA 12+82.7):SEE SHEET C2.2
2C2.1
DEMOLITION PLAN
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
CHARLTONSTREET
BEVERLY DRIVE
GENERAL NOTES1. CONTRACTOR SHALL USA TO FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS ,ELEVATIONS, AND LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES,IMPROVEMENTS AND UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES. KNOWNEXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY THEENGINEER IF ANY OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURES,IMPROVEMENTS, OR UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES CONFLICTWITH THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION, AND WAIT FOR THEENGINEER'S DECISION PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF THE WORK.
LIMIT OFWORKLIMIT OFWORK
LIMIT OF WORK
WW6" CI8" AC
8" CI
GGGG
GGGG
4"
2"4"
4"
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
27" RCPOH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OHOHOH
6" VCP
6" VCP
GGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGG
GGGGGG
G
GGG
GGGGG
WWWWWW
WWWW
WW
SS
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
SSSSSSSSSSSS
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
GG
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
WW
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT 2228
2236
2244
2300
2308
2316
3 2
174.40 POST173.73 POST172.88 POST
XXXX
XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
EC ACEP
EC
EC
ACAC
ACAC
AC
P6M3M1M2
P6P6
M2M1M1 M3M3 P5P8P8
M2
P6M2P5P6
P6
P6P7
M1
R3R3 P1P1P1
R3R3
R1
R1
M13 M13R5P6M10
P7P13 P13R5R5 P12M1P12R6
P12P15
M13
M5 P2
R5R16
R16R5R5R5R5
M9 M8
R11M6
R11
R9
P10
M8P10R9
P8
END
BEGIN
END
BEGIN
BEGIN
END
(TYP)(TYP) BEGIN
END
BEGIN
ENDEND BEGIN
ENDBEGIN
ENDBEGIN
3C6.6
4C6.65C6.66C6.67C6.68C6.69C6.6 R17ENDR17BEGINR17ENDR17BEGIN CONSTRUCTION NOTES:PPROTECT IN PLACEP1PROTECT IN PLACE POLEP2PROTECT IN PLACE SSCO RREMOVE, SALVAGE, AND/OR RELOCATER1REMOVE CONCRETE CURB & GUTTERR2REMOVE RETAINING WALL/PLANTER WALLP3 PROTECT IN PLACE MAILBOXP4P5PROTECT IN PLACE RETAINING WALL/PLANTERP6P7P8P9 MMISCELLAENOUSM1SSCO - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM2M3RELOCATE MAILBOX TO BEHIND BW AS NECESSARYM4 LEGENDSAWCUT & REMOVE CONCRETE, BASE,SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEETGRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADEAPPROXIMATE LIMIT OF ROW REMOVE LANDSCAPE, SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE ASNECESSARY TO MEET GRADES REQUIRED FORDESIGN SUBGRADE REMOVE ASPHALT CONCRETE, BASE, SUBSOIL.EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEET GRADESREQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADE SALVAGE DRIVEWAY PAVERS. COORDINATE WITHPROPERTY OWNER & CITY FOR TREATMENT. REMOVEBASE, SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEETGRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADESAWCUT & REMOVE DRIVEWAY CONCRETE, BASE,SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEETGRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADE 2" AC GRIND. SEE GRADES ON GRADING PLAN
PROTECT IN PLACE WATER METERPROTECT IN PLACE UTILITY BOX/ VALVE
PROTECT IN PLACE CURB
WATER METER - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
PROTECT IN PLACE PLANTS/LANDSCAPEPROTECT IN PLACE FENCE UTILITY BOX - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM5TRIM TREE - COORDINATE WITH CITY ON ARBORIST RECOMMENDATIONS SAWCUT & REMOVE RETAINING WALL, PLANTERWALL, BASE, SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARYTO MEET GRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGNSUBGRADE R3REMOVE AC BERM
P10PROTECT IN PLACE SIGN POST
R4REMOVE FENCE
P11PROTECT IN PLACE AREA DRAIN
M6SEWER MANHOLE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM7STORM MANHOLE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM8WATER VALVE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM9GAS VALVE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSSAWCUT & REMOVE DRIVEWAY AC, BASE, SUBSOIL.EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEET GRADESREQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADE P13PROTECT IN PLACE STAIRCASE
M10AREA DRAIN - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R5REMOVE/SALVAGE VEGETATION/WOODEN WALL/ROCKWALL/PLANTER BOX TO INSTALL SIDEWALK P12PROTECT IN PLACE ROOF DRAIN/WALL DRAIN/BUBBLE UP
P14
R6REMOVE WHEELSTOP
P15PROTECT IN PLACE TREE. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FORLOCATIONS OF TREE PROTECTION FENCINGP16PROTECT IN PLACE DRAIN INLET R7REMOVE PUSH BUTTON
PROTECT IN PLACE LIGHTING/IRRIGATION
P17PROTECT IN PLACE UTILITY PAD
R8REMOVE TREE
M11SALVAGE PLANTER
R9REMOVE SIGN & POST - SEE STRIPING PLANS
M12ATT MANHOLE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R10
M13AREA DRAIN - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R11R12SALVAGE LIGHTING/IRRIGATION. SEE IRRIGATION PLANS FORPRE-CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OPERATIONAL TESTINGR13R14REMOVE VERTICAL CURBRELOCATE DETECTOR HANDHOLE
REMOVE STORM DRAIN CURB INLET
P18P19PROTECT IN PLACE BOLLARDPROTECT IN PLACE DETECTOR HANDHOLE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH PROPERTY OWNER& CITY FOR TREATMENT WHEN SALVAGING MATERIAL.
REMOVE SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFYLOCATION OF MAIN, MAY ADJUST IN FIELD FROM LOCATION R15SALVAGE DECORATIVE BOULDERR16SALVAGE BRICK CURB
P20PROTECT IN PLACE PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON
M14DETECTOR LOOPS - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R17REMOVE SANITARY SEWER PIPE
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 MATCHLINE (STA 15+77.5): SEE SHEET C2.3
3C2.2
DEMOLITION PLAN
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
PLYMOUTH AVENUE
MATCHLINE (STA 12+82.7):SEE SHEET C2.1
LIMIT OF WORK
WWW4" CI
WWW
GGGG
8" CI4" CI
G
G
G
G
G
G
GG GG GGGG GGG
4"
2"
3"3" 3" 2"
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SDSD
SD
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH OH
OH
OH
OHOH
27" RCP
12" RCP
12" RCP
SDSDSD12" RCPSSSSSSSSSSSS
15" VCPSS
6" VCP
GGGGG
GGGGG
GGGGG
GGGGGGGG
WW
WWWW
GG GGG
GG GGG
WWWW
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
SSSSSSSS
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
GG
G
G
G
G
G
GGG
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATTSDSD12" RCP6" VCP
TC 151.07-3.88
W
inv -6.33
52" INV TO GRATE
TSB
2200
2204
2208
22208
1 XXXXXXXX
TSB
TSB
2212
2 172.88 POST
XXXXXXX
XXX
TV
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXX
EC ACECEC AC
AC
AC
EDGE OF PAVER P6
P6P6P5P9
P6 M1M1
P4P6
M3
P8P6
R2 M4M2R2R9R2
P1 M2 M2
R3
R3
R3 P1
P1
R9
P1R3 R3
R1
R1
R1R1
R1
R1
R4
R4
M7
M6
M6
M1P12P15
P12P12
R12
R7R7
R10
P17M2 R8
R5R5R2R2R2R2R2R2
R2R2R2R2R2R5
R13R5R12
R12
R12R15
R14
R14R13M4
M6
M8 R13
P6R9M4
R13 R9 R9
P16
P14P14
R15
R14R14
P20 P15 P15
M6
END
END
BEGINEND
BEGIN
BEGIN
END
BEGIN
END
BEGIN
END
BEGIN
END
(TYP)
(TYP)
(TYP)
(TYP)ENDBEGINEND
BEGIN
ENDBEGIN
ENDBEGIN
END
BEGINENDBEGIN
BEGIN
END
END
BEGIN
END(TYP)
(TYP)
(TYP)
ENDBEGIN 10C6.6
11C6.6
12C6.6
14C6.6
15C6.616C6.6
17C6.618C6.6 13C6.6
BEGIN
END
M4
R2BEGIN
R5BEGIN
M14
M14
M14 M14
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:PPROTECT IN PLACEP1PROTECT IN PLACE POLEP2PROTECT IN PLACE SSCO RREMOVE, SALVAGE, AND/OR RELOCATER1REMOVE CONCRETE CURB & GUTTERR2REMOVE RETAINING WALL/PLANTER WALLP3 PROTECT IN PLACE MAILBOXP4P5PROTECT IN PLACE RETAINING WALL/PLANTERP6P7P8P9 MMISCELLAENOUSM1SSCO - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM2M3RELOCATE MAILBOX TO BEHIND BW AS NECESSARYM4 LEGENDSAWCUT & REMOVE CONCRETE, BASE,SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEETGRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADEAPPROXIMATE LIMIT OF ROW REMOVE LANDSCAPE, SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE ASNECESSARY TO MEET GRADES REQUIRED FORDESIGN SUBGRADE REMOVE ASPHALT CONCRETE, BASE, SUBSOIL.EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEET GRADESREQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADE SALVAGE DRIVEWAY PAVERS. COORDINATE WITHPROPERTY OWNER & CITY FOR TREATMENT. REMOVEBASE, SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEETGRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADESAWCUT & REMOVE DRIVEWAY CONCRETE, BASE,SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEETGRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADE 2" AC GRIND. SEE GRADES ON GRADING PLAN
PROTECT IN PLACE WATER METERPROTECT IN PLACE UTILITY BOX/ VALVE
PROTECT IN PLACE CURB
WATER METER - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
PROTECT IN PLACE PLANTS/LANDSCAPEPROTECT IN PLACE FENCE UTILITY BOX - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM5TRIM TREE - COORDINATE WITH CITY ON ARBORIST RECOMMENDATIONS SAWCUT & REMOVE RETAINING WALL, PLANTERWALL, BASE, SUBSOIL. EXCAVATE AS NECESSARYTO MEET GRADES REQUIRED FOR DESIGNSUBGRADE R3REMOVE AC BERM
P10PROTECT IN PLACE SIGN POST
R4REMOVE FENCE
P11PROTECT IN PLACE AREA DRAIN
M6SEWER MANHOLE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM7STORM MANHOLE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM8WATER VALVE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSM9GAS VALVE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANSSAWCUT & REMOVE DRIVEWAY AC, BASE, SUBSOIL.EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO MEET GRADESREQUIRED FOR DESIGN SUBGRADE P13PROTECT IN PLACE STAIRCASE
M10AREA DRAIN - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R5REMOVE/SALVAGE VEGETATION/WOODEN WALL/ROCKWALL/PLANTER BOX TO INSTALL SIDEWALK P12PROTECT IN PLACE ROOF DRAIN/WALL DRAIN/BUBBLE UP
P14
R6REMOVE WHEELSTOP
P15PROTECT IN PLACE TREE. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FORLOCATIONS OF TREE PROTECTION FENCINGP16PROTECT IN PLACE DRAIN INLET R7REMOVE PUSH BUTTON
PROTECT IN PLACE LIGHTING/IRRIGATION
P17PROTECT IN PLACE UTILITY PAD
R8REMOVE TREE
M11SALVAGE PLANTER
R9REMOVE SIGN & POST - SEE STRIPING PLANS
M12ATT MANHOLE - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R10
M13AREA DRAIN - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R11R12SALVAGE LIGHTING/IRRIGATION. SEE IRRIGATION PLANS FORPRE-CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OPERATIONAL TESTINGR13R14REMOVE VERTICAL CURBRELOCATE DETECTOR HANDHOLE
REMOVE STORM DRAIN CURB INLET
P18P19PROTECT IN PLACE BOLLARDPROTECT IN PLACE DETECTOR HANDHOLE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH PROPERTY OWNER& CITY FOR TREATMENT WHEN SALVAGING MATERIAL.
REMOVE SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFYLOCATION OF MAIN, MAY ADJUST IN FIELD FROM LOCATION R15SALVAGE DECORATIVE BOULDERR16SALVAGE BRICK CURB
P20PROTECT IN PLACE PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON
M14DETECTOR LOOPS - SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS
R17REMOVE SANITARY SEWER PIPE
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 MATCHLINE (STA 15+77.5): SEE SHEET C2.2
4 C2.3
DEMOLITION PLANWELLINGTON DRIVE
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
CAMBRIDGE STREET
DEVONSHIREBOULEVARD
LIMIT OF WORK
LIMIT OFWORK
10+00 11+00 12+00
175170
180185190
STA 10+48.8FL 179.9
175170
180185190
12+85
GBSTA 10+87.7FL 180.65
GBSTA 11+84.3FL 181.5PROPOSED GRADE @NEW FL NORTH SIDEEX GRADE @ NEWFL NORTH SIDE WWWW
WWWW 8" AC6" CI
4" CI
8" AC
GG
GGGGG
G
4"
4" SDSDSD
SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD
SDSD
27" RCP
OH OH
OHOHOH OHOHOHOHOH
OH
OH
ATT
SSSSSSSS
SSSSSSSSSS
SS
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
SS
8" UNK
8" VCP
6" VCPGGG
GGGG
GGGGG
GGGG
GGGG
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
GGGGG
G
G
GGGGGGGGGGG
W
GGGG
WWWWW
WWWWWWWWW
W
W
ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT
23242330XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
2342
103
XXXXXXX
XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX
TC
TC
BWAC5.1
AC5.1
BC5.1
BC5.1
DC5.1
DC5.1
AC5.2
AC5.2
BC5.2
BC5.2CC5.1
CC5.1
9.2%
0.8%
0.1%0.2%
17.4%16.1%
0.8%
5.1%
3.0%
8.6%12.4%
18% 18% 15.5%
0.7%
8.0%
9.2%
8.6%
14.4%
TC 182.68FL 182.6DIFF +0.2TC 181.58FL 181.5DIFF +0.2TC 182.07FL 181.99DIFF 0TC 181.83FL 181.75DIFF +0.05TC 182.34FL 182.26DIFF 0 MATCH EXTC 180.4±FL 179.9±TC 180.38FL 180.3DIFF +0.2TC 180.73FL 180.65DIFF 0TC 180.85FL 180.77DIFF +0.07GB 181.85BW 181.91+0.34GB 182.1BW 182.16+0.46GB 182.34GB 182.61GB 182.67DIFF +0.27GB 182.4DIFF +0.4 TC 182.31FL 181.81
GB182.39
TC 182.43FL 181.93
GB182.51
TC 182.82FL 182.32
BW 182.9
TC 183.04FL 182.54
BW 183.12GB 182.95BW 183.01DIFF +0.6
MATCH EX184±MATCH EX183.6±MATCH EX183.6±MATCH EX182.9±MATCH EX183± AC 183.1DIFF +0.1AC 182.75AC 182.75DIFF 0
AC 181.97
AC 181.9DIFF 0
MATCH EXAC 181.3MATCH EXAC 180.6
AC 181.0DIFF 0
AC 182.9DIFF 0
TC 183.2FL 182.7DIFF 0
LIP 182.78TC 183.62FL 183.12DIFF -0.09
AC 182.4DIFF 0AC 183.0DIFF 0TC 183.67FL 183.17DIFF -0.12AC 183.2DIFF 0AC 183.6DIFF 0 MATCH EX181.9±MATCH EX181.9±
AC 180.88DIFF +0.04
BW 181.06DIFF +0.25BW 181.18DIFF +0.36
AC 181.78DIFF 0
GB 181GB 181.12
MATCH EXAC 181.85
MATCH EXAC 180.4
AC 180.74DIFF +0.14
AC 181.6DIFF 0AC 182.1DIFF 0AC 182.5DIFF 0
AC 183.3DIFF 0
TC 180.18FL 180.1DIFF 0
MATCH EX181.6±
MATCH EX181.5±
GB 180.45GB 180.51DIFF 0
TC 183.9FL 183.4DIFF 0TC 183.17FL 182.67DIFF 0
LIP 182.75
TC/FL 183.20DIFF 0TC 183.58FL 183.08DIFF +0.12
TC 183.73BW 183.23DIFF -0.22
TC 183.74FL 183.24DIFF -0.12
MATCH EXTC 183.4±FL 182.9±TC/BW 183.77DIFF +0.68BW 183.69DIFF +0.69 TC/FL 183.34DIFF -0.13TC 183.75FL 183.25DIFF 0MATCH EXTC 182.7±FL 182.2± TC/BW183.98DIFF +0.6TC 183.91BW 183.41DIFF -0.06TC 183.86BW 183.36DIFF -0.18 MATCH EXTC 181.1±FL 180.6±TC/FL 180.75DIFF +0.15TC/FL 180.70DIFF +0.17 MATCH EXTC 180.25±FL 179.75±
TC 181.27BW 180.77DIFF -0.46TC/BW 180.66DIFF -0.12TC 180.59FL 180.09 TC 181.32BW 180.82DIFF -0.56TC/BW181.22DIFF 0
TC 181.15FL 180.65
TC 182.54FL 182.04DIFF 0LIP 182.33TC/FL181.58DIFF -0.12TC/FL181.53 MATCH EXTC 180.4±FL 179.9±
TC 182.15BW 181.65DIFF -0.22BW/TC182.25DIFF +0.35
FG 182.4±
MATCHFG 182.47±
TC 183.0FL 182.5DIFF 0
FG 182.3±BW 180.3±TC 182.1BW 181.6DIFF -0.2
TC 181.35FL 180.85BW/TC181.42DIFF +0.4 TC 183.4FL 182.9DIFF 0FG 182.86± BW 182.96±DIFF 0
TC 183.48FL 182.98DIFF 0
BW 183.56DIFF 0
BW 183.3DIFF +1.0BW 183.72DIFF +0.9
BW 182.7±
TC 181.66FL 181.16AC 182.4
TC 183.8FL 183.3DIFF 0BW 183.88DIFF +0.68MATCHFG 182.87± TC 182.67FL 182.17DIFF 0
BW 183.66DIFF +0.78FG 183.59TC 183.78BW 183.28DIFF +0.03 City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 MATCHLINE (STA 12+85): SEE C4.2
5C3.1
GRADINGPLAN
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
PROFILE AT PROPSOED FLOWLINEHORIZONTAL SCALE: 1"=10'VERTICAL SCALE: 1"=5'
CHARLTONSTREET
BEVERLY DRIVE
MATCHLINE (STA 12+85): SEE C4.2
LIMIT OFWORK
LIMIT OF WORK
LIMIT OF WORK
13+00 14+00 15+00
GBSTA 14+65.4FL 179.7
GBSTA 15+67.5FL 174.8
GBSTA 14+00FL 181.33
175170
180185190
175170
180185190
12+85 15+85
PROPOSED GRADE @NEW FL NORTH SIDEEX GRADE @ NEWFL NORTH SIDE W
W6" CI
8" AC8" CI
GGGG
GGGG
4"
2"4"
4"
SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD27" RCP
OHOHOH OHOHOHOH OHOH
OH6" VCP 6" VCP
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
GGGG
GGG
G
G
G
G
G
G
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
WW
W
W
WSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG GGGG WWWWWWWWWWWWWWW WWWWWATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT 222822362244230023082316
32 XXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
D
D
N
D
YLOPLAST
ONOTPOLLUTE UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
TCGLIP
BW
TC
adg WM
DC5.2
DC5.2
AC5.3
AC5.3
BC5.3
BC5.3
CC5.3
CC5.3
DC5.3
DC5.3
CC5.2
CC5.2
33.5%17.0%
19.0%
24%
25%
29%
TC
TC 174.88FL 174.8DIFF +0.5TC 179.78FL 179.7DIFF +0.2
GB 182.19BW 182.25DIFF +0.25 GB 175.15BW 175.21DIFF +0.4GB 176.06 TC 178.06FL 177.98DIFF 0TC 177.1FL 177.02DIFF +0.02TC 175.79FL 175.71DIFF +0.2TC 181.71FL 181.63DIFF 0TC 181.41FL 181.33DIFF +0.13TC 180.94FL 180.86DIFF 0TC 180.14FL 180.06DIFF 0TC 181.92FL 181.84DIFF -0.06TC 182.44FL 182.36DIFF 0 GB 182.71BW 182.77+0.15 GB 181.98BW 182.04DIFF +0.3GB 181.68GB 181.21BW 181.74DIFF +0.34BW 181.27DIFF +0.27 TC 181.23FL 180.73
BW 181.31
TC 180.69FL 180.19
GB 180.41BW 180.77DIFF +0.35BW 180.47DIFF +0.07GB 180.05BW 180.11DIFF +0.2TC 179.96FL 179.46BW 180.04DIFF +0.5 TC 178.72FL 178.22
BW 178.8DIFF +0.4GB 178.33BW 178.39DIFF +0.3GB 177.37BW 177.43DIFF -0.07TC 177.28FL 176.78 BW 177.36TC 176.45FL 175.95
BW 176.53BW 176.12DIFF -0.4TC 174.9FL 174.4DIFF +0.4BW 174.98 MATCH EX178.5MATCH EX177.4MATCH EX180.4MATCH EX179.8MATCH EX182.4MATCH EX182.2MATCH EX183.6±MATCH EX183.3±MATCH EX183.6±MATCH EX183.4±MATCH EX184.1± AC 174.95
AC 174.5DIFF 0
AC 177.17
AC 177.4DIFF 0
AC 179.85AC 179.95DIFF 0AC 179.42DIFF -0.35 AC 177.2DIFF 0 AC 174.3DIFF 0TC 181.49FL 180.92DIFF -0.06LIP 181.06 TC 179.18FL 178.68DIFF -0.02 TC 174.46FL 173.96DIFF +0.06LIP 174.04 AC 175.7DIFF 0
AC 175.86
FL 175.18DIFF 0
AC 175.5DIFF 0AC 178.56DIFF +0.1TC 178.6FL 178.1DIFF 0AC 178.34DIFF 0 LIP 178.18
AC 180.42DIFF 0AC 180.0DIFF -0.3
AC 180.21DIFF 0
AC 179.5DIFF 0
AC 181.6DIFF 0AC 181.48DIFF 0AC 181.29DIFF -0.16
TC 182.81FL 182.31BW 182.89TC 182.39FL 181.89BW 182.47TC 182.08FL 181.58BW 182.16BW 181.96 TC 181.88FL 181.38AC 182.2AC 182.35DIFF 0TC 182.25FL 181.75DIFF 0AC 182.05DIFF 0 AC 178.13
LIP 181.83TC 182.34FL 182.26DIFF +0.15TC 182FL 181.92DIFF +0.15TC 182.82FL 182.32TC 182.36FL 181.86GB 182.61GB 182.27BW 182.67DIFF +0.67BW 182.33DIFF +0.7BW 182.9DIFF +0.72BW 182.44MATCH EX181.7±MATCH EX180.8± BW 175.82DIFF +1.12BW 178.7DIFF +1.1BW 181.50DIFF +0.81BW 182.32DIFF +0.82 MATCH EXTC 176.94±FL 176.46±
TC 181.03BW 180.63DIFF +0.52
TC 181.07FL 180.57DIFF +1.25
BW 181.79DIFF +0.8
MATCH EXTC 178.81±FL 178.31±
TC 181.18FL 180.68DIFF -0.24TC 181.72FL 181.22DIFF +0.17 TC/FL 178.74DIFF -0.13AC 180.91±DIFF 0 AC 178.96±
AC 181.18± HPTC 179.57FL 179.07DIFF 0
TC 179.24BW 178.74DIFF +0.31
TC/BW179.65DIFF +0.9
TC 173.30FL 172.80AC 178.96DIFF +0.21
MATCH EXAC 176.75±
AC 179.30DIFF +0.18
BW 183.09DIFF +0.66
FG 183.02
BW 178.28DIFF +1.32FG 178.21BW 182.09DIFF +0.93FG 182.02TC 181.20BW 180.70DIFF -0.04TC/BW181.21DIFF +0.54 TC/FL180.64DIFF -0.12
AC 179.91±DIFF 0AC 179.70±
MATCH EXAC 176.78±
AC 180.11±
AC 177.65±AC 178.45±
TC 179.14FL 178.64DIFF +0.13TC 179.29BW 178.79DIFF +0.16 AC 179.34DIFF 0
FG 175.75
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 6C3.2
GRADINGPLAN
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
PROFILE AT PROPOSED FLOWLINEHORIZONTAL SCALE: 1"=10'VERTICAL SCALE: 1"=5'
PLYMOUTH AVENUE
MATCHLINE (STA 15+85): SEE C4.3MATCHLINE (STA 15+85): SEE C4.3 MATCHLINE (STA 12+85): SEE C4.1MATCHLINE (STA 12+85): SEE C4.1
LIMIT OF WORK
16+00 17+00 18+00
STA 18+20FL 154.5
175170
180 175170
180
165160155150
165160155150
15+85
PROPOSED GRADE @NEW FL NORTH SIDEEX GRADE @ NEWFL NORTH SIDE WWW4" CI
W
W
W
GGGG 8" CI4" CI
GGG
GGG
GG
G
G
GGG
G
GG
4"
2" 3"3"
3"
2"
SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD
OHOH OHOHOHOHOH OH
OH
OHOHOH
OH27" RCP12" RCP12" RCPSD
SD
12" RCP
SSSSSSSSSSSS
15" VCP
SSSS6" VCP
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
W
W
WW
W
W
G
G
GGG
G
G
GGG
W
W
W
WSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
GGGGGG GGGGGGGGGGGGGWWWWWWW WWWWWWW WWWATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT SDSD
12" RCP
6" VCP
TC 151.07-3.88
W
W
inv -6.33
52" INV TO GRATE
TSB
8 1
XXXXXXXX
TSB
TSB
2 XXXXXXX
XXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXX
D
D
N
D
YLOPLAST
ONOTPOLLUTE UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
D
D
N
D
YLOPLAST
ONOTPOLLUTE UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
D
D
N
D
YLOPLAST
ONOTPOLLUTE UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
TC
BW
DC5.5
DC5.5
DC5.4
DC5.4
AC5.4
AC5.4
BC5.4
BC5.4
CC5.4
CC5.4
AC5.5
AC5.5
AC5.6
AC5.6
CC5.5
CC5.5
BC5.5
BC5.5
4.8%
23.2%
19.3%
9.5%
6.0%6.0%
23.0%
17%
20.5%
19%
2.3%
TC 154.58FL 154.5DIFF +0.1TC 172.16FL 172.08DIFF +0.63TC 170.72FL 170.64DIFF +0.44 TC 155.84FL 155.76DIFF +0.36TC 158.57FL 158.49DIFF +0.09TC 160.21FL 160.13DIFF +0.33TC 162.82FL 162.74DIFF +0.54TC 164.32FL 164.24DIFF +0.54TC 166.7FL 166.62DIFF +0.22TC 168.03FL 167.95DIFF +0.35 GB 163.09
BW 163.15DIFF +0.15
MATCH EX165.2MATCH EX166.0BW 164.65DIFF +0.55GB 164.59
GB 164.39
AC 164.1DIFF 0
TC 173.0FL 172.5DIFF +0.49BW 173.08GB 172.43BW 172.49+1.0GB 170.99BW 171.05DIFF +0.25TC 170.74FL 170.24DIFF +0.18BW 170.82GB 168.3TC 168.87FL 168.37BW 168.95BW 168.36+0.36GB 166.97BW 167.03-0.1 TC 166.72FL 166.22
BW 166.8
TC 165.16FL 164.66
BW 165.24
MATCH EX163.0±MATCH EX162.2±
FG 160.48BW 161.02DIFF -0.08FG 160.96DIFF +0.56FG 158.84FG 159.32DIFF +0.09BW 159.38DIFF -0.57FG 162.94GB 163.0DIFF -0.2 MATCH EX157.0±MATCH EX156.7±BW 156.17DIFF +0.57BW 154.91DIFF 0GB 156.11GB 154.85GB 156.53 TC 156.5FL 156.0DIFF +0.2
BW 156.6MATCH EX170.3MATCH EX169.5MATCH EX173.1MATCH EX173.4 AC 168.1 AC 154.65
AC 155.14DIFF 0AC 156.1DIFF 0
AC 155.91
AC 160.1DIFF 0
AC 160.28
AC 158.5DIFF 0
AC 158.64DIFF +0.4AC 171.82DIFF -0.08
AC 172.23
AC 171.62DIFF -0.08 AC 159.7DIFF 0 AC 155.7DIFF 0AC 154.7DIFF 0AC 162.6DIFF 0 AC 162.89
AC 162.1DIFF 0TC 166.89FL 166.81DIFF -0.07LIP 166.89
TC 159.9FL 159.4LIP 159.48 TC 155.9FL 155.4DIFF 0LIP 155.48MATCH EXTC 153.5±FL 153.2±DIFF 0LIP 155.3± AC 167.6DIFF -0.1TC 171.78FL 171.28DIFF +0.01LIP 171.36 LIP 172.16
AC 167.12DIFF -0.2 AC 158.0AC 157.6TC 157.12FL 156.62TC 157.07FL 156.99TC 157.8FL 157.72TC 158.25FL 158.17TC 158.99FL 158.91GB159.26BW 159.32DIFF +0.4BW 159.96DIFF +0.37BW 158.58DIFF +0.3 GB158.52GB 157.34GB158.07BW 158.13DIFF +0.3BW 157.2DIFF +0.5MATCH EX156.6±MATCH EX156.45±MATCH EX158.7±MATCH EX158.5±MATCH EX158.6± TC 168.39FL 168.31DIFF -0.03TC 169.26FL 168.76GB 168.54 BW 168.52DIFF +0.29
TC/BW166.99DIFF +0.1BW 169.34DIFF +0.84
TC 166.95FL 166.45DIFF +0.05
MATCH EX167.75±MATCH EX167.02± MATCH EXBW 153.6±BW 155.98DIFF +1.1 TC/FL 161.49DIFF +0.15
MATCH EXTC 162.16±FL 161.72±TC 162.04BW 161.54DIFF -0.36 TC 162.15FL 161.65DIFF -0.08±
TC 161.28FL 160.78DIFF 0
BW 161.36DIFF -0.01
TC 165.66FL 165.16DIFF +0.65TC 165.62FL 165.12DIFF +1.02 TC 167.48FG 166.98
MATCH EXTC 161.84FL 161.33
TC 166.03FG 165.53DIFF +0.35 BW 157.4DIFF +0.5
FL 153.73
FL 153.8
TC 155.02SW 154.52DIFF -0.5
FG 154.2
TC 153.9FL 153.3DIFF 0
TC 154.4FL 153.9DIFF -0.1
BW 154.53
MATCHTC 156.92BW 156.44
TC 155.6BW 156.27
FG 154.47
FG 154.27
TC 156.4FL 155.9
TC 155.54FL 155.06
TC 155.08SW 154.58
WALL 155.0BW 154.26
BW 154.33
TC 154.87SW 154.37DIFF -0.4
TC 155.03FG 154.53
TC 154.82FG 154.32
TC 167.52FG 167.02TC 169.88FL 169.38
TC 162.78FL 162.28DIFF +0.5TC 160.93FL 160.43DIFF +0.48 TC 158.54FL 158.04DIFF +0.24
TC 167.42FG 166.92DIFF +0.45TC 167.47FG 166.97DIFF +0.12 TC 166.09FG 165.59DIFF +0.81AC 163.36DIFF 0
MATCH EXAC 161.50
MATCH EXAC 162.98
MATCH EXAC 161.65
GB 167.06
GB 154.67
TC 154.4GRATE 153.9
MATCH EXAC 160.60
BW 170.65DIFF +0.54FG 170.58
TC 162.11BW 161.61DIFF -0.6
BW 171.78DIFF +1.08
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 7C3.3
GRADINGPLAN
MATCHLINE (STA 15+85): SEE C4.2
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
PROFILE AT PROPOSED FLOWLINEHORIZONTAL SCALE: 1"=10'VERTICAL SCALE: 1"=5'
CAMBRIDGESTREET
MATCHLINE (STA 15+85): SEE C4.2
WELLINGTON DRIVE
DEVONSHIRE BLVD
LIMIT OF WORK
LIMIT OF WORK
W
W
W
W
WWWWW
8" AC
6" CI
4" CI
8" AC
GGGGGGG
G
4"
4"
4"
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
27" RCPOH
OHOH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
ATT SSSS
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
SS8" UNK8" VCP
6" VCP6" PEGGG
GGGG
GGGGG
GGGG
GGGG
GGGGG
GGGG
GGGG
WWWW
WWWWSS
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
GG
GGGGGGGG
G
G
G
W
GGGG
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
WWW
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
1 2
2316
2324
2330
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
2342
2350
10 3
XXXXXXX
XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
X
TVTV
XXXXXXX34 6 8
5 2
4 6
5 8
19 19
19 19
19 1454113 21 19
1922 2222 2222 22
22222222
53232
33 20
20 6
BEGIN
END
BEGIN
BEGIN
BEGIN
END
BEGIN
END
ENDBEGIN
BEGIN
END
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE SEWER MANHOLE (TEMPORARYFALSE BOTTOM TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY MANHOLEWORK, & REMOVED AFTER)2LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE UTILITY MANHOLE (NOTIFY &COORDINATE WITH UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO WORK) 4LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE WATER VALVE, BOX, AND COVER3LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE STORM MANHOLE 10 INSTALL CURB AND GUTTER. SEE CURB & GUTTER DETAIL6C6.1 6REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE SSCO. REPLACE WITH H-20TRAFFIC RATED BOXLOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE GAS VALVE, BOX, AND COVER INSTALL TWO PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTONS ON DETAIL B POST PERCALTRANS STD PLAN RSP ES-7A. INSTALL CONDUIT, CONDUCTORSAND CONNECT RRFB ASSEMBLY. 10" MAX CLEARANCE BETWEENFACE OF PUSH BUTTON & EDGE OF LANDING. SEE DETAIL 11 5
REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE WATER METER. REPLACE WITHH-20 TRAFFIC RATED BOX7 INSTALL SIDEWALK GUTTER DRAIN. SEE DETAIL33C6.2
14 8REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE UTILITY BOX, DETECTORHANDHOLE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTENCE OF DETECTOR LOOPS.REMOVE & REPLACE EX VEHICULAR DETECTOR LOOP PERCALTRANS STANDARD PLAN RSP ES-5B (TO BE LAID WITHINTHE ROAD PAVEMENT PRIOR TO FINAL LIFT OF ASPHALTCONCRETE) 12 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTENCE OF DETECTOR LOOPS.REMOVE & REPLACE EX BICYCLE DETECTOR LOOP PERCALTRANS STANDARD PLAN RSP ES-5B (TO BE LAID WITHINTHE ROAD PAVEMENT PRIOR TO FINAL LIFT OF ASPHALTCONCRETE) REINSTALL STONE VENEER WALL. SEE DETAIL155C6.5 REINSTALL BRICK WALL. SEE DETAIL165C6.5 REINSTALL STUCCO WALL. SEE DETAIL175C6.5 REPLACE FENCE IN KIND18 9LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE UTILITY BOX, DETECTORHANDHOLE 19 REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE AREA DRAIN
20CONNECT EX BUBBLE UP/ROOF DRAIN TOSIDEWALK GUTTER DRAIN. SEE DETAIL21 LOW CROSSING OVERHEAD UTILITY LINES PRESENT.CONTRACTOR TO EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION.
INSTALL CONCRETE VERTICAL CURB. SEE DETAIL
2223
RELOCATE UTILITY BOX, DETECTOR HANDHOLE
RELOCATE WATER METER AND RECONNCECT WATER LINE
RELOCATE MAILBOX24INSTALL RESIDENT LIGHTING IN KIND25
REPLACE PLANTER BOX
27 31
28 REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE WATER METER
13 29
REPLACE EARTHEN ROCK WALL
26 INSTALL STORM DRAIN INLET22C6.1 30INSTALL 8" PVC C900 STORM DRAIN PIPEINSTALL STORM DRAIN MANHOLE11C6.1 32TIE IN EX CONCRETE PAD WITH SIDEWALK
25C6.1
33INSTALL ECCENTRIC SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE. SEE DETAIL34INSTALL 6" VCP SEWER LINE35FURNISH AND INSTALL TYPE III-3BF SERVICE CABINET WITH TESCO27-22 BBS OR APPROVED EQUAL. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATEWITH CITY AND PG&E FOR POWER FOR IRRIGATION CONTROLLER. 5C6.2
4C6.2
36REPLACE WOODEN WALL37POTHOLE (UTILITIES CROSSING STORM DRAIN IMPROVEMENTS) 1C6.62C6.67C6.52C6.67C6.52C6.6
4C6.638INSTALL REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING CURB. SEE DETAIL3C6.6 39INSTALL 6" PERFORATED PIPE 33C6.2
LEGEND:
PAVER DRIVEWAY IN-KIND
APPROXIMATE LIMIT OF ROW
BIORETENTION. SEE LANDSCAPEPLANS, GRADING PLANS, AND DETAILSSIDEWALK. SEE DETAIL LANDSCAPE. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS2" AC INLAY
REPLACE IN KIND WALLCONFORM MULCH. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANSEX PAVER 9-2C6.16C6.2
6C6.1-C6.3
2" TO 4" FDAC. SEE GRADES ONGRADING PLANS6" AC BASE REPAIR. REFERENCE ALLOCATIONQUANTITIES TABLE THIS SHEET. SEE DETAIL#2C6.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY. SEE DETAIL
-C6.4-C6.5
CONCRETE RESIDENT PAD IN-KIND
AC CONFORM FDAC. SEE GRADESON GRADING PLANS AND DETAIL3C6.2 #SIGN AND POST. SEE STRIPING PLANS
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 8C4.1
IMPROVEMENTPLAN
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
CHARLTONSTREET
BEVERLY DRIVE
MATCHLINE (STA 12+82.7): SEE SHEET C4.2
AC PAVEMENT REPAIR ALLOCATION QUANTITIESAC PAVEMENT REPAIR #* ACTUAL QUANTITIES WILL BE DETERMINED AFTER PAVEMENT COLD PLANE OPERATIONS AREA (SF)40 TOTAL THIS SHEET42012380
1.TACK COAT TO BE APPLIED (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL)PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW AC.2.LOCATIONS OF CRACK SEAL TO BE DETERMINED BY THEENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.3.REMOVE ALL EXISTING PAVEMENT STRIPES & MARKINGSBEFORE SLURRY SEAL OPERATIONS.
GENERAL NOTES:LIMIT OFWORKLIMIT OF WORK
LIMIT OF WORK
WW6" CI8" AC
8" CI
GGG
GGGG
4"
2"4"
4"
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
27" RCP
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OHOHOH
SS
6" VCP
6" VCP
GGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGG
GGGGGG
G
GGG
GGG
WWWW
WWWWWW
WWWW
WW
SS
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
SSSSSSSSSSSS
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
GG
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
WW
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
2 2228
2236
2244
2300
2308
2316
3 2 XXXX
XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
IRRIGATION CROSSINGSTREET. SEEIRRIGATION PLANS
STORM DRAINPROFILE. SEE DETAIL3C6.514
5 4
34 34
5 8
8 8 6 6 8 766
19 19
19 13
131313 212121
22 2222 22222222 2222 22 22
181824141436366
22 31
24 33
33 30
37 37
2020 39
37 END
BEGIN
BEGINEND
ENDEND
BEGIN
BEGIN
ENDBEGIN
ENDBEGIN
ENDBEGIN
37 CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE SEWER MANHOLE (TEMPORARYFALSE BOTTOM TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY MANHOLEWORK, & REMOVED AFTER)2LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE UTILITY MANHOLE (NOTIFY &COORDINATE WITH UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO WORK) 4LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE WATER VALVE, BOX, AND COVER3LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE STORM MANHOLE 10 INSTALL CURB AND GUTTER. SEE CURB & GUTTER DETAIL6C6.1 6REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE SSCO. REPLACE WITH H-20TRAFFIC RATED BOXLOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE GAS VALVE, BOX, AND COVER INSTALL TWO PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTONS ON DETAIL B POST PERCALTRANS STD PLAN RSP ES-7A. INSTALL CONDUIT, CONDUCTORSAND CONNECT RRFB ASSEMBLY. 10" MAX CLEARANCE BETWEENFACE OF PUSH BUTTON & EDGE OF LANDING. SEE DETAIL 11 5
REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE WATER METER. REPLACE WITHH-20 TRAFFIC RATED BOX7 INSTALL SIDEWALK GUTTER DRAIN. SEE DETAIL33C6.2
14 8REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE UTILITY BOX, DETECTORHANDHOLE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTENCE OF DETECTOR LOOPS.REMOVE & REPLACE EX VEHICULAR DETECTOR LOOP PERCALTRANS STANDARD PLAN RSP ES-5B (TO BE LAID WITHINTHE ROAD PAVEMENT PRIOR TO FINAL LIFT OF ASPHALTCONCRETE) 12 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTENCE OF DETECTOR LOOPS.REMOVE & REPLACE EX BICYCLE DETECTOR LOOP PERCALTRANS STANDARD PLAN RSP ES-5B (TO BE LAID WITHINTHE ROAD PAVEMENT PRIOR TO FINAL LIFT OF ASPHALTCONCRETE) REINSTALL STONE VENEER WALL. SEE DETAIL155C6.5 REINSTALL BRICK WALL. SEE DETAIL165C6.5 REINSTALL STUCCO WALL. SEE DETAIL175C6.5 REPLACE FENCE IN KIND18 9LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE UTILITY BOX, DETECTORHANDHOLE 19 REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE AREA DRAIN
20CONNECT EX BUBBLE UP/ROOF DRAIN TOSIDEWALK GUTTER DRAIN. SEE DETAIL21 LOW CROSSING OVERHEAD UTILITY LINES PRESENT.CONTRACTOR TO EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION.
INSTALL CONCRETE VERTICAL CURB. SEE DETAIL
2223
RELOCATE UTILITY BOX, DETECTOR HANDHOLE
RELOCATE WATER METER AND RECONNCECT WATER LINE
RELOCATE MAILBOX24INSTALL RESIDENT LIGHTING IN KIND25
REPLACE PLANTER BOX
27 31
28 REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE WATER METER
13 29
REPLACE EARTHEN ROCK WALL
26 INSTALL STORM DRAIN INLET
22C6.1 30INSTALL 8" PVC C900 STORM DRAIN PIPEINSTALL STORM DRAIN MANHOLE11C6.1 32TIE IN EX CONCRETE PAD WITH SIDEWALK
25C6.1
33INSTALL ECCENTRIC SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE. SEE DETAIL34INSTALL 6" VCP SEWER LINE35FURNISH AND INSTALL TYPE III-3BF SERVICE CABINET WITH TESCO27-22 BBS OR APPROVED EQUAL. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATEWITH CITY AND PG&E FOR POWER FOR IRRIGATION CONTROLLER. 5C6.2
4C6.2
36REPLACE WOODEN WALL37POTHOLE (UTILITIES CROSSING STORM DRAIN IMPROVEMENTS) 1C6.62C6.67C6.52C6.67C6.52C6.6
4C6.638INSTALL REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING CURB. SEE DETAIL3C6.6 39INSTALL 6" PERFORATED PIPE 33C6.2
LEGEND:
PAVER DRIVEWAY IN-KIND
APPROXIMATE LIMIT OF ROW
BIORETENTION. SEE LANDSCAPEPLANS, GRADING PLANS, AND DETAILSSIDEWALK. SEE DETAIL LANDSCAPE. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS2" AC INLAY
REPLACE IN KIND WALLCONFORM MULCH. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANSEX PAVER 9-2C6.16C6.2
6C6.1-C6.3
2" TO 4" FDAC. SEE GRADES ONGRADING PLANS
6" AC BASE REPAIR. REFERENCE ALLOCATIONQUANTITIES TABLE THIS SHEET. SEE DETAIL#2C6.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY. SEE DETAIL
-C6.4-C6.5
CONCRETE RESIDENT PAD IN-KIND
AC CONFORM FDAC. SEE GRADESON GRADING PLANS AND DETAIL3C6.2 #SIGN AND POST. SEE STRIPING PLANS
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 MATCHLINE (STA 15+77.5): SEE SHEET C4.3
9C4.2
IMPROVEMENTPLAN
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPLYMOUTH AVENUE
MATCHLINE (STA12+82.7): SEE SHEET C4.1
1.TACK COAT TO BE APPLIED (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL)PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW AC.2.LOCATIONS OF CRACK SEAL TO BE DETERMINED BY THEENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.3.REMOVE ALL EXISTING PAVEMENT STRIPES & MARKINGSBEFORE SLURRY SEAL OPERATIONS.
GENERAL NOTES:
LIMIT OF WORK
WWW4" CI
WWW
GGGG
8" CI4" CI
G
G
G
G
G
G
GG GG GGGG GGG
4"
2"
3"3" 3" 2"
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SDSD
SD
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH OH
OH
OH
OHOH
27" RCP
12" RCP
12" RCP
SDSDSD12" RCPSSSSSSSSSSSS
15" VCPSSSS
6" VCP
GGGGG
GGGGG
GGGGG
GGGGGGGG
WW
WWWW
GG GGG
GG GGG
G
G
WWWW
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
SSSSSSSS
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
GG
G
G
G
G
G
GGG
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATTSDSDSD12" RCP6" VCP
TC 151.07-3.88
W W
inv -6.33
52" INV TO GRATE
34 2200
2204
2208
22208
1 XXXXXXXX
TSB
TSB
2212
2 XXXXXXX
XXX
TV
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXX
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
GRATE 153.9INV 148.78(IN-W)INV 148.78(OUT-SE)
IRRIGATION CROSSINGSTREET. SEEIRRIGATION PLANS
IRRIGATIONCROSSINGSTREET. SEEIRRIGATION PLANS
STORM DRAINPROFILE. SEE DETAIL4C6.55 1
4 3
6 8
6 6 8
9 262712
11811
19 19
19 19
19 1815 1616 1718
121
1 21212727
23 23
24 22222222222222
22 22 2222
22 22
2011 2020
25252525
22 181816152020
12 29
31 2323
3131
32 38
38 35
2728
1 373720
308
39 3939
27 END
END
END
BEGIN
ENDEND BEGIN
END BEGINEND
BEGIN
BEGIN BEGIN
END
ENDBEGIN
BEGINEND
END
BEGINBEGIN
END
END
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE SEWER MANHOLE (TEMPORARYFALSE BOTTOM TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY MANHOLEWORK, & REMOVED AFTER)2LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE UTILITY MANHOLE (NOTIFY &COORDINATE WITH UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO WORK) 4LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE WATER VALVE, BOX, AND COVER3LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE STORM MANHOLE 10 INSTALL CURB AND GUTTER. SEE CURB & GUTTER DETAIL6C6.1 6REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE SSCO. REPLACE WITH H-20TRAFFIC RATED BOXLOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE GAS VALVE, BOX, AND COVER INSTALL TWO PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTONS ON DETAIL B POST PERCALTRANS STD PLAN RSP ES-7A. INSTALL CONDUIT, CONDUCTORSAND CONNECT RRFB ASSEMBLY. 10" MAX CLEARANCE BETWEENFACE OF PUSH BUTTON & EDGE OF LANDING. SEE DETAIL 11 5
REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE WATER METER. REPLACE WITHH-20 TRAFFIC RATED BOX7 INSTALL SIDEWALK GUTTER DRAIN. SEE DETAIL33C6.2
14 8REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE UTILITY BOX, DETECTORHANDHOLE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTENCE OF DETECTOR LOOPS.REMOVE & REPLACE EX VEHICULAR DETECTOR LOOP PERCALTRANS STANDARD PLAN RSP ES-5B (TO BE LAID WITHINTHE ROAD PAVEMENT PRIOR TO FINAL LIFT OF ASPHALTCONCRETE) 12 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTENCE OF DETECTOR LOOPS.REMOVE & REPLACE EX BICYCLE DETECTOR LOOP PERCALTRANS STANDARD PLAN RSP ES-5B (TO BE LAID WITHINTHE ROAD PAVEMENT PRIOR TO FINAL LIFT OF ASPHALTCONCRETE) REINSTALL STONE VENEER WALL. SEE DETAIL155C6.5 REINSTALL BRICK WALL. SEE DETAIL165C6.5 REINSTALL STUCCO WALL. SEE DETAIL175C6.5 REPLACE FENCE IN KIND18 9LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE UTILITY BOX, DETECTORHANDHOLE 19 REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE AREA DRAIN
20CONNECT EX BUBBLE UP/ROOF DRAIN TOSIDEWALK GUTTER DRAIN. SEE DETAIL21 LOW CROSSING OVERHEAD UTILITY LINES PRESENT.CONTRACTOR TO EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION.
INSTALL CONCRETE VERTICAL CURB. SEE DETAIL
2223
RELOCATE UTILITY BOX, DETECTOR HANDHOLE
RELOCATE WATER METER AND RECONNCECT WATER LINE
RELOCATE MAILBOX24INSTALL RESIDENT LIGHTING IN KIND25
REPLACE PLANTER BOX
27 31
28 REPLACE & ADJUST TO GRADE WATER METER
13 29
REPLACE EARTHEN ROCK WALL
26 INSTALL STORM DRAIN INLET22C6.1 30INSTALL 8" PVC C900 STORM DRAIN PIPEINSTALL STORM DRAIN MANHOLE11C6.1 32TIE IN EX CONCRETE PAD WITH SIDEWALK
25C6.1
33INSTALL ECCENTRIC SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE. SEE DETAIL34INSTALL 6" VCP SEWER LINE35FURNISH AND INSTALL TYPE III-3BF SERVICE CABINET WITH TESCO27-22 BBS OR APPROVED EQUAL. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATEWITH CITY AND PG&E FOR POWER FOR IRRIGATION CONTROLLER. 5C6.2
4C6.2
36REPLACE WOODEN WALL37POTHOLE (UTILITIES CROSSING STORM DRAIN IMPROVEMENTS) 1C6.62C6.67C6.52C6.67C6.52C6.6
4C6.638INSTALL REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING CURB. SEE DETAIL3C6.6 39INSTALL 6" PERFORATED PIPE 33C6.2
LEGEND:
PAVER DRIVEWAY IN-KIND
APPROXIMATE LIMIT OF ROW
BIORETENTION. SEE LANDSCAPEPLANS, GRADING PLANS, AND DETAILSSIDEWALK. SEE DETAIL LANDSCAPE. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS2" AC INLAY
REPLACE IN KIND WALLCONFORM MULCH. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANSEX PAVER 9-2C6.16C6.2
6C6.1-C6.3
2" TO 4" FDAC. SEE GRADES ONGRADING PLANS
6" AC BASE REPAIR. REFERENCE ALLOCATIONQUANTITIES TABLE THIS SHEET. SEE DETAIL#2C6.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY. SEE DETAIL
-C6.4-C6.5
CONCRETE RESIDENT PAD IN-KIND
AC CONFORM FDAC. SEE GRADESON GRADING PLANS AND DETAIL3C6.2 #SIGN AND POST. SEE STRIPING PLANS
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 10C4.3
IMPROVEMENTPLAN
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
MATCHLINE (STA 15+77.5): SEE SHEET C4.2
CAMBRIDGE STREET
WELLINGTON DRIVEDEVONSHIRE BLVD
AC PAVEMENT REPAIR ALLOCATION QUANTITIESAC PAVEMENT REPAIR #* ACTUAL QUANTITIES WILL BE DETERMINED AFTER PAVEMENT COLD PLANE OPERATIONS AREA (SF)1,480TOTAL THIS SHEET2,17834698
1.TACK COAT TO BE APPLIED (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL)PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW AC.2.LOCATIONS OF CRACK SEAL TO BE DETERMINED BY THEENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.3.REMOVE ALL EXISTING PAVEMENT STRIPES & MARKINGSBEFORE SLURRY SEAL OPERATIONS.
GENERAL NOTES:
LIMIT OF WORK
LIMIT OFWORK
10 -10020 -20 -30 -40-45
181180
185
179182183184186
178177
MATCH181.9
18%1.4%
9.0%
5.3% PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0'6.5'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE11.4%
7.7%
4.0%
9.2%
33.0'± TC TO PAVING LIMITPAVINGLIMIT1.5'BUFFER
30 STA 10+48.8 DRIVEWAY AT 2350 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' A 10 -10020 -20 -30 -40
181180
185
179182183184186187
178
MATCH181.9
18%1.4%
8.4%
3.0%5.3% PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
7.2%
9.0%1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0' 5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE
16.1%
33.0'±TC TO TC1.5'BUFFER1.5'BUFFER GUTTER
1.4%1.5'4.0%5.3%
30 SIDEWALKMATCH EXGRADE4.0'1.5'CONCRETECONFORM50% EX CONCRETE PAD
EX UTILITYBOXEX WALL
-50STA 10+73.7 DRIVEWAY AT 2342 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' B 10 -10020 -20 -30 -40-45
181180
185
179182183184186187MATCH182.9
18%1.4%
9.9%
7.8%5.3% PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE7.8%
5.6% PAVINGLIMIT1.5%1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0' 5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE 18%
33.0'±TC TO PAVING LIMIT1.5'BUFFER1.5'BUFFER
30 STA 11+85.4 DRIVEWAY AT 2330 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' D 10 -10020 -20 -30 -40-45
181180
185
179182183184186
17817730
10.0' 5.0'EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE1.5'BUFFERGUTTER1.5'
6.5%
5.3%5.5'1.5'GUTTERSIDEWALK5.0' 10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE33.0'± TC TO PAVING LIMIT1.5'BUFFER BACKFILL6"5.5'SIDEWALK
1.4%
5.3%
1.4%
7.7%PROPOSED PROFILEEXPROFILE
STA 11+50.0 AT 2342 & 2330 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' C City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 11C5.1
CROSSSECTIONS
1030 -1002030 -20 -30 -40-45
181180
185182183184186187188MATCH184
18%1.4%
9.9%
1.4%
5.3%
3.5%
2.0%
3.0%PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
1.4%CROWN1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0' 5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE33.0'±TC TO TC
1.5'GUTTER
15.5% 1.5'BUFFER1.5'BUFFER
5.3% BACKFILL6"5.0'5.5'BIORETENTION
PROPOSEDBIORETENTION
SIDEWALK
STA 12+75.7 DRIVEWAY AT 2316 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' B 1030 -1002030 -20 -30 -40
181180
185
179182183184186187MATCH183.6
18%1.4%
13.5%
5.6%
5.3%
1.3%
2.5%
6.0%
16.5% 1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0' 5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE 1.5'GUTTER33.0'±TC TO TC
PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
1.4%CROWN1.5'BUFFER1.5'BUFFER
5.3% BACKFILL6"5.5'SIDEWALK
-40XXEX FENCE
STA 13+51.9 DRIVEWAY AT 2308 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' D 10 -1002030 -20 -30 -40-45
181180
185
179182183184186187MATCH183.6
18%1.4%
12%
6.6%
5.3%
6.0%PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
2.0%1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0' 5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE33.0'±TC TO TC GUTTER 18%
1.4%1.5'
2.6%1.5'BUFFER1.5'BUFFER
5.3% BACKFILL6"5.5'SIDEWALK
STA 12+28.2 DRIVEWAY AT 2324 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' A 10 -10020 -20 -30 -40-45
181182183180179
184185
13.5%1.5' 10.4'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM5.0'BIKE LANE1.5'BUFFER10.0'EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEPROPOSEDPROFILEEX PROFILE
1.4%18%
4.4%
2.0% 186187
STA 13+25.5 SOUTH SIDE DRIVEWAY AT 2 PLYMOUTH AVE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' C City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 12C5.2
CROSSSECTIONS
10 -10020 -20 -30 -40
179178
183
177176
180181182184185
MATCH180.4 34.3'±TC TO TC1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0' 5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE1.3'LANETRANSITION10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE 18%1.4%
20.1%
1.5%5.3%
2.2%
3.2%PROPOSEDPROFILE
EXPROFILE
5.3%
1.4%1.5'GUTTER
2.9%
29% CROWN1.5'BUFFER 1.5'BUFFER BACKFILL6"BIORETENTIONPROPOSEDBIORETENTION. 6.0'SIDEWALK XX
-50
EX FENCE
STA 15+01.9 DRIVEWAY AT 2236 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' C 10 -10020 -20 -30 -40-45
176175
180
174173
177178179181182
18%1.4%
23.8%
1.5%5.3%
24% 1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 35.7'±10.0' 5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE2.7'LANETRANSITION10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE
1.3%
2.0%
6.0%1.5'GUTTER
TC TO TC
PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
MATCH178.5
5.3%
1.4%CROWN1.5'BUFFER 1.5'BUFFER
BACKFILL
-50
5.5'5.0'SIDEWALKBIORETENTION6"PROPOSEDBIORETENTION
XXX
EX FENCE
STA 15+49.9 DRIVEWAY AT 2228 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' D 10 -10020 -20 -30 -40-45
181180
185
179178
182183184186187
MATCH182.4
18%1.4%
19.3%
1.5%5.3%
25%
2.1%
4.2%
4.8%
1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0'6.5'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE
PROPOSEDPROFILE
EXPROFILECROWN1.5'BUFFER
STA 14+51.8 DRIVEWAY AT 2244 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' B 10 -10020 -20 -30 -40
181180
185
179182183184186187MATCH183.6
18%1.4%
18.6%
1.5%5.3%
2.2%PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0' 5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE
4.5%
3.8%5.3%
1.4%1.5'GUTTER33.0'±TC TO TC
CROWN1.5'BUFFER1.5'BUFFER
BACKFILL6"5.5'SIDEWALK
-40STA 14+00 DRIVEWAY AT 2300 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' A City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 13C5.3
CROSSSECTIONS
020 10 -10020 10 -10
164165166163162161
167168169170171
-20 -30 -40-45
PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
1.5'5.0'4.0' 10.0'LEFT TURNTRAFFIC LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANEDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALK10.0'DRIVEWAYCONFORMMATCH165.8 18%5.3%1.5%
1.4%
19%
1.5%
20.5%
4.0%
10.0' 6.0'EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEPAVINGLIMIT
1.5%
4.0%1.5'GUTTERCROWN1.5'BUFFER 1.5'BUFFERBIKE LANE
STA 16+99 DRIVEWAY AT 2208 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' C 10 -10020 -20 -30 -40
168167
172
166165
169170171173174
PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0' 5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE6.0'LANETRANSITION10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE39.0'±TC TO TC
4.8%MATCH170.3
23%
1.5%5.3%18%1.4%
19.4%
1.4%
5.3%1.5'GUTTER
3.1%CROWN1.5'BUFFER 1.5'BUFFER5.1%
3.1%
4% BACKFILL8.3'1.5'DRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALK6"
-50-55STA 16+54.4 DRIVEWAY AT 2212 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' B 10 -10020 -20 -30 -40
172171
176
170169
173174175177178
MATCH173.4 1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0'5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE4.5'LANETRANSITION10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE37.5'±TC TO TC 18% PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
18%1.4%
9.1%
1.5%5.3%
2.3%
2.3%
2.0%
6.4%
5.3%
1.4%1.5'GUTTERCROWN1.5'BUFFER 1.5'BUFFER
BACKFILL
-50
PROPOSEDBIORETENTION5.5'5.0'SIDEWALKBIORETENTION6"
XXEX FENCE
STA 16+01.9 DRIVEWAY AT 2220 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' A 10 -10020 -20 -30 -40-45
164165166163162161
167168
160159158
11.9%14.8% PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILEPROPOSEDBIORETENTION EXWALLMATCH163.75 4.2'10.0' 10.0'5.0'4.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANE10.0'LEFT TURNTRAFFIC LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANEBIORETENTIONSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM
1.5%
5.3%
1.5%
1.4%
1.5%GUTTER1.5'1.5'BUFFERRETAINING WALLCOLUMN
STA 17+35.3 DRIVEWAY AT 2204 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' D City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 14C5.4
CROSSSECTIONS
10 -1002030 -20 -30 -40-45
158159160157156155
161162
154153152
4.2' 10.0'5.0'4.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANE10.0'LEFT TURNTRAFFIC LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANEBIORETENTIONSIDEWALK
0.2%
5.3%
1.5%
1.4%
0.2%GUTTER1.5'
PROPOSEDBIORETENTION
CUT TO MEETDESIGN GRADEBUFFER1.5'RETAINING WALL
STA 17+92.5 DRIVEWAY AT 2200 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' D 1030 -1002030 -20 -30 -40-45
164165166163162161
167168
160159
MATCH163.0
158
4.2'10.0' 10.0' 5.0'5.0'4.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE10.0'LEFT TURNTRAFFIC LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANEDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
4.4%
4.0%
5.3%
1.4%
0.9%
18%5.3%1.5%
19.8%
1.4%
0.9%
19.3% 1.5'GUTTER1.5'GUTTER 43.0'TC TO TC
CROWN1.5'BUFFER 1.5'BUFFER
-50
BACKFILL5.5'6"SIDEWALK
STA 17+50 DRIVEWAY AT 2204 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' A 1030 -10020 -20 -30 -40-45
160161162159158157
163164
156155154
1.9%
1.4%18%
4.4%1.5' 10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM5.0'BIKE LANE1.5'BUFFER PROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE
3.7%10.0'EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANE MATCH ATGARAGE DOOR
10 -10020 -20 -30 -40-45
159160161158157156
162163
1551541538.9%
11.8%
1.4%18%
4.4%
4.0% 1.5' 10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM5.0'BIKE LANE1.5'BUFFER10.0'EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEPROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE STA 17+61.4 SOUTH SIDE DRIVEWAY AT 1 CAMBRIDGE ST (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' B STA 17+77.6 SOUTH SIDE DRIVEWAY AT 4 DEVONSHIRE BLVD (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' C City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 15C5.5
CROSSSECTIONS
10 -10020 -20 -30 -40-45
158159160157156155
161162
154153152
MATCH157.0 1.5'10.0'4.0'1.5'GUTTERDRIVEWAYAPPROACHSIDEWALKDRIVEWAYCONFORM 10.0' 5.0'5.0' EAST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANE10.0'LEFT TURNTRAFFIC LANE10.0'WEST BOUNDTRAFFIC LANEBIKE LANEPROPOSEDPROFILEEXPROFILE 18%1.4%
5.3%1.5%
1.0%
4.0%
4.4%
1.0%
19% 1.5'GUTTER43.0'TC TO TC
CROWN1.5'BUFFER 1.5'BUFFER
5.3%
1.4%
8.3%
-50
6"5.5' BACKFILLSIDEWALK
STA 18+05 DRIVEWAY AT 2200 SAN CARLOS AVENUE (PROFILE)SCALE:1"=3' A City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 16C5.6
CROSSSECTIONS
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 16C6.1
CIVIL DETAILS
NOTE:1.ACROSS THE PEDESTRIAN ROUTEAT CURB RAMP LOCATIONS, THEGUTTER PAN SLOPE SHALL NOTEXCEED 1" OF DEPTH FOR EACH2'-0" OF WIDTH.2.EXISTING GUTTER WIDTH VARIES.CONTRACTOR TO MATCH EXGUTTER WIDTH. REFERENCE CIVILDETAILS FOR LOCATIONS.
AC CONFORM (DIMENSIONS TO BEVERIFIED IN FIELD)EX AC
EX AC
FDAC PATCH PAVE(6" MIN DEPTH)
CURB &GUTTER
5% MAX (UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED)
CURB &GUTTER
MIN GRIND (SEETYPICAL SECTIONS)
MIN GRIND (SEETYPICAL SECTIONS)
CASE 1 - CONFORM WHEN IMPROVEMENT IS ABOVE EXISTING
GRIND DEPTH VARIES (4" ACMIN) - SEE PLANS
AC OVERLAY DEPTHVARIES (MIN DEPTH -SEE TYPICAL SECTIONS) FDAC PATCH PAVE(6" MIN DEPTH)
5'
5'
5% MAX (UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED)
CASE 2 - CONFORM WHEN IMPROVEMENT IS BELOW EXISTING
AC CONFORM (DIMENSIONS TO BEVERIFIED IN FIELD)
RAMP
18.0%1.4%VARIES (SEEPLAN)MATCHEX DRWY
MATCHEX DRWY
10'
1.5%RAMP
VARIES (SEEPLAN)
VARIES(SEE PLAN)
5.0' 4.0'1.5'1.5'
DWY SLOPE VARIES(SEE PLAN)1.4%TRANSITIONROADSURFACE1"
1.5%
18.0%
1.5'5.0' 1.5' 4.0'
5.0'
5.0'
10' MATCH EXDRWY
COMPACT EX BASE ORSUBGRADE TO 95% RC
SAWCUT/GRINDSEE TYPICAL SECTIONS6" AC :TYPE A 34" or 12" MAX IN 3" LIFTSSAWCUT/GRIND NOTE:·AC BASE REPAIR - LOCATIONS TO BEDETERMINED AFTER PAVEMENT GRINDING.6"WIDTH VARIES - SEE PLANS
SEE TYPICAL SECTIONS
CASE 2 - @ PAVEMENT REPAIR SITE
COMPACT EX BASE ORSUBGRADE TO 95% RC
EX AC SURFACE
NEW DESIGN GRADE(DEPTH OF CUT VARIES)AC (DEPTH - 10")
REMOVE AC (INCLUDES AB & SUBSOIL AS NECESSARY),DEPTH VARIES (SEE GRADING PLANS & DETAIL PLANS)REMOVE AC (INCLUDES AB & SUBSOIL AS NECESSARY)TO INSTALL AC (SEE GRADING PLANS & DETAIL PLANS) DEPTH VARIES. SEEGRADING PLANS
CASE 1 - WHEN DESIGN GRADE IS BELOW EXISTING
EX AC SURFACEDEPTH VARIES. SEEGRADING PLANS
COMPACT EX BASE ORSUBGRADE TO 95% RC
NEW DESIGN GRADE(DEPTH OF FILL VARIES)
AC (DEPTH SEE PLANS)
LEGENDCASE 2 - WHEN DESIGN GRADE IS ABOVE EXISTING
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 17C6.2
AC CONFORMSCALE: NTS1
TYPICAL CALTRANS ADA CURB RAMP A88A DETAILSCALE: NTS7
CIVIL DETAILS
TYPICAL DRIVEWAY DETAILSCALE: NTS6
6" AC BASE REPAIRSCALE: NTS2
AC CONFORMSCALE: NTS3
VERTICAL CURBSCALE: NTS4
ECCENTRIC SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE DETAILSCALE: NTS5
1"6"1"6"15" 2.5' MAX6" MIN6"6"
FLUSH CURB ATCURB CUTS
6" BIORETENTION SOIL MIXPER LANDSCAPE PLANS18" MIN STRUCTURAL SOILPER SPECIFICATIONS12" MIN CLASS 2PERMEABLE ROCKSUBGRADE30 MILS (0.76MM) MINIMUM MOISTURE BARRIER.EXTEND 6" MIN INTO SUBGRADE 8" MIN12" MIN3.0'#4 REBAR, 12" OC EACH WAYAT CORNERS, 24" MIN "L"SHAPE HOOK INTO CONTINUOUSRETAINING WALL (TYP) #4 REBAR, 12" OC EACH WAY30 MILS (0.76MM) MINIMUM MOISTURE BARRIER.EXTEND 6" MIN INTO SUBGRADE (TYP) TYPICAL EXISTING UTILITY*6" CLASS 2 AB, COMPACT TO 95% RCSUBGRADE, COMPACT TO 95% RC CONCRETE SIDEWALK.SEE DETAIL.CONCRETE CURB& GUTTER. SEE DETAIL.
NOTE:*IF EXISTING UTILITY IS SHALLOW, UNDER OR WITHIN THEBIORETENTION. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PER DETAILTHROUGH BIORETENTION AND RETAINING WALL. SEE DETAIL. 2" MIN6"-8" RIP RAP 2" BELOWINLET AND OUTLETDOWEL #4 REBAR 12" OC EW,9" MIN INTO SIDEWALK6C4.19- 2-3-
3.0'
BIORETENTION AREA GENERAL NOTES:1.UNDERDRAIN PIPE SHALL BE PVC SDR-35 OR ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL PER ENGINEERS SPECIFICATION. SINGLE WALLAND DUAL WALL CORRUGATED HDPE PIPE (AASHTO M252 AND M294 TYPES C, S, AND D) ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.2.UNDERDRAIN PIPE SHALL BE SLOTTED TYPE, MEASURING 0.032 INCH WIDE (MAX), SPACED AT 0.25 INCH (MIN), AND PROVIDING AMINIMUM INLET AREA OF 5.0 SQUARE INCH PER LINEAR FOOT OF PIPE.3.SLOTS SHALL BE ORIENTED PERPENDICULAR TO LONG AXIS OF PIPE, AND EVENLY SPACED AROUND CIRCUMFERENCE ANDLENGTH OF PIPE.4.STORMWATER SHOULD BE DIRECTED AWAY FROM BIORETENTION UNTIL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE AND DRAINAGE AREAVEGETATION IS STABILIZED. 2" BELOW FL6" MINPONDING
WIDTH VARIES. SEEIMPROVEMENT PLANDOME INLET IN BIORETENTIONAREA, SEE DETAIL.SEE PLANTING PLAN BIORETENTION VERTICALCURB. SEE DETAILSEE BIORETENTIONCURB & GUTTER DETAILCURB OPENINGS SHALLBE 18" MIN. WIDE STRUCTURAL SOIL PERSPECIFICATIONSCLASS II PERMEABLE ROCK PERCALTRANS SPECIFICATIONIMPERMEABLE LINERNATIVE SOIL, DO NOT COMPACT6" PVC SDR-35 PERFORATEDSLOPED UNDERDRAIN ASPHALT CONCRETE SIDEWALK ANDBASE. SEE GRADING PLANS AND DETAILS 6" X 12" COBBLES ALL AROUNDEXPOSED DOME INLET
CURB OPENING. SEE DETAIL
OUTLET CONNECT TO SD. SEEIMPROVEMENT PLAN.
BIORETENTION SOIL MIXPER SPECIFICATIONS
9-
7-
8-
6-
18"12"6"-8" RIP RAP 2" BELOWINFLOW AND OUTFLOW30 MILS (0.76MM) MINIMUMMOISTURE BARRIER. EXTENDED6" MIN INTO SUBGRADE 35CALTRANSCALTRANS
6-
7C6.4
1.DOME GRATES SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON PER ASTM A536 GRADE 70-50-05.2.DRAIN BASIN TO BE CUSTOM MANUFACTURED ACCORDING TO PLAN DETAILS.3.DRAINAGE CONNECTION STUB JOINT TIGHTNESS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D3212 FOR CORRUGATEDHDPE (ADS N-12/HANCOR DUAL WALL), N-12 HP, & PVC SEWER (4" - 24").4.ADAPTERS CAN BE MOUNTED ON ANY ANGLE 0° TO 360°.5.DOME GRATES HAVE NO LOAD RATING.
TOP OF SOIL AROUND INLET TO BE6" MIN BELOW BOTTOM OF DOME DEPTH TO LATERAL PIPE IS36" MIN.UNLESS SHOWNOTHERWISE ON PLANSVARIABLE SUMPDEPTH 6'' MIN6'' MIN 15" SEEDRAINAGE PLAN
DOME GRATETO MATCH BASIN O.D.SEE DRAINAGE PLAN(5)ADAPTER ANGLES VARIABLE0° - 360° ACCORDING TO PLANS
PERFORATEDRISER
CLASS II PERMEABLE VIRGIN ROCKBACKFILL MATERIAL. REFER TOCALTRANS STD. SPECIFICATIONS
REFER TO DRAINAGE PLANS FOR RCPLATERAL CONNECTION PIPE
WATERTIGHT JOINT(PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION)
12" MIN
EXISTING GASCEMENT SLURRY BACKFILL30 MILS (0.76MM) MINIMUM MOISTURE BARRIER.EXTEND 6" MIN INTO SUBGRADE (TYP)EXISTING UTILITY 8" MIN12" MIN
3" CLEAR TYP.
3" CLEARTYP.FLOW LINE OR FINISHGRADE OF SIDEWALKTOP OF CURB6" MIN1-#4 REBAR ON OC PROVIDE ADDITIONAL #4 REBARREINFORCEMENT AS SHOWNWHERE TYPICAL IS CUT #4 REBAR ON 12" OCEACH WAY (TYP)18" MIN2.0' MIN
NOTE:1.ASSUME FOR ALL EX UTILITIES WITHIN BIORETENTION AREAS.2.ANY NEW STORM SUBDRAIN WITHIN CEMENT SLURRY BACKFILL TO BE SOLID.NOTE: ASSUME FOR ALL EX UTILITIES WITHINBIORETENTION AREAS. 8" MIN
FLOW
PAVEMENT
FLOW
FLOW
6" HIGH CURB
6" HIGH CURB
FLOWS TOBIOSWALE
>
CLASS 2 A.B.
SEE ASPHALTDETAIL SECTION
#4 @ 12"O.C. (TYP.)
4" THICKCLASS 2 A.B.PCC GUTTER. SEECITY STD DETAIL
#4 @ 9"O.C. (TYP).
#4 @ 12"O.C. (TYP.)
#4 @ 12"O.C. (TYP.)#4 @ 12"O.C. (TYP.)
ASPHALT BIKEWAY, S.L.P
CLASS 2 A.B.
#4 @ 12"O.C. (TYP.)#4 @ 12"O.C. (TYP.)
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 18C6.3
CIVIL DETAILS
TYPICAL CONCRETE RETAINING WALL WITHIN BIORETENTION AREAS SCALE: NTS1EXISTING UTILITY THROUGH CONCRETE RETAINING WALL SCALE: NTS3 SHALLOW UTILITY SERVICE UNDER OR WITHINBIORETENTION FACILITY SCALE: NTS2 BIORETENTION VERTICAL CURBSCALE: NTS8BIORETENTION CURB & GUTTERSCALE: NTS9 IMPERMEABLE LINE ANCHOR AT WALL /STRUCTURESCALE: NTS4
BIORETENTION AREA SECTIONSCALE: NTS5
DOME INLET DETAILSCALE: NTS6
CURB CUT OPENINGSCALE: NTS7
BIORETENTION CONCRETE CHECK DAMSCALE: NTS10
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
6" MIN6" MIN
6" MIN
44'
5.5'
6'6'6'6'6'6'4'
6" MIN6" MIN
6" MIN6" MIN6" MIN6" MIN6" MIN6" MIN
SEE LANDSCAPEPLANS
DOMEINLET
SD CLEANOUTWITH CAP
SEE TYPICALBIORETENTIONAREA SECTION
6" PERFORATED PVC SD-35 WITHHOLES FACING DOWN WITH A0.5% MINIMUM SLOPEIMPERMEABLE LINER
SEE BIORETENTIONVERTICAL CURB DETAIL IMPERMEABLE LINER
IMPERMEABLELINER
CONCRETE CHECK DAMTOP ELEVATION 171.75CONCRETE CHECK DAMTOP ELEVATION 169.43 CONNECT TO STORM DRAIN PIPE.SEE IMPROVEMENT PLAN.
SEE BIORETENTIONVERTICAL CURBDETAILSIDEWALK SEEIMPROVEMENT &GRADING PLANS
IMPERMEABLE LINERIMPERMEABLE LINERIMPERMEABLE LINER
CONCRETE CHECK DAMTOP ELEVATION 171.17CONCRETE CHECK DAMTOP ELEVATION 170.59CONCRETE CHECK DAMTOP ELEVATION 170.01 B-B-
8C6.3
8C6.3 5C6.3
8C6.4
6C6.3
4" CURBBREAK5' MAX5' MAX5' MAX5' MAX5' MAX3.5'5' MAX5' MAX4" CURBBREAK 4" CURBBREAK
8C6.58C6.5
8C6.5
4" CURBBREAK8C6.5 4" CURBBREAK8C6.5 4" CURBBREAK8C6.5 4" CURBBREAK8C6.5 4" CURBBREAK8C6.5
SECTION VIEW OF DISSIMILAR MATERIALS CONNECTIONDOUBLE WIDEMARMAC COUPLERTO BE WRAPPEDAROUND CONNECTION 6" PERFORATEDPVC PIPEDUAL WALL HDPEDISSIMILAR MATERIALS ADAPTER 15"-30"Ø DRAIN BASIN STRUCTUREWITH 4"-24" DUAL WALL HDPEWATERTIGHT DRAINAGE CONNECTIONS 6 UNDERDRAIN CLEANOUT NOTES:1.CLEANOUT PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AND MATERIAL AS SLOTTEDUNDERDRAIN PIPE.2.CLEANOUT COVERS AND LIDS MUST COMPLY WITH ALAMEDA COUNTY PUBLICWORKS AGENCY STANDARD ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS.3.CLEANOUT SHALL BE INSTALLED TO ALLOW FOR MAINTENANCE ACCESS TO ALLPIPES.4.ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE SOIL TIGHT. 35 IMPERMEABLE LINER
SEE NOTE 1
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
SDSDSDSD
SDSD
44.8'
5.5'A-
6" MIN
6'6'6' 6' 6.6'7.1'
6" MIN6" MIN6" MIN6" MIN6" MIN
SD CLEANOUTWITH CAP
SEE TYPICALBIORETENTIONAREA SECTIONIMPERMEABLE LINER
DOME INLET.SEE DETAIL
IMPERMEABLE LINERCONNECT TO STORMDRAIN PIPE. SEEIMPROVEMENT PLAN. 6" PERFORATED PVC SD-35WITH HOLES FACING DOWNWITH A 0.5% MINIMUM SLOPE
SEE BIORETENTIONVERTICAL CURBDETAILSEE BIORETENTIONVERTICAL CURB DETAIL
SIDEWALK SEEIMPROVEMENT &GRADING PLANS
SIDEWALK SEEIMPROVEMENT &GRADING PLANS LATERAL BRACINGLATERAL BRACINGLATERAL BRACINGLATERAL BRACINGLATERAL BRACING A-
8C6.38C6.3 6C6.3
5C6.3
8C6.4
4" CURBBREAK5' MAX5' MAX5' MAX4" CURBBREAK4" CURBBREAK4" CURBBREAK4" CURBBREAK4" CURBBREAK 4" CURBBREAK4" CURBBREAK5' MAX5' MAX 5' MAX5' MAX8C6.5 8C6.58C6.58C6.58C6.5 8C6.5 8C6.5
SEE NOTES 1 & 2
(2) #4 TOP &BOTTOM
UNDERDRAIN PIPE
TOP OF CURB
#3 TIES @ 6" O.C.
-C DESIGN PONDINGELEVATION#3 TIES @ 6"O.C. (TYP.)
SEE BIORETENTIONCURB DETAILSEE BIORETENTIONVERTICAL CURB DETAIL
UNDERDRAIN PIPESEE TYPICAL BIORETENTIONAREA SECTION
(2) #4 (TOP & BOTTOM)
-C
9C6.38C6.3
5C6.3
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 19C6.4
CIVIL DETAILS
DRAIN BASIN WITH DISSIMILARMATERIALS CONNECTION TO RCPSCALE: NTS1SLOTTED UNDERDRAIN PIPESCALE: NTS2 TYPICAL SOIL TIGHT WALL PENETRATIONSCALE: NTS7
IMPERMEABLE LINER ANCHORSCALE: NTS3
STORM DRAIN CLEAN OUTSCALE: NTS8
BIORETENTION LAYOUT AT STA 15+83 TO STA 16+26 SOUTHSCALE: NTS6 SECTION B-BSCALE: NTS
BIORETENTION LAYOUT AT STA 13+54 TO STA 13+96 SOUTHSCALE: NTS5 SECTION A-ASCALE: NTS
LATERAL BRACINGSCALE: NTS9
REINFORCED CONCRETE BIORETENTION TIE BEAMSCALE: NTS4
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
SD
22.8'6' 4.5'6'4.8'A- 6" MIN6" MIN6" MIN4.2'
IMPERMEABLELINERCONNECT TO STORMDRAIN PIPE. SEEIMPROVEMENT PLAN.
SEE BIORETENTIONVERTICAL CURB DETAILSIDEWALK SEEIMPROVEMENT &GRADING PLANS
SEE TYPICALBIORETENTIONAREA SECTIONIMPERMEABLELINER
SEE BIORETENTIONVERTICAL CURB DETAILSIDEWALK SEEIMPROVEMENT &GRADING PLANSSD CLEANOUTWITH CAPDOME INLET 6" PERFORATED PVC SD-35 WITHHOLES FACING DOWN WITH A0.5% MINIMUM SLOPEIMPERMEABLE LINERIMPERMEABLE LINER CONCRETE CHECK DAMTOP ELEVATION 161.28CONCRETE CHECK DAMTOP ELEVATION 160.68CONCRETE CHECK DAMTOP ELEVATION 160.08 8C6.38C6.3
5C6.3
8C6.46C6.3
A-4" CURBBREAK5' MAX4" CURBBREAK5' MAX4" CURBBREAK5' MAX4" CURBBREAK3' 8-8-8-8-D D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
SD
B-
B-
25.3' 6'6'6'5.3'
6" MIN6" MIN6" MIN 4.2'
IMPERMEABLELINER CONNECT TO STORMDRAIN PIPE. SEEIMPROVEMENT PLAN.
SEE BIORETENTIONVERTICAL CURB DETAIL
SIDEWALK SEEIMPROVEMENT &GRADING PLANS
SEE TYPICALBIORETENTIONAREA SECTION
SEE BIORETENTIONVERTICAL CURB DETAILSIDEWALK SEEIMPROVEMENT &GRADING PLANSSD CLEANOUTWITH CAP
IMPERMEABLE LINERIMPERMEABLE LINERIMPERMEABLE LINER
DOME INLET
6" PERFORATED PVC SD-35 WITHHOLES FACING DOWN WITH A0.5% MINIMUM SLOPE
CONCRETE CHECK DAMCONCRETE CHECK DAMCONCRETE CHECK DAM
5C6.3
8C6.48C6.38C6.36C6.3
4" CURBBREAK5' MAX4'4" CURBBREAK4" CURBBREAK4" CURBBREAK5' MAX5' MAX 8-8-8-8- 7- 7- 1C6.6
10+0010+50
176
6" INV 177.17± (IN-W)8" INV 177.08± (OUT-N)SD DOME INLETINLET 180.79± SDMHRIM 181.60±8" INV 176.75± (IN-S)EX 27" INV 176.11± (THRU) 32 LF 8" SD PIPE @ 1.0%
4.3'
8" WTR178
180
182
184
174
172
EX 4" GAS
10+0010+50
164
6" INV 165.53± (IN-W)8" INV 165.52± (OUT-N)SD DOME INLETGRATE 169.50± SDMHRIM 170.45±8" INV 165.30± (IN-S)EX 36" INV 164.55± (THRU) 34 LF 8" SD PIPE @ 1.0%
162
166
168
170
172
8" WTREX 4" GAS
4.7'
2C6.6
Caltrans Standard Plans.
2C6.6
R = 12" R = 12"
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 20C6.5
CIVIL DETAILS
BIORETENTION LAYOUT AT STA 17+23 TO STA 17+47 NORTHSCALE: NTS1 SECTION A-ASCALE: NTS
BIORETENTION LAYOUT AT STA 17+75 TO STA 18+01 NORTHSCALE: NTS2 SECTION A-ASCALE: NTS
STORM DRAIN PROFILE STA 13+88HORIZONTAL SCALE: 1"=10'VERTICAL SCALE: 1"=5'3 WALL DECORATIONSCALE: NTS5
STORM DRAIN PROFILE STA 16+18HORIZONTAL SCALE: 1"=10'VERTICAL SCALE: 1"=5'4 WALL DETAILSCALE: NTS7
CURB BREAKSCALE: NTS8
4.CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH PROPERTY OWNER AND CITY ON FINAL LAYOUT, DIMENSIONS,LOCATION, MATERIALS, LIGHTING, ETC. FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL5.INSTALL CONDUIT FOR LIGHTING6.ADD WEEP HOLE. SEE DETAIL2- ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNALASSEMBLY. INCLUDES TOUCHLESACTIVATION, LED ACTIVATION, ANDAUDIBLE SPEAKER TO INDICATEACTIVATION, AND BE PAINTED YELLOW 6C6.1DETAIL
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 22C6.6
CIVIL DETAILS
WEEP HOLESCALE: NTS2
BRICK WALL DETAILSCALE: NTS1
PUSH BUTTONSCALE: NTS4 REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING CURB DETAILSCALE: NTS3 City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 23C6.7
CIVIL DETAILS
DRIVEWAY PAVERS AT 2316 SAN CARLOS AVENUE2
CONCRETE PLATFORM AT 2236 SANCARLOS AVENUE79
10GUTTER DRAINAGE PIPE AT2220 SAN CARLOS AVENUELANDSCAPE & ROCK BARRIER AT2212 SAN CARLOS AVENUE14 COLUMN AND WOODEN FENCE 2200AND 2204 SAN CARLOS AVENUE
13PLANTER BOXES AT 2204 SAN CARLOS AVENUE12LIGHTING AND WALL AT 2204 SAN CARLOS AVENUE11PLANTER BOX AT 2208 SAN CARLOS AVENUE 17LANDSCAPE & SIGNS STA 18+40 AT2200 SAN CARLOS AVENUE16BRICK VENEER WALL AT 2200 SAN CARLOS AVENUE15 LANDSCAPE & PAVERS STA 18+00 AT 2200 SANCARLOS AVENUE DRIVEWAY PAVERS AT 2308 SAN CARLOS AVENUE3
DRIVEWAY PAVERS AT 2300 SAN CARLOS AVENUE4
PLANTERS BETWEEN 2330 & 2324SAN CARLOS AVENUE
LANDSCAPE AT 2244 SANCARLOS AVENUE
5 LANDSCAPE AT 2236 SANCARLOS AVENUE6
8ROCK PLANTER AT 2228 SANCARLOS AVENUE
PLANTERS BETWEEN 2330 SANCARLOS AVENUE1
19UTILITY PAD NEAR BEVERLYDRIVE & SAN CARLOS AVENUE18
AUGUST 2019 NOTETHE WOODENRETAINING WALL
MARCH 2023
DECEMBER 2013 NOTETHE EARTHEN ROCK WALL
MARCH 2023
2324
2330
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
2342
2350
10 3
XXXXXXX
XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
TVTV
XXXXXXX
GREEN DASHBIKE LANE (TYP)DETAIL 39A (TYP)4" CROSSHATCH (TYP) GREEN DASH BIKELANE THROUGHINTERSECTION (TYP)2
22 5.0'10.0'10.0'26.5'
1.5'4.0'10.0'
5.0'10.0'
10.0'
5.0'
5.0'
10.0'
33.0'
4.0'1.5'
60.0'
5.0'5.5'
20.0' (TYP)
5.5'
1.5'
1.5'
1.4'
1.5'
14 13
9 11
5.5' 6
6 7
7 5
5 1.0'4.0'
12" WHITE XWALK
12" WHITE XWALK
5.0'5.5'
13 11
15 13
12 BIKE LANE SYMBOL WITHPERSON PER CALTRANSSTANDARD PLAN A24CBIKE LANE ARROWPER CALTRANSSTANDARD PLAN A24AGREEN BACKING SPACING SEE MUTCDFIGURE 9C-3 B20.0'3.33'6'
DETAIL 39AEX LIPEX TC DETAIL 39R = 50'
4" CROSSHATCH(TYP)
GREEN BACKINGGREEN BACKING8.0'4.0'60.0'
VARIES (SEE PLAN)VARIES(SEEPLAN)VARIES (SEE PLAN)
GREEN BACKINGDETAIL 39A4.0'8.0'VARIES (SEE PLAN)
6 231NOTES:
754
98 BIKE LANE SYMBOL WITH PERSON &ARROW IN GREEN BACK (TYP). SEE DETAILAC7.1 BIKE LANE SYMBOL WITH PERSON. SEECALTRANS STANDARD PLAN A24C INSTALL STREET NAME SIGNS & POST IN-KINDINSTALL R81(CA) SIGN & POSTMARKING WORD "STOP"WHITE LIMIT LINE (STOP LINE)
TYPE IV (L) TURN ARROWBLUE HYDRANT MARKER
10INSTALL BUS STOP SIGNS IN-KIND & POST
1112INSTALL R26(CA) SIGN & POST
13 INSTALL R81B(CA) SIGN14
INSTALL R1-1 SIGN & POST
15INSTALL W3-3 & SIGNALAHEAD SIGN IN-KIND & POSTINSTALL S1-1 SIGN IN-KIND & POST REPAINT RED CURB WITH "SC PD" STENCILED IN WHITE
16 INSTALL R26(CA) LEFT ARROW SIGN & POST
17 INSTALL R81A(CA) SIGN
1.SEE CALTRANS STANDARD PLANS FOR PAVEMENTTRAFFIC LINE, MARKER, AND MARKING DETAILS.2.REFERENCE CURRENT CA MUTCD STANDARDS.3.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CATTRACKING/LAYOUT OF SIGNAGE & STRIPING. FINALLAYOUT AND LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED IN FIELD BYTHE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.4.SIGN POST SEE CITY STD DETAIL GENERAL NOTES:
31C6.2
STRIPING DETAIL/PAINTED CURB
APPROXIMATELENGTH (LF)
SIGNING, STRIPING &MARKING LEGEND
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 24C7.1
STRIPING PLAN
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
CHARLTONSTREET
BEVERLY DRIVE
MATCHLINE (STA 12+82.7): SEE SHEET C7.2
BIKE LANE SYMBOL WITH PERSON & ARROW IN GREEN BACKSCALE: NTSA BUFFERED GREEN DASHED BIKE LANE (TYP)SCALE: NTSB
GREEN DASHED BIKE LANE (TYP)SCALE: NTSC S1-1
R26(CA)
CUSTOM BUS STOP SIGNBUS STOP SIGN
W3-3 & SIGNALAHEAD SIGN
STREET NAME SIGNS ATCAMBRIDGE ST & SAN CARLOS AVESTREET NAME SIGNS AT SANCARLOS AVE & WELLINGTON DR R81B(CA)
R81(CA) R1-1 LIMIT OFWORKLIMIT OF WORK
LIMIT OFWORK
R26(CA) LEFT ARROW
R81A(CA)
2228
2236
2244
2300
2308
2316
3 2 XXXX
XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
GREEN DASHBIKE LANE (TYP)DETAIL 39A (TYP)4" CROSSHATCH (TYP) 4" CROSSHATCH (TYP)
4" CROSSHATCH (TYP)GREEN DASH BIKELANE THROUGHINTERSECTION (TYP)2 210.0'
10.0'
5.0'4.0'1.5'
10.0'
6.5'5.5'
33.0'36.3'10.0'3.3'10.0'5.0'
4.0'10.0'
1.5'
60.0'
5.0'5.0'5.5'1.5'
1.5'
1.5'
11 13 111711 67 5
5 20.0' (TYP)
12" WHITE XWALK
5.0'
5.0'
5.5' 1.5'5.5'5.2'
4.0'
13 5.5'
5.5'
10.0'
10.0'
6 231NOTES:
754
98 BIKE LANE SYMBOL WITH PERSON &ARROW IN GREEN BACK (TYP). SEE DETAILAC7.1 BIKE LANE SYMBOL WITH PERSON. SEECALTRANS STANDARD PLAN A24C
INSTALL STREET NAME SIGNS & POST IN-KIND
INSTALL R81(CA) SIGN & POST
MARKING WORD "STOP"WHITE LIMIT LINE (STOP LINE)
TYPE IV (L) TURN ARROWBLUE HYDRANT MARKER
10INSTALL BUS STOP SIGNS IN-KIND & POST
1112INSTALL R26(CA) SIGN & POST
13 INSTALL R81B(CA) SIGN14
INSTALL R1-1 SIGN & POST
15INSTALL W3-3 & SIGNALAHEAD SIGN IN-KIND & POSTINSTALL S1-1 SIGN IN-KIND & POST REPAINT RED CURB WITH "SC PD" STENCILED IN WHITE
16 INSTALL R26(CA) LEFT ARROW SIGN & POST
17 INSTALL R81A(CA) SIGN
1.SEE CALTRANS STANDARD PLANS FOR PAVEMENTTRAFFIC LINE, MARKER, AND MARKING DETAILS.2.REFERENCE CURRENT CA MUTCD STANDARDS.3.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CATTRACKING/LAYOUT OF SIGNAGE & STRIPING. FINALLAYOUT AND LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED IN FIELD BYTHE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.4.SIGN POST SEE CITY STD DETAIL GENERAL NOTES:
31C6.2
STRIPING DETAIL/PAINTED CURB
APPROXIMATELENGTH (LF)
SIGNING, STRIPING &MARKING LEGEND
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 MATCHLINE (STA 15+77.5): SEE SHEET C7.3
25C7.2
STRIPINGPLAN
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPLYMOUTH AVENUE
MATCHLINE (STA 12+82.7): SEE SHEET C7.1
LIMIT OF WORK
TSB
TSB
2200
2204
2208
22208
1 XXXXXXXX
TSB
TSB
2212
2 XXXXXXX
XXX
TV
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXX
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
D
D
ND YLOPLASTONOTPOLLUTE
UCTILEIRONRAINSTOWATERWAYS
GREEN DASHBIKE LANE (TYP)
DETAIL39A (TYP)GREEN BIKE BOX4" CROSSHATCH (TYP)
4" CROSSHATCH (TYP)
GREEN DASH BIKELANE THROUGHINTERSECTION (TYP)
24" YELLOW HIGHVISIBILITYCONTINENTAL XWALK 4" YELLOWCROSSHATCH (TYP)22 21 FROMTO
10.0'
10.0'
43.0' 10.0'5.0'
3.9'10.0'5.0'
36.9'39.2'43.0'
60.0'5.0'
10.0'
5.5'
1.5'
1.5'
1.5'
1.5'10.6'4.3'
13 138
9 1116 10
5.0'
67 44
811
FROMTO
20.0' (TYP)
12" WHITE XWALK5.0'
5.0'
5.5'
4.0'10.0'
1.5' 5.5'
5.5'
11 11
3 END
BEGIN
3 24" YELLOW HIGHVISIBILITYCONTINENTAL XWALK
24" YELLOW HIGHVISIBILITYCONTINENTAL XWALK
7 10.0'
10.0'
4.2'4.0'
6 231NOTES:
754
98 BIKE LANE SYMBOL WITH PERSON &ARROW IN GREEN BACK (TYP). SEE DETAILAC7.1 BIKE LANE SYMBOL WITH PERSON. SEECALTRANS STANDARD PLAN A24CINSTALL STREET NAME SIGNS & POST IN-KIND INSTALL R81(CA) SIGN & POSTMARKING WORD "STOP"WHITE LIMIT LINE (STOP LINE)
TYPE IV (L) TURN ARROWBLUE HYDRANT MARKER
10INSTALL BUS STOP SIGNS IN-KIND & POST
1112INSTALL R26(CA) SIGN & POST
13INSTALL R81B(CA) SIGN14 INSTALL R1-1 SIGN & POST
15INSTALL W3-3 & SIGNALAHEAD SIGN IN-KIND & POSTINSTALL S1-1 SIGN IN-KIND & POST REPAINT RED CURB WITH "SC PD" STENCILED IN WHITE
16 INSTALL R26(CA) LEFT ARROW SIGN & POST
17 INSTALL R81A(CA) SIGN
1.SEE CALTRANS STANDARD PLANS FOR PAVEMENTTRAFFIC LINE, MARKER, AND MARKING DETAILS.2.REFERENCE CURRENT CA MUTCD STANDARDS.3.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CATTRACKING/LAYOUT OF SIGNAGE & STRIPING. FINALLAYOUT AND LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED IN FIELD BYTHE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.4.SIGN POST SEE CITY STD DETAIL GENERAL NOTES:
31C6.2
STRIPING DETAIL/PAINTED CURB
APPROXIMATELENGTH (LF)
SIGNING, STRIPING &MARKING LEGEND
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3 26C7.3
STRIPING PLAN
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
MATCHLINE (STA 15+77.5): SEE SHEET C7.2
CAMBRIDGE STREET
WELLINGTON DRIVEDEVONSHIRE BLVD
LIMIT OF WORK
LIMIT OFWORK
C8.1
CONSTRUCTIONBESTMANAGEMENTPRACTICES
27 City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.org DATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: RBDrawn By: JBDesign By: MAScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600 Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig!
01/12/24
BID SUBMITTALJANUARY 12, 2024
SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 3
2324
2330
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
2342
235010
3 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
TVTV
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX WWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWWW
GGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGGGG
GGG
G
SDSDSDSDSDSD
SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD
SDSDSDSDSD
OHOHOHOH
OHOHOH
OHOHOHOHOHOH
OHOHOHOHOHOHOHOH
OHOHOHOHOHOH
ATT
ATT
ATT
SSSSSSSS
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSS
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGG
WWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWSS
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
WWWW
GGGGGGGG
WWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
G
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.orgDATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: BFDrawn By: DCDesign By: NRScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig! SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 31633 Bayshore Highway, Suite 133Burlingame, CA 94010T 650.375.1313www.callanderassociates.com BID SUBMITTALSEPTEMBER 8, 2023
CALA Project No. 21054
L1.0IRRIGATIONPLAN28
2228
2236
2244
2300
2308
2316
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
WWW
GGGGGG
GGGGGG2"
SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD OH
OHOHOHOHOHOH
OHOHOHOHOHOHOHOH
OHOH
OHOHOHOHOH
GGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGG
WWWWWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWW
WWWWW
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
WWWWWWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWW
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.orgDATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: BFDrawn By: DCDesign By: NRScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig! SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 31633 Bayshore Highway, Suite 133Burlingame, CA 94010T 650.375.1313www.callanderassociates.com BID SUBMITTALSEPTEMBER 8, 2023
CALA Project No. 21054
L1.1IRRIGATIONPLAN29
2200
2204
2208
22208
1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
TSB
TSB
2212
2 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX
TV
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX
WWWWWW
GGGGGGGG
GGGGG
GGGGG
GGGG GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
SD
SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD SD
OHOHOHOHOH
OHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOH
OHOHOH
OHOHOH
OHOHOHOH
SDSDSDSDSDSD
OHOH
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
GGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
WWWWW
WWWWWWWWWW
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGG
WWWWWWWWWW
W
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATTSDSD
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.orgDATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: BFDrawn By: DCDesign By: NRScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig! SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 31633 Bayshore Highway, Suite 133Burlingame, CA 94010T 650.375.1313www.callanderassociates.com BID SUBMITTALSEPTEMBER 8, 2023
CALA Project No. 21054
L1.2IRRIGATIONPLAN30
2324
2330
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
2342
235010
3 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
TVTV
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX WWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWWW
GGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGGGG
GGG
G
SDSDSDSDSDSD
SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD
SDSDSDSDSD
OHOHOHOH
OHOHOH
OHOHOHOHOHOH
OHOHOHOHOHOHOHOH
OHOHOHOHOHOH
ATT
ATT
ATT
SSSSSSSS
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSS
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGG
WWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWSS
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
WWWW
GGGGGGGG
WWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
G
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.orgDATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: BFDrawn By: DCDesign By: NRScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig! SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 31633 Bayshore Highway, Suite 133Burlingame, CA 94010T 650.375.1313www.callanderassociates.com BID SUBMITTALSEPTEMBER 8, 2023
CALA Project No. 21054
L2.0PLANTINGPLAN31
2228
2236
2244
2300
2308
2316
3 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX WWWW
GGGGGGG
GGGGGGGG2"
SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD OH
OHOHOHOHOHOH
OHOHOHOHOHOHOHOH
OHOH
OHOHOHOHOH
GGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGG
WWWWWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWW
WWWWW
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
WWWWWWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWW
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.orgDATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: BFDrawn By: DCDesign By: NRScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig! SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 31633 Bayshore Highway, Suite 133Burlingame, CA 94010T 650.375.1313www.callanderassociates.com BID SUBMITTALSEPTEMBER 8, 2023
CALA Project No. 21054
L2.1PLANTINGPLAN32
2200
2204
2208
22208
1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
TSB
TSB
2212
2 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX
TV
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX
WWWWWWW
GGGGGGGGG
GGGGG
GGGGG
GGGG GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
SD
SDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSDSD SD
OHOHOHOHOH
OHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOH
OHOHOHOH
OHOHOH
OHOHOHOH
SDSDSDSDSDSDSD
OHOH
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
GGGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
WWWWW
WWWWWWWWWW
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGGGGGGG
GGGGG
WWWWWWWWWW
W
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATTSDSDSD
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.orgDATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: BFDrawn By: DCDesign By: NRScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig! SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 31633 Bayshore Highway, Suite 133Burlingame, CA 94010T 650.375.1313www.callanderassociates.com BID SUBMITTALSEPTEMBER 8, 2023
CALA Project No. 21054
L2.2PLANTINGPLAN33
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.orgDATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: BFDrawn By: DCDesign By: NRScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig! SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 31633 Bayshore Highway, Suite 133Burlingame, CA 94010T 650.375.1313www.callanderassociates.com BID SUBMITTALSEPTEMBER 8, 2023
CALA Project No. 21054
L3.0LANDSCAPEDETAILS34
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.orgDATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: BFDrawn By: DCDesign By: NRScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig! SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 31633 Bayshore Highway, Suite 133Burlingame, CA 94010T 650.375.1313www.callanderassociates.com BID SUBMITTALSEPTEMBER 8, 2023
CALA Project No. 21054
L3.1LANDSCAPEDETAILS35
City of San CarlosPublic Works Department600 Elm StreetSan Carlos, CA 94070Tel: (650) 802-4200www.cityofsancarlos.orgDATEBYDESCRIPTIONNO.
Checked By: BFDrawn By: DCDesign By: NRScale: As ShownSheet Number of36 Sheets 1-800-227-2600Call Two WorkingDays Before YouDig! SAN CARLOS AVENUEPEDESTRIAN SAFETYIMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 31633 Bayshore Highway, Suite 133Burlingame, CA 94010T 650.375.1313www.callanderassociates.com BID SUBMITTALSEPTEMBER 8, 2023
CALA Project No. 21054
LANDSCAPEDETAILSL3.236
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: February 26, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Consideration of Introducing an Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code Chapters 18.07 - Industrial Districts and
18.30 - Use Permits, and Adding a New Chapter 18.14A - Northeast Area Overlay District.
RECOMMENDATION:
The Planning and Transportation Commission recommends that the City Council introduce an Ordinance amending Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code Chapters 18.07 - Industrial Districts and 18.30 - Use Permit, and adding a new chapter 18.14A - Northeast Area Overlay District, for the establishment of a new Overlay District called Northeast Area Overlay District.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
There are no fiscal implications for this item.
BACKGROUND:
As part of the City of San Carlos 2022 and 2023 Strategic Plans, the City Council directed staff “to develop a plan in response to the continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, and develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development.” As a result, the City undertook a specific plan process, which began in November 2022. City staff and the consultant team are currently working to determine the preferred land use scenario to start drafting the Specific Plan document for the Northeast Area.
Staff anticipates the Specific Plan to be completed and adopted in early 2025.
In consideration of the time it would take to create a new Specific Plan for the Northeast Area, the City Council authorized a development moratorium for the Northeast Area on April 2022, which is in effect until April 2024. The boundaries for this moratorium are the same as the boundaries for the Northeast Area Specific Plan, which includes the area north of Holly Street to the San Carlos City limits at Belmont Creek, and between Highway 101 and Old County Road. The development moratorium was adopted to prohibit the approval and development of uses that may conflict with, constrain, or limit uses contemplated in the Northeast Area, including housing. Click here to view the Northeast Area Development Moratorium webpage on the City’s website.1 The development moratorium will expire on April 7, 2024, even though the Northeast Area Specific Plan process is still underway. Because the moratorium cannot be extended, staff recommends a zoning overlay district that would require a conditional use permit for most projects in the Northeast Area to ensure orderly development in the Northeast Area and consistency with 1 Email [email protected] for printed copies of the moratorium information.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 500
the objectives in the Northeast Area Specific Plan. This use permit requirement would be repealed once the Northeast Area Specific Plan and implementing ordinances are adopted.
ANALYSIS:
Proposed Northeast Area Overlay District Boundaries
The proposed Northeast Area Overlay District will have the same boundaries as the Specific Plan as shown in Figure 1.
Figure 1: Northeast Area Overlay District (Consistent with the Northeast Area Specific Plan Boundary)
Proposed Northeast Area Overlay District Overview
This proposed Northeast Area Overlay District would require a conditional use permit for most projects and development activity in San Carlos’ northeast area until the Northeast Area Specific Plan is adopted. Pursuant to the San Carlos Municipal Code (SCMC Section 18.26.030, D), conditional use permits are under the authority of the Planning and Transportation Commission, who considers whether to “approve, conditionally approve, or deny applications for conditional use permits.”
The proposed Northeast Area Overlay District would require a conditional use permit for the following applications on sites within the proposed Northeast Area Overlay District boundary:
•A lot line adjustment and the subdivision of land within the Northeast Area in accordance with the City's Subdivision Regulations and the Subdivision Map Act. •Design review, any projects that already require a use permit (in this case only one use permit required), temporary use permit, minor use permit, planned development, zoning
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 501
amendment, waiver, variance, general plan amendment, development agreement, or any other discretionary approval from the City of San Carlos necessary for the development of a site within the Northeast Area, in accordance with the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance.
The conditional use permit requirement would not apply to:
•An application for a planning permit that has been approved as complete or deemed complete prior to April 25, 2022 (which is the date the Northeast Area Development Moratorium went into effect).
•An application for a sign permit necessary for the approval of a sign in accordance with Chapter 18.22 of the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance and building permit as required to construct the approved sign.
•An application for a planning permit that has been approved but requesting minor exterior changes, revisions, or modifications in accordance with Chapter 18.27 and/or Chapter
18.29 of the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance.
•An application for a planning permit necessary for the approval of a solar photovoltaic system in accordance with the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance and building permit as required to construct the approved solar photovoltaic system. •An application for building permits for the construction of interior improvements to space within an existing building occupied by uses permitted within the applicable zoning district under the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance.
•An application for planning permits and/or building permits necessary for the approval and construction of improvements required for the ordinary maintenance and repair of building components, such as roofs and windows, for the preservation of public health and safety or for building accessibility.
•An application for a protected tree removal permit necessary for the removal of a protected tree in accordance with Chapter 18.18 of the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance and grading permit or encroachment permit as required to remove the protected tree approved for removal.
•An application for minor modification to the conditions of an existing conditional use permit, such as the hours of operation, provided the use is remaining in its existing space, and there is no increase in floor area devoted to such use and the modification does not otherwise result in an intensification or expansion of the use.
In addition to the above, all existing use permits required in Title 18, Zoning Ordinance, would remain in effect.
How long will the Northeast Area Overlay District be in effect? If adopted, the Northeast Area Overlay District would be effective from April 11, 2024 until early 2025, which is when the Northeast Area Specific Plan is scheduled for adoption. Once the Northeast Area Specific Plan and implementing ordinances are adopted, the Overlay District would be repealed.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 502
What sections of the Zoning Ordinance would be amended to allow for a new Northeast Area Overlay District?
The following sections in Title 18, Zoning Ordinance, are proposed for amendments:
Chapter 18.07 Industrial Districts
Section 18.07.020 Land Use Regulations:
This section specifies which land uses in each zoning district (Industrial Arts, Light Industrial, Heavy Industrial, or Industrial Professional) are permitted, require a minor use permit, require a conditional use permit, or are not permitted in any circumstance.
Language has been added to reference the overlay district.
Chapter 18.30 Use Permits
18.30.060 Required Findings
This section specifies the necessary findings needed to approve or conditionally approve a use permit application.
Chapter 18.14A Northeast Area Overlay District – new
Inserting a new Section 18.14A Northeast Area Overlay District.
Input from the Planning and Transportation Commission. On February 5, 2024, staff presented this item to the Planning and Transportation Commission and received the Commission’s recommendation to approve Resolution PTC 2024-01 (see attachment 2) recommending that the City Council introduce an Ordinance amending the San Carlos Municipal Code Title 18 to establish the Northeast Area Overlay District. The Commission also asked staff to return and provide an update to the Planning and Transportation Commission before the end of the third quarter of 2024 on the status of the Northeast Area Specific Plan with the purpose of reviewing whether any adjustments to the Overlay District may be warranted.
Environmental Impacts. No additional environmental review is required with the adoption of this Ordinance pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21166 and California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines Section 15060(c)(2) Preliminary Review and Section 15061(b)(3) “common sense exemption”. In addition, in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Section 15305 (Minor Alterations in Land Use Limitations), adoption of this overlay zone is categorically exempt.
Next Steps. If the City Council approves the Ordinance tonight, a second reading for final adoption will be scheduled for March 11, 2024. If authorized by the City Council, the new overlay district would go into effect 30 days after the second reading, or on April 11, 2024.
Public Notice. A public notice for this public hearing was published in the San Mateo Daily Journal newspaper on February 15, 2024. (See attachment 3: Public Notice Affidavit.) The public notice was also mailed to property and business owners in the northeast area on February 15, 2024.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 503
1. Introduce an Ordinance amending Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code Chapters
18.07 - Industrial Districts and 18.30 - Use Permits, and adding a new chapter 18.14A - Northeast Area Overlay District, for the establishment of a new Overlay District called Northeast Area Overlay District; or
2. Do not Introduce the proposed Ordinance; or
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
Respectfully submitted by:
Al Savay, Community Development Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Ordinance
Exhibit A1 to Ordinance – Chapter 18.07 Amendments (Redlined) Exhibit A2 to Ordinance – Chapter 18.30 Amendments (Redlined) Exhibit A3 to Ordinance – New Chapter 18.14A
2. Resolution PTC 2024-01
3. Public Notice Affidavit
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 504
ORDINANCE NO. ____
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS AMENDING TITLE 18 OF THE SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTERS 18.07 - INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS, AND 18.30 - USE PERMITS, AND ADDING A NEW CHAPTER
18.14A - NORTHEAST AREA OVERLAY DISTRICT.
SECTION 1: The City Council of the City of San Carlos does hereby ordain as follows:
WHEREAS, as part of the City of San Carlos 2022 and 2023 Strategic Plans, City Council directed staff to create a Northeast Area Specific Plan to consider the Northeast Area holistically through study of land uses, not only the continued development of facilities to accommodate the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, and also the introduction of housing, which is a use that is currently prohibited, as well as mobility and transportation, major infrastructure upgrades, environmental stewardship, urban design, recreation and open spaces; and WHEREAS, as part of the City of San Carlos 2022 and 2023 Strategic Plans, City Council stated the importance of completing the Northeast Area Specific Plan and set forth the following goal: “The City of San Carlos will work with residents, property owners, stakeholders, business owners, committees, commissions, the Chamber of Commerce, and all other interested members of the community to develop a plan in response to continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, and develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development”; and
WHEREAS, on April 25, 2022, the San Carlos City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1581 to establish a development moratorium for the Northeast Area and on May 23, 2022, the San Carlos City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1582 to extend this development moratorium to April 7, 2024, which is when the moratorium is set to expire; and WHEREAS, the moratorium for the Northeast Area was adopted to prohibit the approval and development of uses that may conflict with or otherwise constrain or limit the introduction of uses contemplated in the Northeast Area Specific Plan, including housing; and WHEREAS, establishing a new Northeast Area Overlay District and amending Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code is necessary to ensure orderly development in the Northeast Area and consistency with the objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan as set forth in Resolution 2023-032; and
WHEREAS, the proposed Northeast Area Overlay District has the same boundaries as the Northeast Area Specific Plan, of which is defined as the area north of Holly Street, to the San Carlos City limits at Belmont Creek, and between Highway 101 and Old County Road; and WHEREAS, the Northeast Area Overlay District would require a conditional use permit for a majority of projects and development activity in the area until the Northeast Area Specific Plan and implementation ordinances are adopted, which is currently underway and anticipated for completion in early 2025; and
WHEREAS, the Northeast Area Overlay District would allow the City to evaluate development in a comprehensive manner and ensure the adoption of the Northeast Area Specific Plan that is responsive to “continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 505
sectors, and develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development”; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Government Code Section 65853 and 65850 and San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 18.35, when a change in the Zoning Ordinance (Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code) is found necessary, the Planning and Transportation Commission (PTC) shall hold a public hearing to consider such change and render its decision to the City Council; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 18.35 and California Government Code Section 65090 and 650901, a Public Hearing Notice for the PTC hearing of February 5, 2024 was published on January 25, 2024, for the draft San Carlos Municipal Code Zoning Amendments in the newspaper; and
WHEREAS, on February 5, 2024, the PTC conducted a public hearing on amendments to the San Carlos Municipal Code to hear and consider all comments of all persons interested in or concerned with a proposed amendments of the City of San Carlos Municipal Code in consideration of a recommendation to the City Council regarding adoption of an Ordinance; and WHEREAS, City Council has received a recommendation from the PTC as a result of a Public Hearing held at the PTC Meeting February 5, 2024 and has considered the recommendation of the PTC for regulations in the San Carlos Municipal Code including PTC findings for amendments to the Title 18 and the reasons for the recommendations, the relationship of the proposed ordinance or amendments to the City of San Carlos 2023 Strategic Plan and consistency with the General Plan; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 18.35 and California Government Code Section 65090 and 650901, a Public Hearing Notice for the City Council hearing of February 26, 2024 was published on February 15, 2024, for the proposed San Carlos Municipal Code Zoning Amendments in the San Mateo Daily Journal and was also mailed to property and business owners in the northeast area on February 15, 2024; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the desired outcome of the Ordinance update is to ensure orderly development in the Northeast Area and consistency with the objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan, which is currently underway and anticipated for completion in early 2025.
SECTION 2: The City Council makes the following findings:
1. Zoning Ordinance Text Amendment Findings
a. The ordinance amendment is consistent with the General Plan; and Basis for finding: The San Carlos City Council, through its adopted Strategic Plan, has directed preparation of a Specific Plan for the Northeast Area in response to “continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors,” with further direction to staff to “develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development.” The proposed amendments will provide additional oversight of the review procedures for development in the Northeast Area to ensure consistency with the goals and objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 506
b. The ordinance amendment is consistent with the purpose of this title to promote the growth of the City in an orderly manner and to promote the public health, safety, peace, comfort and general welfare.
Basis for finding: The proposed Overlay District will require conditional use permits for a majority of projects and development activity in the area until the Northeast Area Specific Plan is adopted. A conditional use permit is reviewed and approved by the Planning and Transportation Commission. These changes aim to ensure that any new development is consistent with the objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan, which is currently underway and anticipated for completion in early 2025. Doing so will ensure orderly growth in the Northeast Area as outlined in the goals and objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan.
2. Zoning District Boundary Amendment Findings (Zoning Map Amendments) a. The change in district boundaries is consistent with the General Plan; Basis for finding: There is no change to existing land uses, nor zoning districts, as part of this amendment. This amendment seeks to overlay a geographic boundary over the Northeast Area of San Carlos for the purposes of requiring a conditional use permit for most projects until the Northeast Area Specific Plan is adopted. b. The change in district boundaries is consistent with the purpose of this title to promote the growth of the City in an orderly manner and to promote and protect the public health, safety, peace, comfort and general welfare; and Basis for finding: There is no change in district boundaries. The proposed Overlay District will require conditional use permits for a majority of projects and development activity in the area until the Northeast Area Specific Plan is adopted. A conditional use permit is reviewed and approved by the Planning and Transportation Commission. These changes aim to ensure that any new development is consistent with the objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan, which is currently underway and anticipated for completion in early 2025. Doing so will ensure orderly growth in the Northeast Area as outlined in the goals and objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan
c. The change in district boundaries is necessary to achieve the balance of land uses desired by the City, consistent with the General Plan, and to increase the inventory of land within a given zoning district.
Basis for finding: There is no change to district boundaries. The San Carlos City Council, through its adopted Strategic Plan, has directed preparation of a Specific Plan for the Northeast Area in response to “continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors,” with further direction to staff to “develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development.” The proposed Northeast Area Overlay District will require a conditional use permit for most project and provide additional oversight of the review procedures for development in the Northeast Area to ensure consistency with the goals and objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 507
SECTION 3: Replacement of Code. San Carlos Municipal Code Section 18.07 (Industrial Districts), 18.30 (Use Permits) and adding a new Code Section 18.14A (Northeast Area Overlay District) is hereby replaced with the language in Exhibit A.
SECTION 4: Pending Applications. As to project and development applications which have been accepted, processing and review of such applications may continue, but shall be subject to the regulations and requirements listed in Exhibit A, on the date the ordinance becomes effective.
SECTION 5: California Environmental Quality Act Determination. The City Council hereby finds that this Ordinance is not subject to the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”). No additional environmental review is required pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21166 and California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines Section 15060(c)(2) Preliminary Review and Section 15061(b)(3) “common sense exemption”. In addition, in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Section 15305 (Minor Alterations in Land Use Limitations), adoption of this overlay zone is categorically exempt.
SECTION 6: Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council of the City of San Carlos hereby declares that it would have adopted this Ordinance and such section, subsection, clause, phrase, or portion may be declared invalid or unconstitutional.
SECTION 7: This Ordinance shall be published and posted according to law and shall take effect and be in force from and after 30 days after its passage and adoption. * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was introduced on the 26th day of February, 2024 and passed and adopted as an Ordinance of the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a regular meeting thereof held on the ____ day of ____, 2024 by the following vote:
AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS: ____________________________________________________ NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS: ___________________________________________________ ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS: _________________________________________________ ________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
____________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
Exhibits:
A1 to Ordinance – Chapter 18.07 Amendments (Redlined)
A2 to Ordinance – Chapter 18.30 Amendments (Redlined)
A3 to Ordinance – New Chapter 18.14A
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 508
Exhibit A to Ordinance
Proposed Changes to San Carlos Municipal Code Section 18.07 Proposed Amendments are in red.
Chapter 18.07
INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS Revised 8/23
Sections:
18.07.010 Purpose.
18.07.020 Land use regulations. Revised 8/23
18.07.030 Development standards.
18.07.040 Supplemental regulations.
18.07.010 Purpose.
The specific purposes of the industrial districts are to:
A. Designate adequate land for businesses, professional offices, and industrial growth consistent with the General Plan to maintain and strengthen the City’s economic resources.
B. Provide a range of employment opportunities to meet the needs of current and future residents.
C. Provide areas for a wide range of manufacturing, industrial processing, and service commercial uses and protect areas where such uses now exist.
Additional purposes of each industrial district which follow implement the General Plan classification of “Planned Industrial.”
D. IA Industrial Arts. This district is intended to promote a building form and reserve areas for small -scale industrial, artisan, and manufacturing uses. Accessory or secondary small-scale retail uses that serve local employees and visitors are also permitted.
E. IL Light Industrial. This district is intended to accommodate a diverse range of light industrial uses, including general service, research and development, biotechnology, warehousing, and service commercial uses. It includes industrial complexes, flex space, and industrial buildings for single and multiple users, warehouses, wholesale, commercial recreation, and other related uses. Small-scale retail and ancillary office uses are also permitted.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 509
F. IH Heavy Industrial. This district is intended to accommodate the broadest range of industrial uses. It includes industrial buildings and complexes, flex space, warehouses, manufacturing and assembly, and other uses that require large, warehouse-style buildings with flexible floor plans. Small-scale retail and ancillary office uses are also permitted.
G. IP Industrial Professional. This district is intended for large or campus-like office and technology development that includes office, research and development, manufacturing, and other large -scale, professional uses. Permitted uses include incubator research facilities, prototype manufacturing, testing, repairing, packaging, and printing as well as offices and research facilities. Accessory or secondary small - scale retail uses that serve local employees and visitors are also permitted. (Ord. 1480 (Ex h. B (part)), 2015:
Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.07.020 Land use regulations. Revised 8/23
Table 18.07.020 prescribes the land use regulations for industrial districts. The regulations for each district are established by letter designations as follows:
“P” designates permitted uses.
“M” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a minor use permit by the Zoning Administrator.
“C” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a conditional use permit by the Planning Commission.
“(#)” numbers in parentheses refer to specific limitations listed at the end of the table. “-” designates uses that are not permitted.
Use classifications are defined in Chapter 18.40, Use Classifications. In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Use classifications and subclassifications not listed i n the table or not found to be substantially similar to the uses below are prohibited. The table also notes additional use regulations that apply to various uses. Section numbers in the right-hand column refer to other sections of this title.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 510
TABLE 18.07.020: LAND USE REGULATIONS—INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS Use Classification IA IL IH IP Additional Regulations
Public and Semi-Public Uses
Colleges and Trade Schools,
Public or Private
C C C(8) -
Government Offices - C C C 11; see SCMC 18.14A
Hospitals and Clinics See subclassification below
Hospitals - - - C 11; see Section 18.14A
Public Safety Facilities - M M - 11; see Section 18.14A Commercial Uses
Adult-Oriented Business C(1) C(1) C(1) - See Section 18.23.040, Adult- oriented businesses
11; see Section 18.14A
Animal Care, Sales and Services See subclassifications below Kennels - M - - 11; see Section 18.14A
Veterinary Services - M - - 11; see Section 18.14A
Artist’s Studio P P - - 11; see Section 18.14A
Automobile/Vehicle Sales and
Services
See subclassifications below
Automobile/Vehicle Sales and
Leasing
- C(3) C(5) C(5)
See Section 18.23.050,
Automobile/vehicle sales and
services
11; see Section 18.14A
Automobile/Vehicle Repair,
Major
P P P C
Automobile/Vehicle Service
and Repair, Minor
P P P -
Automobile/Vehicle Washing - P - -
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 511
TABLE 18.07.020: LAND USE REGULATIONS—INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS Use Classification IA IL IH IP Additional Regulations
Large Vehicle and Equipment
Sales, Service and Rental
- P P -
Service Station - P(6) - -
Towing and Impound - M M - See Section 18.23.160,
Outdoor storage
11; see Section 18.14A
Vehicle Storage - M M -
Business Services P P P P 11; see Section 18.14A
Commercial Entertainment and
Recreation
See subclassifications below
Large-Scale - C C - 11; see Section 18.14A
Small-Scale - C C - 11; see Section 18.14A
Eating and Drinking
Establishments
See subclassifications below
Full Service - - - M(2) See Section 18.23.140,
Outdoor dining
11; see Section 18.14A
Convenience M(2) M(2) M(2) M(2)
Food Preparation P P - - 11; see Section 18.14A
Funeral Parlors and Interment
Services
P - - - 11; see Section 18.14A
Maintenance and Repair
Services
P P P - 11; see Section 18.14A
Nurseries and Garden Centers - M M - See Section 18.23.270, Commercial cannabis
businesses
11; see Section 18.14A
Offices See subclassifications below
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 512
TABLE 18.07.020: LAND USE REGULATIONS—INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS Use Classification IA IL IH IP Additional Regulations
Business and Professional - C C M 11; see Section 18.14A Medical and Dental - C - M 11; see Section 18.14A
Parking, Public or Private - P P - See Chapter 18.20, Parking and Loading
11; see Section 18.14A
Personal Services See subclassification below
Tattoo or Body Modification
Parlor
M - - - 11; see Section 18.14A
Retail Sales See subclassifications below
Building Materials and Services M M M - 11; see Section 18.14A Cannabis Dispensary - - - -
Convenience Markets M(2) M(2) M(2) M(2) 11; see Section 18.14A Food and Beverage Sales M(2) M(2) M(2) M(2) 11; see Section 18.14A General Retail M(4) M(4) M(4) M(4) 11; see Section 18.14A Retail Establishments Selling
Ammunition or Firearms
C C C C See Section 18.23.290, Retail
establishments selling
ammunition or firearms
11; see Section 18.14A
Industrial Uses
Construction and Material
Yards
P P P - See Section 18.23.160,
Outdoor storage
11; see Section 18.14A
Custom Manufacturing P P P - 11; see Section 18.14A
Industry, General P P P - See Section 18.23.270,
Commercial cannabis
businesses
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 513
TABLE 18.07.020: LAND USE REGULATIONS—INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS Use Classification IA IL IH IP Additional Regulations
11; see Section 18.14A
Industry, Limited P P P P 11; see Section 18.14A
Recycling Facility See subclassifications below
Reverse Vending Machine P P - - See Section 18.23.190,
Recycling facilities
11; see Section 18.14A
Recycling Collection Facility - C C -
Recycling Processing Facility - C C -
Research and Development P P P P See Section 18.23.270, Commercial cannabis
businesses
11; see Section 18.14A
Research and Development
Activities Requiring BSL-1 and
BSL-2 Containment
P P P P 11; see Section 18.14A
Research and Development
Activities Requiring BSL-3
Containment
- - - -
Research and Development
Activities Requiring BSL-4
Containment
- - - -
Salvage and Wrecking M(3) M M - See Section 18.23.160,
Outdoor storage
11; see Section 18.14A
Warehousing and Storage See subclassifications below
Chemical, Mineral, and
Explosives Storage
- C(7) C(7) - 11; see Section 18.14A
Indoor Warehousing and
Storage
P P P - 11; see Section 18.14A
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 514
TABLE 18.07.020: LAND USE REGULATIONS—INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS Use Classification IA IL IH IP Additional Regulations
Outdoor Storage P(9) P P - See Section 18.23.160,
Outdoor storage
11; see Section 18.14A
Wholesaling and Distribution P P P - See Section 18.23.270, Commercial cannabis
businesses
11; see Section 18.14A
Cannabis Microbusiness P P P - See Section 18.23.270,
Commercial cannabis
businesses
11; see Section 18.14A
Transportation, Communication, and Utilities Uses
Communication Facilities See subclassifications below
Antenna and Transmission
Towers
See Chapter 18.24, Wireless Telecommunications
Facilities
Facilities Within Buildings M M M M 11; see Section 18.14A Freight/Truck Terminals and
Warehouses
- C P(10) - 11; see Section 18.14A
Light Fleet-Based Services P P P - 11; see Section 18.14A Utilities, Major C C C C 11; see Section 18.14A
Utilities, Minor P P P P 11; see Section 18.14A
Waste Transfer Facility - P P - 11; see Section 18.14A Other Applicable Types
Accessory Uses and Structures See Sections 18.23.030, Accessory uses, and 18.15.020, Accessory buildings and structures
11; see Section 18.14A
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 515
TABLE 18.07.020: LAND USE REGULATIONS—INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS Use Classification IA IL IH IP Additional Regulations
Nonconforming Use Chapter 18.19, Nonconforming Uses, Structures, and Lots
Temporary Use Chapter 18.31, Temporary Use Permits
11; see Section 18.14A
Specific Limitations:
1. Permitted only in the area shown on Figure 18.23.040-B: Adult-Oriented Business Area.
2. Permitted only as an ancillary use. The combined floor area of all eating and drinking uses on a site shall not exceed two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet unless a conditional use permit is approved.
3. Shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed building.
4. Permitted only as an ancillary use, not to occupy more than one thousand (1,000) square feet, unless a conditional use permit is approved.
5. Limited to properties between Industrial Road and Highway 101 and adjacent to Shoreway Road.
6. Limited to alternative fueling stations such as for electric or hybrid vehicles, hydrogen-powered vehicles, and similar vehicles using alternative fuels.
7. Prohibited within five hundred (500) feet of a residential district.
8. Except between Industrial and Highway 101 and Shoreway and Highway 101.
9. Permitted as an accessory use only.
10. Conditional use permit required if adjacent to an R district.
11. Conditional use permit may be required if located in the Northeast Area Overlay District, see Section 18.14 A. (Ord. 1597 § 3 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 1540 (Exh. C), 2019; Ord. 1525 § 2(1) (Exh. A (part)), 2017; Ord. 1480 (Exh. B (part)), 2015: Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.07.030 Development standards.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 516
Table 18.07.030 prescribes the development standards for industrial districts. Additional regulations are denoted in a right-hand column. Section numbers in this column refer to other sections of this title, while individual letters refer to subsections that directly follow the table. The numbers in each illustration in this section refer to corresponding regulations in the “#” column in the associated table.
TABLE 18.07.030: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS—INDUSTRIAL
DISTRICTS
District IA IL IH IP Additional Regulations #
Lot and Density Standards
Minimum Lot
Size (sq. ft.)
5,000 40,000 20,000 1
acre
Corner Lots 6,000 40,000 20,000 1
acre
Maximum Lot
Size (sq. ft.)
20,000 n/a n/a n/a
Minimum Lot
Width (ft.)
50 50 75 75 1
Corner Lots 60 60 75 75 2
Building Form and Location
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 517
TABLE 18.07.030: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS—INDUSTRIAL
DISTRICTS
District IA IL IH IP Additional Regulations #
Maximum
Height (ft.)
28; 35
with use
permit (B)
75 (A) 50 (A) 100 See Section 18.15.060,
Height and height
exceptions
3 Minimum Setbacks (ft.)
Front 0 5, 10
along
arterials
5, 10
along
arterials
20 See Section 18.15.080,
Projections into required
yards
4 Interior Side 0 0 (A) 0 (A) 0 5
Street Side 0 5 5 5 6
Rear 0 0 (A) 0 (A) 0 7
Maximum Floor
Area Ratio (FAR)
1.0 0.5 2.0 2.0
See Chapter 18.03, Rules
of Measurement
Project Sites of
More Than One
Acre (FAR)
n/a 1.0 1.0 n/a
A. Transitional Standards. Where an industrial district adjoins an RS district, the following standards apply:
1. The maximum height is (a) thirty feet within forty feet of an RS district; (b) forty feet within fifty feet of an RS district; and (c) fifty feet within one hundred feet of an RS district.
2. The building setback from an RS district boundary shall be fifteen feet for interior side yards and thirty feet for rear yards.
3. A landscaped planting area, a minimum of ten feet in width, shall be provided along all RS district boundaries. A tree screen shall be planted in this area with trees planted at a minimum interval of fifteen feet.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 518
FIGURE 18.07.030-A: INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT TRANSITIONAL STANDARDS
B. Maximum Height, IA District. A maximum height of thirty-five feet may be allowed to accommodate a larger floor to ceiling height subject to the approval of a use permit. The maximum height to the parapet is twenty-eight feet. Upper stories shall be set back a minimum of ten feet from the floor below.
C. Maximum Height, IL District. For IL properties adjacent to an RS district, the maximum height shall be thirty-five feet and shall conform to transitional height setbacks contained in subsection A of this section.
A conditional use permit shall be required for height greater than thirty-five feet up to a maximum height of fifty feet for IL properties adjacent to an RS district and shall conform to transitional height setbacks in subsection A of this section. (Ord. 1480 (Exh. B (part)), 2015; Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.07.040 Supplemental regulations.
A. Landscaping. A minimum of ten percent of the site must be landscaping.
B. Building Design Near Highway 101. For any site that is fully or partially located within two hundred feet of the right-of-way line of Highway 101, buildings shall be designed with four-sided architecture where each exterior wall is designed equivalent to the primary facade in the extent of building articulation and quality of exterior materials, and consistent with the color scheme of the primary facade.
C. Sidewalks. Sidewalks shall be provided if none already exist or if the existing sidewalks are in poor condition.
D. Parking Location. Parking shall be located at the side or rear of buildings wherever possible.
1. Customer parking should be located near the office area.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 519
2. Where parking is located between a building and a street, a landscaped setback at least ten feet wide must be provided between the parking area and adjacent right-of-way.
E. Limitations on Curb Cuts. Wherever possible, parking and loading entrances shall share curb cuts in order to minimize the
overall number of curb cuts. On corner lots, curb cuts shall be located on the street frontage with the least pedestrian activity wherever feasible.
F. Access Location. Access shall be provided from a side street or alley wherever possible.
G. Truck Docks, Loading, and Service Areas. The outermost point of the truck docks, loading, and service areas are not permitted within thirty feet of the boundary of an RS district.
H. IA District. Development in the IA District is also subject to the following standards:
1. Build-To Line. Buildings shall be constructed at the property line for a minimum of fifty percent of linear street frontage.
2. Orientation of Primary Building Entrance. The primary building entrance shall face or be oriented to within forty-five degrees or parallel to the street frontage. Where a site is located on two public streets, a primary entrance shall be oriented toward the street with the higher classification.
FIGURE 18.07.040-H(2): ORIENTATION OF PRIMARY BUILDING ENTRANCES
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 520
3. Building Details. The street-facing facade shall include applied surface ornamentation or decorative detailing to promote visual interest. This may include but not be limited to moldings/trims, brackets, niches, and decorative entrances.
4. Building Articulation Along Old County Road. Buildings along Old County Road over fifty feet wide shall be broken down to read as a series of buildings no wider than fifty feet each.
I. Business, Technology, and Office Parks. Business, technology, and office parks containing eighty thousand square feet or more of floor area shall provide the following:
1. Eating and drinking establishments and personal services that will serve employees of the park.
Such uses may occupy up to two thousand five hundred square feet, unless a conditional use permit allowing for more space is approved.
2. Open space areas equal to ten percent of the site area that provide gathering space or opportunities for active or passive recreation. Open space areas shall include benches or other seating. Amenities shall be included that enhance the comfort, aesthetics, or usability of the space, including but not limited to trees and other landscaping, shade structures, drinking fountains, water features, or public art.
3. Pedestrian walkways that connect all parts of the park, and connect to any existing or planned pedestrian facilities in adjacent neighborhoods.
4. Stormwater detention facilities incorporated into the site landscaping as a visual amenity.
5. A lighting, landscaping, and signage design concept for common areas that is approved by the review authority. (Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 521
Exhibit A to Ordinance
Proposed Changes to San Carlos Municipal Code Section 18.30 Proposed Amendments are in red.
Chapter 18.30
USE PERMITS
Sections:
18.30.010 Purpose.
18.30.020 Applicability.
18.30.030 Review authority.
18.30.040 Application requirements.
18.30.050 Public notice and hearing.
18.30.060 Required findings.
18.30.070 Conditions of approval.
18.30.080 Appeals—Expiration, extensions, and modifications.
18.30.090 Failure to comply with conditions.
18.30.100 Revocation of use permits.
18.30.010 Purpose.
The use permit review and approval process is intended to apply to uses that are generally consistent with the purposes of the zoning district where they are proposed but require special consideration to ensure that they can be designed, located, and operated in a manner that will not interfere with t he use and enjoyment of surrounding properties. (Ord. 1464 § 3 (Exh. C (part)), 2013: Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.30.020 Applicability.
Approval of a use permit is required for uses or developments specifically identified in Article II, Base and Overlay Districts, and/or any other section of this title which requires a use permit. (Ord. 1464 § 3 (Exh. C (part)), 2013: Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.30.030 Review authority.
A. Conditional Use Permits. The Planning Commission shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny applications for conditional use permits based on consideration of the requirements of this chapter.
B. Minor Use Permits. The Zoning Administrator shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny applications for minor use permits based on consideration of the requirements of this chapter. The Zoning
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 522
Administrator may, at his/her discretion, refer any application for a minor use permit for a project that may generate substantial public controversy or involve significant land use policy decisions to the Planning Commission for a decision rather than acting on it himself/herself. In that case, the application shall be processed as a conditional use permit. (Ord. 1464 § 3 (Exh. C (part)), 2013: Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.30.040 Application requirements.
Applications for use permits shall be filed with the Planning Division on the prescribed application forms.
In addition to any other application requirements, the application for a use permit shall include data or other evidence in support of the applicable findings required by Section 18.30.060, Required findings. (Ord. 1464 § 3 (Exh. C (part)), 2013: Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.30.050 Public notice and hearing.
A. Conditional Use Permits. All applications for conditional use permits shall require public notice and hearing before the Planning Commission pursuant to Chapter 18.27, Common Procedures.
B. Minor Use Permits. All applications for minor use permits shall require public notice and hearing before the Zoning Administrator pursuant to Chapter 18.27, Common Procedures. (Ord. 1464 § 3 (Exh. C (part)), 2013: Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.30.060 Required findings.
The decision-maker must make all of the following findings in order to approve or conditionally approve a use permit application. The inability to make one or more of the findings is grounds for denial of an application.
A. The proposed use is allowed within the applicable zoning district and complies with all other applicable provisions of this title and all other titles of the municipal code; B. The proposed use is consistent with the General Plan and any applicable specific plan; C. The proposed use will not be adverse to the public health, safety, or general welfare of the community, nor detrimental to surrounding properties or improvements; D. The proposed use complies with any design or development standards applicable to the zoning district or the use in question unless waived or modified pursuant to the provisions of this title; E. The design, location, size, and operating characteristics of the proposed activity are compatible with the existing and reasonably foreseeable future land uses in the vicinity; and
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 523
F. The site is physically suitable for the type, density, and intensity of use being proposed, including access, utilities, and the absence of physical constraints.
G Proposed projects located within the Landmark Commercial (LC) zoning district are subject to one of the following additional findings, as applicable:
1. Regional retail and destination-oriented uses must have significant beneficial results in employment growth and contribute to the economic sustainability of the City and implementation of the Economic Development Plan, and meet the economic objectives for landmark sites.
2. Interim uses (uses other than regional retail and destination-oriented uses) shall be considered on an interim basis and shall entail use of existing buildings; erection of permanent buildings inconsistent with regional retail and destination-oriented uses shall not be permitted; additions or alterations to a building or site may be considered for health and safety purposes and limited to bring a structure into conformance with Building Code requirements. Interim uses shall be conditioned with time limitations and may be renewed on a periodic basis subject to Planning Commission use permit review and approval. (Ord. 1464 § 3 (Exh. C (part)), 2013: Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
H. Proposed projects located within the Northeast Area Overlay District (see Section 18.14A) are subject to the following additional finding:
1. The design, location, size, site, and operating characteristics of the proposed activity are compatible with the existing and reasonably foreseeable future land uses as contemplated in the development of the Northeast Area Specific Plan as set forth in Resolution 2023-032.
18.30.070 Conditions of approval.
In approving a use permit, the decision-maker may impose reasonable conditions or restrictions deemed necessary to:
A. Ensure that the proposal conforms in all significant respects with the General Plan and with any other applicable plans or policies adopted by the City Council; B. Achieve the general purposes of this title or the specific purpose of the zoning district in which the project is located;
C. Achieve the findings for a use permit listed in Section 18.30.060, Required findings; or
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 524
D. Mitigate any potentially significant impacts identified as a result of environmental review conducted in compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act.
The decision-maker may require reasonable guarantees and evidence that such conditions are being, or will be, complied with. (Ord. 1464 § 3 (Exh. C (part)), 2013: Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.30.080 Appeals—Expiration, extensions, and modifications.
A. Appeals. A decision of the Zoning Administrator may be appealed to the Planning Commission and a decision of the Planning Commission may be appealed to the City Council, as provided in Section 18.27.150, Appeals.
B. Expiration, Extensions and Modifications. Use permits are effective and may only be extended or modified as provided for in Chapter 18.27, Common Procedures. (Ord. 1464 § 3 (Exh. C (part)), 2013: Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.30.090 Failure to comply with conditions.
Failure to comply with any condition of approval of a use permit is a violation of this title subject to provisions of Chapter 18.39, Enforcement and Abatement Procedures. (Ord. 1464 § 3 (Exh. C (part)), 2013:
Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
18.30.100 Revocation of use permits.
A use permit may be revoked as provided by Section 18.27.140, Revocation of permits. (Ord. 1464 § 3 (Exh. C (part)), 2013: Ord. 1438 § 4 (Exh. A (part)), 2011)
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 525
Exhibit A to Ordinance
Proposed New Section to San Carlos Municipal Code
Chapter 18.14 A
NORTHEAST AREA OVERLAY DISTRICT
Sections:
18.14A.010 Purpose.
18.14A.020 Applicability.
18.14A.030 Conditional Use Permit Requirements.
18.14A.040 Findings.
18.14A.010 Purpose.
The Northeast Area Overlay District is intended to ensure that the design, location, size, site, and operating characteristics of proposed activity are compatible with the existing and reasonably foreseeable future land uses as contemplated in the Northeast Area Specific Plan, as set forth in Resolution 2023-032.
18.14A.020 Applicability.
The Northeast Area Overlay District applies to all areas as delineated in the map below.
Figure 1. Northeast Area Overlay District Boundary Map
18.14A.030 Conditional Use Permit Requirements.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 526
The Northeast Area Overlay District requires a conditional use permit for a majority of projects and development activity in San Carlos’ northeast area until the Northeast Area Specific Plan , as set forth in Resolution 2023-032, is adopted. Pursuant to the San Carlos Municipal Code (SCMC Section 18.26.030, D), conditional use permits for the Northeast Area are under the authority of the Planning and Transportation Commission, who shall consider whether to “ approve, conditionally approve, or deny applications for conditional use permits [in the Northeast Area].”
A. The following applications shall require a Conditional Use Permit:
1. A lot line adjustment and the subdivision of land within the Northeast Area in accordance with the City's Subdivision Regulations and the Subdivision Map Act.
2. Design review, any projects that already require a use permit (in this case only one use permit required), minor use permit, temporary use permit, planned development, zoning amendment, waiver, variance, general plan amendment, development agreement, or any other discretionary approval from the City of San Carlos necessary for the development of a site within the Northeast Area (Section 18.14A.020) in accordance with the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance.
B. Conditional use permits under this section do not apply to:
1. An application for a planning permit that has been approved as complete or deemed complete prior to April 25, 2022 (which is the date the Northeast Area Development Moratorium went into effect).
2. An application for a sign permit necessary for the approval of a sign in accordance with Chapter 18.22 of the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance and building permit as required to construct the approved sign.
3. An application for a planning permit that has been approved but requesting minor exterior changes, revisions, or modifications in accordance with Chapter 18.27 and/or Chapter 18.29 of the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance.
4. An application for a planning permit necessary for the approval of a solar photovoltaic system in accordance with the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance and building permit as required to construct the approved solar photovoltaic system.
5. An application for building permits for the construction of interior improvements to space within an existing building occupied by uses permitted within the applicable zoning district under the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance.
6. An application for planning permits and/or building permits necessary for the approval and construction of improvements required for the ordinary maintenance and repair of building components, such as roofs and windows, for the preservation of public health and safety or for building accessibility.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 527
7. An application for a protected tree removal permit necessary for the removal of a protected tree in accordance with Chapter 18.18 of the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance and grading permit or encroachment permit as required to remove the protected tree approved for removal.
8. An application for minor modification to the conditions of an existing conditional use permit, such as the hours of operation, provided the use is remaining in its existing space, and there is no increase in floor area devoted to such use and the modification does not otherwise result in an intensification or expansion of the use.
18.14A.040 Findings.
Approval of all projects and activities subject to the Northeast Area Overlay District shall require consistency with the findings set forth in Section 18.30.060.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 528
RESOLUTION NO. PTC2024 - 01
A RESOLUTION OF THE PLANNING AND TRANSPORTATION COMMISSION OF THE CITY
OF SAN CARLOS RECOMMENDING CITY COUNCIL ADOPTION OF AMENDMENTS TO SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE TITLE 18, ZONING, SECTIONS 18.07 (INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS),
18.30 (USE PERMITS) AND ADDING A NEW SECTION 18.14A (NORTHEAST AREA OVERLAY DISTRICT).
WHEREAS, as part of the City of San Carlos 2022 and 2023 Strategic Plans, City Council directed staff to create a Northeast Area Specific Plan to consider the Northeast Area holistically through study of land uses, not only the continued development of facilities to accommodate the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, and also the introduction of housing, which is a use that is currently prohibited, as well as mobility and transportation, major infrastructure upgrades, environmental stewardship, urban design, recreation and open spaces; and WHEREAS, as part of the City of San Carlos 2022 and 2023 Strategic Plans, City Council stated the importance of completing the Northeast Area Specific Plan and set forth the following goal: “The City of San Carlos will work with residents, property owners, stakeholders, business owners, committees, commissions, the Chamber of Commerce, and all other interested members of the community to develop a plan in response to continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, and develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development’; and
WHEREAS, on April 25, 2022, the San Carlos City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1581 to establish a development moratorium for the Northeast Area and on May 23, 2022, the San Carlos City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1582 to extend this development moratorium to April 7, 2024, which is when the moratorium is set to expire; and WHEREAS, the moratorium for the Northeast Area was adopted to prohibit the approval and development of uses that may conflict with or otherwise constrain or limit the introduction of uses contemplated in the Northeast Area Specific Plan, including housing; and WHEREAS, establishing a new Northeast Area Overlay District and amending Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code is necessary to ensure orderly development in the Northeast Area and consistency with the objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan as set forth in Resolution 2023-032; and
WHEREAS, the proposed Northeast Area Overlay District has the same boundaries as the Northeast Area Specific Plan, of which is defined as the area north of Holly Street, to the San Carlos City limits at Belmont Creek, and between Highway 101 and Old County Road; and WHEREAS, the Northeast Area Overlay District would require a conditional use permit for a majority of projects and development activity in the area until the Northeast Area Specific Plan and implementation ordinances are adopted, which is anticipated for completion in early 2025; and
WHEREAS, the Northeast Area Overlay District would allow the City to evaluate development in a comprehensive manner and ensure the adoption of the Northeast Area Specific Plan that is responsive to “continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 529
sectors, and develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development’; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Government Code Section 65853 and 65850 and San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 18.35, when a change in the Zoning Ordinance (Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code) is found necessary, the Planning and Transportation Commission shall hold a public hearing to consider such change and render its recommendation to the City Council; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 18.35 and California Government Code Section 65090 and 650901, a Public Hearing Notice was published on January 25, 2024, for the draft San Carlos Municipal Code Zoning Amendments in the newspaper, and WHEREAS, the Planning and Transportation Commission conducted a public hearing to hear and consider all comments of all persons interested in or concerned with the proposed amendments of the City of San Carlos Municipal Code on February 5, 2024 in consideration of a recommendation to the City Council regarding adoption of an Ordinance; and WHEREAS, the Planning and Transportation Commission authorizes staff to rectify any clerical errors, clarify graphics if necessary, and make clarifications, additions, or deletions to the language, before presenting the recommended Ordinance to the City Council aiming to ensure staff can address any minor revisions without having to return to the Commission solely for a recommendation; and
WHEREAS, no additional environmental review is required pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21166 and California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines Section 15060(c)(2) Preliminary Review and Section 15061(b)(3) “common sense exemption”. In addition, in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Section 15305 (Minor Alterations in Land Use Limitations), adoption of this overlay zone is categorically exempt.
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT FOUND, DETERMINED, AND RESOLVED by the Planning and Transportation Commission of the City of San Carlos that:
Pursuant to SCMC Section 18.35.080 Criteria for Zoning Amendments, the Planning and Transportation Commission shall not recommend, and the City Council shall not approve a zoning amendment unless the proposed amendment meets the following criteria:
A. Zoning Ordinance Text Amendment Findings
a. The ordinance amendment is consistent with the General Plan; and Basis for finding: The San Carlos City Council, through its adopted Strategic Plan, has directed preparation of a Specific Plan for the Northeast Area in response to “continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors,” with further direction to staff to “develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development.” The proposed amendments will provide additional oversight of the review procedures for development in the Northeast Area to ensure consistency with the goals and objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan.
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 530
b. The ordinance amendment is consistent with the purpose of this title to promote the growth of the City in an orderly manner and to promote the public health, safety, peace, comfort and general welfare.
Basis for finding: The proposed Overlay District will require conditional use permits for a majority of projects and development activity in the area until the Northeast Area Specific Plan is adopted. A conditional use permit is reviewed and approved by the Planning and Transportation Commission. These changes aim to ensure that any new development is consistent with the objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan, which is currently underway and anticipated for completion in early 2025. Doing so will ensure orderly growth in the Northeast Area as outlined in the goals and objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan.
B. Zoning District Boundary Amendment Findings (Zoning Map Amendments) a. The change in district boundaries is consistent with the General Plan; Basis for finding: There is no change to existing land uses, nor zoning districts, as part of this amendment. This amendment seeks to overlay a geographic boundary over the Northeast Area of San Carlos for the purposes of requiring a conditional use permit for most projects until the Northeast Area Specific Plan is adopted.
b. The change in district boundaries is consistent with the purpose of this title to promote the growth of the City in an orderly manner and to promote and protect the public health, safety, peace, comfort and general welfare; and Basis for finding: There is no change in district boundaries. The proposed Overlay District will require conditional use permits for a majority of projects and development activity in the area until the Northeast Area Specific Plan is adopted.
A conditional use permit is reviewed and approved by the Planning and Transportation Commission. These changes aim to ensure that any new development is consistent with the objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan, which is currently underway and anticipated for completion in early 2025. Doing so will ensure orderly growth in the Northeast Area as outlined in the goals and objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan
c. The change in district boundaries is necessary to achieve the balance of land uses desired by the City, consistent with the General Plan, and to increase the inventory of land within a given zoning district.
Basis for finding: There is no change to district boundaries. The San Carlos City Council, through its adopted Strategic Plan, has directed preparation of a Specific Plan for the Northeast Area in response to “continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors,” with further direction to staff to “develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development.”
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 531
The proposed Northeast Area Overlay District will require a conditional use permit for most project and provide additional oversight of the review procedures for development in the Northeast Area to ensure consistency with the goals and objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan.
B) Adoption:
1. The Planning and Transportation Commission recommends that the City Council adopt the amendments as set forth in Exhibit A.
Passed and adopted as Resolution of the Planning and Transportation Commission of the City of San Carlos at a regular meeting thereof on the 5th day of February 2024, by the following vote:
AYES, PLANNING AND TRANSPORTATION COMMISSIONERS:Castaneda, Roof, lacoponi NOES, PLANNING AND TRANSPORTATION COMMISSIONERS:None
ABSENT, PLANNING AND TRANSPORTATION COMMISSIONERS:Garvey, Clements CHAIR of the Planning and’Transportation Commission of the City of San Carlos ATTEST:
PLANNING of the City of San Carlos
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 532
EXHIBIT A TO RESOLUTION NO. PTC2024 -__
ORDINANCE NO.
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS AMENDING TITLE 18 OF THE SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS 18.07 (INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS),
18.30 (USE PERMITS) AND ADDING A NEW SECTION 18.144 (NORTHEAST AREA OVERLAY DISTRICT).
SECTION 1: The City Council of the City of San Carlos does hereby ordain as follows:
WHEREAS, as part of the City of San Carlos 2022 and 2023 Strategic Plans, City Council directed staff to create a Northeast Area Specific Plan to consider the Northeast Area holistically through study of land uses, not only the continued development of facilities to accommodate the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, and also the introduction of housing, which is a use that is currently prohibited, as well as mobility and transportation, major infrastructure upgrades, environmental stewardship, urban design, recreation and open spaces; and WHEREAS, as part of the City of San Carlos 2022 and 2023 Strategic Plans, City Council stated the importance of completing the Northeast Area Specific Plan and set forth the following goal: “The City of San Carlos will work with residents, property owners, stakeholders, business owners, committees, commissions, the Chamber of Commerce, and all other interested members of the community to develop a plan in response to continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, and develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development’; and
WHEREAS, on April 25, 2022, the San Carlos City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1581 to establish a development moratorium for the Northeast Area and on May 23, 2022, the San Carlos City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1582 to extend this development moratorium to April 7, 2024, which is when the moratorium is set to expire; and WHEREAS, the moratorium for the Northeast Area was adopted to prohibit the approval and development of uses that may conflict with or otherwise constrain or limit the introduction of uses contemplated in the Northeast Area Specific Plan, including housing; and WHEREAS, establishing a new Northeast Area Overlay District and amending Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code is necessary to ensure orderly development in the Northeast Area and consistency with the objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan as set forth in Resolution 2023-032; and
WHEREAS, the proposed Northeast Area Overlay District has the same boundaries as the Northeast Area Specific Plan, of which is defined as the area north of Holly Street, to the San Carlos City limits at Belmont Creek, and between Highway 101 and Old County Road; and WHEREAS, the Northeast Area Overlay District would require a conditional use permit for a majority of projects and development activity in the area until the Northeast Area Specific Plan
9.a
February 26, 2024
Packet Pg. 533
and implementation ordinances are adopted, which is currently underway and anticipated for completion in early 2025; and
WHEREAS, the Northeast Area Overlay District would allow the City to evaluate development in a comprehensive manner and ensure the adoption of the Northeast Area Specific Plan that is responsive to “continued development interest in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, and develop policies and strategies to incorporate housing as part of this new development”, and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Government Code Section 65853 and 65850 and San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 18.35, when a change in the Zoning Ordinance (Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code) is found necessary, the Planning and Transportation Commission shall hold a public hearing to consider such change and render its decision to the City Council; and WHEREAS, pursuant to San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 18.35 and California Government Code Section 65090 and 650901, a Public Hearing Notice for the Planning and Transportation Commission hearing of February 5, 2024 was published on January 25, 2024, for the draft San Carlos Municipal Code Zoning Amendments in the newspaper; and WHEREAS, on February 5, 2024, the Planning and Transportation Commission conducted a public hearing on amendments to the San Carlos Municipal Code to hear and consider all comments of all persons interested in or concerned with a proposed amendments of the City of San Carlos Municipal Code in consideration of a recommendation to the City Council regarding adoption of an Ordinance; and
WHEREAS, City Council has received a recommendation from the Planning and Transportation Commission as a result of a Public Hearing held at the Planning and Transportation Commission Meeting February 5, 2024 and has considered the recommendation of the Planning and Transportation Commission for regulations in the San Carlos Municipal Code including Planning and Transportation Commission findings for amendments to the Title 18 and the reasons for the recommendations, the relationship of the proposed ordinance or amendments to the City of San Carlos 2023 Strategic Plan and consistency with the General Plan; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the desired outcome of the Ordinance update is to ensure orderly development in the Northeast Area and consistency with the objectives of the Northeast Area Specific Plan, which is currently underway and anticipated for completion in early 2025.